ZXG10 iBSC (V6.20.20) Base Station Controller Radio Parameter - Anpam PDF

ZXG10 iBSC
Base Station Controller
Radio Parameter Reference

Version 6.20.20
ZTE CORPORATION
NO. 55, Hi-tech Road South, ShenZhen, P.R.China
Postcode: 518057
Tel: (86) 755 26771900
Fax: (86) 755 26770801
URL: http://ensupport.zte.com.cn
E-mail: support@zte.com.cn
LEGAL INFORMATION
Copyright 2010 ZTE CORPORATION.
The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or distribution of
this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited. Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by contractual confidentiality obligations.
All company, brand and product names are trade or service marks, or registered trade or service marks, of ZTE CORPORATION
or of their respective owners.
This document is provided as is, and all express, implied, or statutory warranties, representations or conditions are disclaimed, including without limitation any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title or non-infringement. ZTE CORPORATION and its licensors shall not be liable for damages resulting from the use of or reliance on the
information contained herein.
ZTE CORPORATION or its licensors may have current or pending intellectual property rights or applications covering the subject
matter of this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license between ZTE CORPORATION and its licensee,
the user of this document shall not acquire any license to the subject matter herein.
ZTE CORPORATION reserves the right to upgrade or make technical change to this product without further notice.
Users may visit ZTE technical support website http://ensupport.zte.com.cn to inquire related information.
The ultimate right to interpret this product resides in ZTE CORPORATION.
Revision History
Revision No.
Revision Date
Revision Reason
R1.0
20100228
First edition
R1.1
20100830
Updated to V6.20.200f
Serial Number: SJ-20100203092418-017
Contents
About This Manual............................................. I

Overview ...........................................................1
Introduction to BSS Radio Parameters ............................... 1
Method of Modifying Radio Parameters .............................. 2
Method of Modifying Parameters in Batch........................... 6
The Format to Explain Parameters ...................................12
Precautions on Parameter Adjustment ..............................14
BSC Function Parameters ................................ 15

Radio Basic Property ......................................................15
DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt).......................16
Load indication allowed (LoadInd)................................17
Send confusion message allowed (ConfusionMsg) ..........17
Inter-Cell handover processed within BSC allowed
(InHoEnable) ....................................................18
Send assignment failure allowed (ExDRSendAssFail).................................................................19
Load indication valid time (LoadValidTime) ....................20
Load indication period (LoadIndPrd) .............................21
Automatic resource indication threshold (ResourceIndThs) .........................................................21
Resource adjust threshold (ResourceAdjustThs) .............23
BSC MAX reset number (BSCMaxResetNum) .................24
MR report enable (MrRptEnable) ..................................24
HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) .................25
Range of BARANG......................................................26
Other Parameters ..........................................................27
Length of super vision (LcsSuperVision)........................27
Length of radio (LcsRadio) ..........................................28
LCS wait intra BSS handover timer (LcsWaitInTraHO) .............................................................29
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION
ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference
Monitor physical context request (RmsT9108,

100ms) ............................................................30
Timer for MSG waiting (TWaitMsg, 100ms)....................30
Timer for RANCSEST Waiting (TWaitRancsEst,
100ms) ............................................................31
Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting (TWaitRancsCleCom,
100ms) ............................................................32
Timer for CCM waiting (CcmWaitTimer) ........................33
Get static param timer (GetStaticParamTimer,
100ms) ............................................................34
Starting time for oriented retry (RmsT10, 100ms)..........34
TFO Enable (TFOControl_0).........................................35
Codec type optimization enable (TFOControl_1).............36
Codec mismatch resolution enable (TFOControl_2) .........37
AMR Optimization Mode (TFOControl_3) .......................37
External cell load notify (Info_0_0) ..............................38
Neighbor cell load valid duration (Info_0_1,10s) ............39
LMU build request deal or not (Info_1_0)......................39
MBMS request deal or not (Info_1_1) ...........................40
Channel request reserved field deal or not
(Info_1_2)........................................................41
MS power hold in handover option (Info_0_9) ...............41
Level threshold of target cell (Info_0_10) .....................42
Channel Allocation Control Parameters .............................43
Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)............................44
Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR (HRThs) .........45
AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold
(AmrHRThs)......................................................46
HR channel fragment finishing support (HRDfragSupport)................................................................46
HR channel percentage threshold (HRTsPercentage) ................................................................47
User priority for EMLPP (PriThreshold) ..........................48
Preferred speech version (PreferSpeechVer H) ...............49
Preferred speech version (PreferSpeedchVer F)..............50
Reserved channel first (RsvChanFirst) ..........................51
EMLPP channel reserved time (EMLPPThs, %) ................51
TRX PS busy threshold (TrxPSBusyThs) ........................52
Resource pool for PS rate (PsAbisThs, %) .....................53
II
Maximum PS uplink user per TS (MaxPsUserPerTs_0)...........................................................54

Maximum PS downlink user per TS (MaxPsUserPerTs_1)...........................................................54
Extended uplink dynamic allocation support
(ExUpDynSupport).............................................55
Timer 1 ........................................................................56
Blocking/unblocking period (T1, 100ms) .......................56
Global resetting period (T4, 100ms) .............................57
Protection period for global resetting (T13, 100ms) .........58
Circuit resetting period on BSS side (T19, 100ms) .........59
Circuit group blocking/unblocking period (T20,
100ms) ............................................................60
RLSD message receive protection timer (T9101,
100ms) ............................................................60
Channel activation protection timer (RmsT9103,
100ms) ............................................................61
MSC clear command protection timer (T9104,
100ms) ............................................................62
SCCP connection protection timer (T9105, 100ms) .........63
Protective time waiting for access (RmsT1, 100ms) .........64
Protective time for applying to channel (RmsT2,
100ms) ............................................................65
Protective time for link establishment response
(RmsT3, 100ms) ...............................................66
Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS
COM (RmsT4, 100ms) ........................................66
Encryption mode modification time (RmsT5,
100ms) ............................................................67
SAPI3 link establishment time (RmsT6, 100ms) .............68
External handover protective time (RmsT8,
100ms) ............................................................69
Protective time for No.7 signal instantaneous
disconnection (T3, 100ms)..................................70
Protective time that PO responses external handover
completion message (RmsT7, 100ms) ..................71
HBTS scan begin time (HBTSScanBT) ...........................72
HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc, 3600s) .......................72
Timer 2 ........................................................................73
III
Protective time for RF channel release (RmsT9,

100ms) ............................................................74
Queue period of assignment (RmsT11, 100ms)..............74
Acknowledgment interval for periodic status (RmsT12,
100ms) ............................................................75
Mode modification process time (RmsT13, 100ms) .........76
Protective time of UM assignment completion (RmsT14,
100ms) ............................................................77
Waiting time for oriented retry (RmsT16, 100ms) ..........78
Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho, 100ms) ...............78
First overload period of flow traffic control (mT11,
100ms) ............................................................79
Second overload period of flow traffic control (mT12,
100ms) ............................................................80
Time of micro-micro handover delay (Tmicro,
100ms) ............................................................81
BSIC decoding period (Tbsic, 100ms) ...........................82
Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD (RmsT3121,
100ms) ............................................................83
Immediate assignment period (RmsT3101,
100ms) ............................................................84
Handover period of source cell (RmsT3103,
100ms) ............................................................84
Assignment period (RmsT3107, 100ms) .......................85
Channel release period (RmsT3109, 100ms) .................86
Channel deactivation delay (RmsT3111, 100ms) ............87
Continue timer for mode modify (TModeModifyConn,
100ms) ............................................................88
Handover protecting time to UTRAN (mT7, 100ms) .........89
Time of destination instance waiting for available
resources when forced disconnection (RmsT15,
100ms) ............................................................90
Protecting time of FUC response to system message
broadcast (BcProtect, 100ms) .............................91
HO performed ack timer (TwaitHoPFMAck, 100ms) .........91
Round trip delay (RtdDefault, 20ms) ............................92
GPRS Maximum Retrying Times .......................................93
MAX times of BVC block retry (BVCBlkMax) ...................94
MAX times of BVC unblock retry (BVCUnblkMax) ............95
MAX times of BVC reset retry (BVCRestMax) .................96
IV
MAX times of NS block retry (NSBlkMax) ......................97

MAX times of NS unblock retry (NSUnblkMax) ...............98
MAX times of NS alive retry (NSAliveMax) .....................99
MAX times of suspend retry (SuspendMax) ................. 100
MAX times of resume retry (ResumeMax) ................... 101
MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry
(UpdateMax)................................................... 102
Max times of PFC create retry (DownLoadBssPFCMax).............................................................. 103
Max times of PFC modify retry (ModifyBssPFCMax).............................................................. 103
GPRS Timer ................................................................ 104
BVC block/unblock retry time (BssgpT1, 100ms).......... 105
BVC reset retry time (BssgpT2, 100ms) ...................... 106
Suspend retry time (BssgpT3, 100ms)........................ 107
Resume retry time (BssgpT4, 100ms) ........................ 108
Access capability update retry time (BssgpT5,
100ms) .......................................................... 108
PFC creating retry time (BssgpT6, 100ms) .................. 109
PFC modifying retry time (BssgpT8, 100ms)................ 110
BVC flow control period (CellFcPer, 10ms) ................... 111
MS flow control period (MsFcPer, 10ms) ...................... 112
Timer that monitors block/unblock procedure (NS_T1,
100ms) .......................................................... 113
Timer that monitors reset procedure (NS_T2, 100
ms) ............................................................... 114
NC-cycle of NS-VC test process (NS_T3, 100 ms) ......... 114
Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC (NS_T4,
100 ms) ......................................................... 115
Max attempt period of reset (NS_T5, 100 ms) ............. 116
TFI and USF release timer (T3169, 10ms)................... 117
TBF release timer (T3191, 10ms)............................... 118
TBF release time of downlink transmission (T3193,
10ms)............................................................ 119
TBF protect time when radio link failure (T3195,
10ms)............................................................ 120
PS channel delay release timer (PSRelDelay,
100ms) .......................................................... 121
AMR Half Method Parameters ........................................ 122
AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHalfAcs) .................... 122
Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)........................... 123

Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis) ............................ 124
Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM) .................................. 125
Start mode (AmrStartMode)...................................... 126
Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb) .............................. 127
AMR Full Method Parameters ......................................... 128
AMR Full Active Codec Set (ArmFullAcs)...................... 128
Threshold of AMR (AmrThresholds) ............................ 129
Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis) ............................ 130
Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM) .................................. 131
Start mode (AmrStartMode)...................................... 132
Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb) .............................. 133
GPRS Other Parameters 1 ............................................. 134
Cn ......................................................................... 134
Nn......................................................................... 135
Xn ......................................................................... 137
Max allowed number of continuous losses of uplink
data blocks (N3101) ........................................ 138
Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries (N3103) ......... 139
RLC/MAC control message (N3105) .................... 140
NACC support (NACCSupport) ................................... 141
BSC's net operation mode (NMO)............................... 142
Page coordination support (PagCoordination)............... 143
Satellite transmission at GB interface indication
(IsSatelliteGB) ................................................ 144
Extended RLC send window allowed (IsWindowExpend)............................................................. 144
TBF establish support (TBF_EST) ............................... 145
Signal extended uplink TBF support (Signal_EUTBF) .............................................................. 146
Highest coding scheme of signal TBF (SigTBFMaxCode) ............................................................ 147
Optimized POC service support (PocSupport)............... 147
Highest coding scheme of POC service in GPRS
(PocAttSelt_0)................................................. 148
Highest coding scheme of POC service in EGPRS
(PocAttSelt_1)................................................. 149
VI
Maximal users of POC service on shared PS channel0

(PSCapaThs_UL).............................................. 150
Maximal users of POC service on shared PS channel1
(PSCapaThs_DL) ............................................. 151
PDU buffer time (Info_1_16, 10ms) ........................... 151
BVC Flow Control Parameters ........................................ 152
BVC flow control support (BVCFlowCtrl) ...................... 153
MS flow control support (MSFlowCtrl) ......................... 154
Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode) ............................. 155
Parameter of flow control mode 1 (FlowCtrlMode1Para) ................................................. 156
Parameter of flow control mode 2 (FlowCtrlMode2Para) ................................................. 157
BVC flow control R MIN value (BVCFlowCtrlRMin, 100
bps)............................................................... 157
MS flow control R MIN value (MSFlowCtrlRMin, 100
bps)............................................................... 158
PFC flow control procedures support (PFCFlowCtrl) ................................................................ 159
Coefficient of BVC bucket size (Info_2_0) ................... 160
Coefficient of MS bucket (Info_2_16) ......................... 161
CBL in BVC/MS flow control (Info_1_9)....................... 161
FUC Flow Control Map Parameters.................................. 162
Flow Control Reason ................................................ 163
Emergency Call ....................................................... 164
Call Rebuilt ............................................................. 164
Call Response ......................................................... 165
Calling ................................................................... 166
Location Update ...................................................... 167
GPRS Access........................................................... 167
Restore .................................................................. 168
Flow control map slim adjust (bit).............................. 169
EDGE Parameters ........................................................ 169
PFC support (PFCSupport) ........................................ 170
R99 Ind (R99Ind) .................................................... 171
Enhanced radio status procedures support
(EnRadioStu) .................................................. 172
RS......................................................................... 173
RR......................................................................... 174
RA......................................................................... 174
VII
RM ........................................................................ 175
RB......................................................................... 176
RG......................................................................... 176
RE ......................................................................... 177
ABIS resource dynamic manage (Info_1_8) ................ 178
eMLPP Set .................................................................. 179
Strategy for preemption when assign (AssPreemptstrategy) ........................................................ 179
Strategy for preemption when handover
(HoPreemptstrategy) ....................................... 180
Maximum forced handover times when assign
(AssForcedHoTry) ............................................ 181
Maximum forced handover times when handover
(HoForcedHoTry) ............................................. 181
Maximum forced release times when assign
(AssForcedRelTry) ............................................ 182
Maximum forced release times when handover
(HoForcedRelTry) ............................................. 183
Preemption duration when assign (AssPreempTimer,
100ms) .......................................................... 184
Preemption duration when handover (HoPreempTimer,
100ms) .......................................................... 184
Timer for start forced release when assign
(AssForceRelTimer) .......................................... 185
Timer for start forced release when handover
(HoForceRelTimer) ........................................... 186
Interval for search forced handover target when assign
(AssForceHoInterval, 100ms) ............................ 187
Interval for search forced handover target when
handover (HoForceHoInterval, 100ms) ............... 187
Interval for search forced release target when assign
(AssForceRelInterval, 100ms)............................ 188
Interval for search forced release target when handover
(HoForceRelInterval, 100ms)............................. 189
Queue timer for assign (RmsT11, 100ms) ................... 190
Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho, 100ms) ............. 191
Queue indicate when assign (QueueIndAss) ................ 191
Queue allowed when handover (QueueIndHo) ............. 192
Forced release indicate when assign (PreemptionIndAss) ............................................................. 193
VIII
Forced release allowed when handover (PreemptionIndHo) ...................................................... 194

Forced handover indication for assign (ForcedHolndAss) ........................................................... 194
Forced handover indication for handover
(ForcedHolndHo) ............................................. 195
Wait resource timer after forced handover
(ForceHoWait, 100ms)...................................... 196
Wait resource timer after forced release (ForceRelWait,
100ms) .......................................................... 197
Enough low priority for preemption (LowestPriority) ................................................................ 197
Enough call duration for preemption........................... 198
Forced handover target penalty time (ForceHoPenalty)...................................................... 199
Priority of emergency service (EmergServicelPrio) ......... 200
Ater Timer Parameters ................................................. 200
Ater wait SCCP connection timer (TAterWaitConn,
100ms) .......................................................... 201
Ater wait resource timer (TWaitAterRes, 100ms) .......... 202
Ater wait resource release timer (TAterWaitRel,
100ms) .......................................................... 203
Ater handover monitor timer (TAterMoniterHO,
100ms) .......................................................... 203
Ater wait resource acknowledge timer (TWaitAterResAck, 100ms).................................................. 204
Ater block circuit timer (TAterCicBlk, 100ms)............... 205
Ater block circuit group timer (TAterBlkCicGrp,
100ms) .......................................................... 206
Ater reset circuit timer (TAterRstCic, 100ms)............... 206
Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms) ............................ 207
Ater reset guard timer (TITCRst, 100ms) .................... 208
Ater block a interface circuit timer (TBIkACic,
100ms) .......................................................... 209
Ater block a interface circuit group timer (TBIkACicGrp,
100ms) .......................................................... 209
External Cell Parameters ............................... 211

GERAN External Cell Parameters .................................... 211
External cell ID ....................................................... 212
Cell type (CellType).................................................. 213
IX
MCC (MCC) ............................................................. 213

MNC (MNC)............................................................. 214
Frequency band (FreqBand) ...................................... 215
BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn) ..................................... 216
LAC (LAC) .............................................................. 216
CI ......................................................................... 217
NCC....................................................................... 218
BCC ....................................................................... 219
GPRS service support (PsSupport) ............................. 219
Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_0, 2db) ..................... 221
Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_1, 2db) ..................... 222
Temporary offset of cell reselection (TempOffset_0,
db) ................................................................ 223
Cell reselection temporary offset (TempOffset_1,
db) ................................................................ 224
Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime_0,
10s) .............................................................. 225
10s) .............................................................. 225
HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_0) ........................................ 226
HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_1) ........................................ 227
Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_THR_0) ................ 228
Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_THR_1) ................ 229
HCS priority (PrioClass_0) ........................................ 230
Allow SOLSA MS to access (EXC_ACC)........................ 231
Cell reselection status (CellBarAc2) ............................ 232
LSA ID (LSA_Id)...................................................... 233
RAC (RAC).............................................................. 233
Access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin_0)................ 234
Access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin_1)................ 236
Maximum initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCCH_0) .......................................................... 237
Maximum initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCCH_1) .......................................................... 238
UTRAN External Cell Parameters .................................... 239
External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)..................................... 240
UTRAN cell type (CellType3G).................................... 241
MCC (MCC) ............................................................. 242
MNC (MNC)............................................................. 242
UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G) ................................ 243

LAC (LAC) .............................................................. 244
RNC ID (RNC_ID) .................................................... 245
C ID (C_ID) ............................................................ 246
Scrambling code or cell parameter (ScCodeCellPara) ............................................................. 246
TX diversity indication (DiverSity) .............................. 247
RAC (RAC).............................................................. 248
UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G) ........... 249
Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD).............................. 250
Cell Parameters ............................................. 251

Basic Parameters 1 ...................................................... 251
BTS ID (BtsId) ........................................................ 252
Cell type (CellType).................................................. 253
MCC (MCC) ............................................................. 254
MNC (MNC)............................................................. 254
LAC (LAC) .............................................................. 255
CI (CI) ................................................................... 256
NCC (NCC) ............................................................. 257
BCC (BCC).............................................................. 258
Frequency band (FreqBand) ...................................... 258
Subcell used (SubCellUsed)....................................... 259
Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand) .................. 260
ARFCN list (CaArfcnList) ........................................... 261
GPRS service support (PsSupport) ............................. 262
Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable).......................... 262
Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara) .................................................... 263
CBC support (SmsCbUsed) ....................................... 264
Threshold for FR to HR (HRThs, %) ............................ 265
PS busy threshold (Info_1_16) .................................. 266
Use cell AMR parameter (UseCellAMRParam) ............... 266
Common control channel configuration (CcchConf) ............................................................. 267
Template file ........................................................... 269
TA maximum (TaMax) .............................................. 270
TA minimum (TaMin) ................................................ 271
TA allowed (TaAllowed)............................................. 272
PCH load indication period (CcchLoadIndPrd, s) ........... 272
XI
Periodical location updating timer (T3212, 360s).......... 273

Protection period for access attempt (T3122, s) ........... 274
Multi-band report indication (MulbandReport) .............. 275
Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access
(RachAccessMin, -db)....................................... 277
CCCH load indication (RACH) (CcchLoadINDThs_0) ............................................ 278
CCCH load indication (PCH) (CcchLoadINDThs_1) ......... 278
8PSK modulating power attenuation level
(Tn7Lowerlevel, 0.2db) .................................... 279
Repeated ACCH support (RepeatACCH)....................... 280
Start PA power off (StartPAPowerOff) ......................... 281
Switch flag of cell TRX power off (StartTRXPowerOff) ....................................................... 281
Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR) ................................. 282
Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR)................................. 283
AMR codec adjust mode (AmrAdjMode) ...................... 284
AMR codec adjust interval (AmrAdjInterval,
480ms) .......................................................... 284
HR channel fragment collected support (HRDfragSupport).............................................................. 285
Threshold of HR defrag (HRDefragThs) ....................... 286
Percentage of HR Ts (HRTsPercentage) ....................... 287
(AmrHRThs).................................................... 288
FR-HR handover based on cell load (FRThrHoSupport).............................................................. 288
Start PA output voltage tuning (Info_0_0) .................. 289
NCC permitted (NccPermitted)................................... 290
Average bursts count surveyed by RACH
(AvgSlots) ...................................................... 291
RACH receiving signal level threshold for busy burst
(RachBusyThs) ................................................ 292
RACH load indication period (OverloadPrd, s) .............. 293
BA show (BcchBaInd)............................................... 294
MIN received signal level to access (RxLevAccessMin)............................................................... 295
XII
MAX number of re-transmitting events times

(MRetrans) ..................................................... 296
Number of slots to spread transmission
(TxInteger)..................................................... 297
Control channel MAX power level (MsTxPwrMaxCch) .............................................................. 299
Number of multi-frames of the PCH (BsPaMframs) ......... 300
Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY info message
(T3105d, 10ms) .............................................. 301
Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info message (T3105f,
10ms)............................................................ 302
MAX resending times for physical information
(NY1)............................................................. 303
Number of blocks reserved for AGCH (BsAgBlkRes) .......................................................... 304
Lapdm timer for controlling SDCCH channel (T200_0,
5ms).............................................................. 305
Lapdm timer for controlling facch/full rate channel
(T200_1, 5ms) ................................................ 305
Lapdm timer for controlling FACCH/half rate channel
(T200_2, 5ms) ................................................ 306
Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with tch sapi0
channel (T200_3, 10ms) .................................. 307
Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with sdcch channel
(T200_4, 10ms) .............................................. 308
Lapdm timer for controlling SDCCH sapi3 channel
(T200_5, 5ms) ................................................ 308
Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with TCH sapi3
channel (T200_6, 10ms) .................................. 309
Optional Parameters .................................................... 310
Early category classmark sending control (ECSC) ......... 310
IMSI attach/detach allowed (ImsIadAllowed)............... 311
Cell bar access (CellBarAccess).................................. 312
Call re-establishment allowed (CallReestablish)............ 313
Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed
(DtxDwlink) .................................................... 314
Uplink discontinuous transmission (DtxUplinkBcch) ...................................................... 315
Emergency call allowed (EmergencyCall) .................... 316
Cell bar qualify (CellBarQualify) ................................. 317
XIII
Access Control (AccessControl).................................. 318

HBTS proofread support (HBTSScanSupport) ............... 319
RSSI threshold (RSSlThrd)........................................ 320
Proofread freqband type (GSM1900Support) ............... 321
Range of HBTS BARANG ........................................... 321
Cell Selection Parameters ............................................. 322
Additional reselection parameter indication
(AdditionReselPI)............................................. 323
Cell reselection parameter indication (CellReselPI)............................................................. 324
Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset, 2db)..................... 325
Temporary offset (TemporaryOffset, 10dB).................. 327
Penalty time (PenaltyTime, 20s) ................................ 328
Cell reselecting hysteresis level (ReselHysteresis,
2dB) .............................................................. 329
New setup cause indication (NECI)............................. 330
Power offset indication (PowerOffsetInd)..................... 331
Power offset (PowerOffset, 2db) ................................ 332
Service Process Additional Parameters............................ 333
Directed retry indication (DrInd_0) ............................ 334
Inter directed retry indication (DrInd_1) ..................... 335
Queue allowed when assign (QueueInd_0).................. 336
Queue allowed when handover (QueueInd_1).............. 336
Preemption allowed when assign (PreemptionInd_0) ...................................................... 337
Preemption allowed when handover (PreemptionInd_1) ...................................................... 338
When assigned forced handover (ForcedHoInd_0) ......... 339
When handover forced handover (ForcedHoInd_1)........................................................ 340
Number of candidate cells for handover
(CandidateNum) .............................................. 340
Fast average indication (FastAvg)............................... 341
BCCH switch allowed (CanBcchExch) .......................... 342
SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed (CanSdcchDyn) .............................................................. 343
Minimal resource threshold (ResourceThs, %).............. 344
Base-band hopping TRX exchange support
(Info_0_3)...................................................... 344
XIV
Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call

(FacchCallInd_0) ............................................. 345
Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond
(FacchCallInd_1) ............................................. 346
Allowed call setup on FACCH (FacchCallInd_2) ............. 347
Allowed call reestablished on FACCH (FacchCallInd_3) ........................................................... 347
System Parameters...................................................... 348
Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd) .............. 349
Interference Band Boundary (InterfBoundary_0 ~
InterfBoundary_5) ........................................... 350
Radio link timeout on MS side (MsRadioLKTmOut) ......... 351
Radio link failure criterion (ConFailCriterion) ................ 352
Radio link timeout on BSS side (BsRadioLKTmOut)............................................................ 353
Receiving level threshold (RxLevThs).......................... 354
Receiving quality threshold (RxQualThs) ..................... 355
Radio link failure checking period (RxLevQualprd) ......... 356
Other Parameters ........................................................ 357
Preprocessing indication (Preprocess)......................... 358
Reserved rate of EMLPP (EmlppThs) ........................... 359
Use cell EMLPP Threshold (UseCellEmlppThs)............... 359
Frequency offset Correct support (Info_0_1) ............... 360
Max power on handover Command support
(Info_0_2)...................................................... 361
MR Report Time Bmp (MrRptTimeBmp)....................... 362
Cell Support Encryption Mode (CipherMode) ................ 363
Channel Select Strategy ........................................... 363
GPRS Basic Parameters ................................................ 364
SGSN ID (SGSNID).................................................. 365
NSEI (NSEI) ........................................................... 366
BVCI (BVCI) ........................................................... 367
RAC (RAC).............................................................. 368
UPU unit (UpuUnit) .................................................. 369
DSP No. (DSP) ........................................................ 369
Additional reselect parameter indictor (AddResPI2) ........................................................ 371
SI13 sending position (Si13Locate) ............................ 372
Route area color code (RaColor) ................................ 373
XV
Min number of idle CS channel (CsChansThs) .............. 374

Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr) .................. 375
Packet System Information Send Speed
(SendSpeed)................................................... 376
Overload report period on PRACH (OvLoadPer, s) ......... 377
Link error counter (RLTimeout).................................. 377
PRACH receive signal level threshold (PrachBusyT) ........................................................... 378
Average measuring bursts number on PRACH
(MeaAvgSlot) .................................................. 379
Buffer threshold of paging message (PccchIndTh_0,
%) ................................................................ 380
Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging period
(PccchIndTh_1, %) .......................................... 381
PRACH overload threshold ratio (PccchIndTh_2,
%) ................................................................ 382
DTM support (DTMSupport)....................................... 383
Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame (GttpLapdmNum) ............................................................. 384
CCN mode support (CCNActive) ................................. 385
Cell support system message status flow
(SIStatusInd).................................................. 385
Allow SOLSA MS to access (Exc_Acc) ......................... 386
CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support (SpgcSuport) ................ 387
Extended paging support (EpageMode)....................... 388
PSI status support (PsiStatInd) ................................. 388
Cell support extendable uplink TBF (Ext_UTBF)............ 389
Uplink delay time (UIDelayTime, ms) ......................... 390
Downlink delay time (DIDelaytime, ms)...................... 391
Extend uplink TBF time (ExtUITBFTime, ms) ............... 392
Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink's RRBP
(GPRSDIRrbpInterVal) ...................................... 393
Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlinks RRBP
(EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal) .................................... 393
Interval number of GPRS TBF uplinks ACK
(GPRSUIAckInterVal)........................................ 394
Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplinks ACK
(EGPRSUIAckInterVal)...................................... 395
Single Block Assign Offset (SBAssOffset) .................... 396
XVI
Polling retry times (PollingRetryTime) ......................... 396

Uplink measure report period (Ulmeasureperiod,
ms) ............................................................... 397
Calculating period of load on PPCH (LoadPer, s) ........... 398
PSI1 send period (Psi1RepPer) .................................. 398
Selective granularity (USFGranularity) ........................ 399
(ExUpDynSupport)........................................... 400
ABIS time slots reserved for packet service
(Info_1_0)...................................................... 401
The maximum of ABIS for GPRS user (Info_1_8) ......... 402
GPRS initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1
(Info1_1_4) .................................................... 403
C/I (Sc) ................................................................. 404
ARP (Sa) ................................................................ 405
THP (St)................................................................. 406
PS queuing support (PsQueueInd) ............................. 407
Max PS queue count (PsMaxQueueInstNum) ............... 408
PS preemption support (PsPreemptionInd) .................. 409
3G NACC support (Support3GCCN) ............................ 409
PS prompt CS support (PSPrmpCSSupport) ................. 410
Max resource for POC service (POCSrcThs,%).............. 411
Transform from uplink delay to extend
(Info1_1_16) .................................................. 412
Max Num of resend packet assignment
(Info1_1_8) .................................................... 413
Resource adjust for CS preempt (Info1_1_17) ............. 414
Subcell selection of PS channel allocation
(PSALLOCSC_0) .............................................. 415
RXLEV threshold in subcell 1 (PSALLOCSC_1) .............. 416
RXLEV threshold in subcell 2 (PSALLOCSC_2) .............. 417
GPRS Cell Options Parameters ....................................... 418
T3168 .................................................................... 418
T3192 .................................................................... 419
T3142(s) ................................................................ 420
T3172(s) ................................................................ 421
DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s).................... 422
MAX blocks transmission in each TS (BsCvMax) ........... 423
XVII
Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType) ............................................................. 424

Access burst type (AccessType) ................................. 424
N3102 decrease step (PanDec) .................................. 425
N3102 increase step (PanInc) ................................... 426
N3102 MAX (PanMax) .............................................. 427
GPRS Phone Init Coding ........................................... 428
GPRS phones init code can be changed
(InitAttachExch_0)........................................... 429
GPRS NC Survey Parameters......................................... 430
Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)................................ 430
Packet transmission mode (NcRerPerT, s).................... 431
Extended measurement report order (MeaOrder) ......... 432
Network control order (CtrlOrder) .............................. 433
NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)............ 434
Extended measurement report order
(ExMeaOrder) ................................................. 435
Type of extended measurement report (ExtRepType) ............................................................. 436
Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer,
s) .................................................................. 437
The size of test report's slip window (Wnd) ................. 438
Allowed report number of the same cell in slip window
(AllowedRepNum) ............................................ 438
GPRS Power Control Parameters .................................... 439
Filter period in the packet idle mode (T_AVG_W,
s) .................................................................. 440
Filter period in packet transmission mode (T_AVG_T,
s) .................................................................. 441
PSI4 sending mark (Psi4Send) .................................. 442
Power control measurement channel
(PcMeasChan) ................................................. 443
Power control parameter (Alpha) ............................... 443
Filter constant of power control (N_AVG_I) ................. 444
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters.................................. 445
Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset_0, 2db) ................. 446
Cell reselection offset2 (ReselOffset_1, 2db) ............... 447
Temporary offset of cell reselection (TempOffset_0,
db) ................................................................ 448
XVIII
Temporary offset of cell reselection2 (TempOffset_1,

db) ................................................................ 449
10s) .............................................................. 450
Penalty time of cell reselection2 (PenalTime_1,
10s) .............................................................. 451
Interval of reselecting the same cell (T_Resel_0,
s) .................................................................. 452
Interval of reselecting the same cell2 (T_Resel_1,
s) .................................................................. 453
Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_Thr_0) ................. 453
Threshold of HCS signal level2 (HCS_Thr_1) ............... 454
HCS priority2 (PrioClass_1)....................................... 456
C31 hysteresis (C31_Hyst_0) .................................... 457
C31 hysteresis2 (C31_Hyst_1) .................................. 457
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis (ReselHys_0, db) ......... 458
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis2 (ReselHys_1,
db) ................................................................ 460
Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys_0,
db) ................................................................ 461
Routing reselection hysteresis2 (RaReselHys_1,
db) ................................................................ 462
Random access attempt permitted
(RadAcRetry_0)............................................... 463
Random access attempt permitted2
(RadAcRetry_1)............................................... 464
Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_Qual_0) .............. 465
Usage of cell reselection offset2 (C32_Qual_1) ............ 465
GPRS access minimum signal level1 (RxLevAsMin_0) ........................................................... 466
GPRS access minimum signal level2 (RxLevAsMin_1) ........................................................... 467
Priority threshold (Prio_Thr, db)................................. 468
HCS exist (HCS_Exist_0) .......................................... 469
HCS exist2 (HCS_Exist_1) ........................................ 470
GPRS MAX initial access signal level1 (MsTxMaxCch_0) ........................................................... 471
GPRS MAX initial access signal level2 (MsTxMaxCch_1) ........................................................... 472
XIX
LSA ID (LSA_Id)...................................................... 473

LSA offset (LSA_Offset) ............................................ 474
GPRS Channel Parameters ............................................ 475
PAGCH reserved blocks (PagBlkRes) ........................... 475
PBCCH reserved blocks (PbcchBlks) ........................... 476
PRACH reserved blocks (PrachBlks) ............................ 477
Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)........... 478
Interval period of packet access attempt (S) ............... 479
MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans) .......................... 480
Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass) ............................ 480
Access Persist Level (PersistLev)................................ 481
Subscriber occupying other preference channel support
(HybridOccuSupp) ........................................... 482
PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel
support (AllowPsMove) ..................................... 483
CS subscriber moving support (AllowCsMove).............. 484
Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving
(SfPreferBusyThs) ........................................... 485
Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving
(OpPreferBusyThs) .......................................... 486
EDGE Parameters ........................................................ 486
EGPRS packet channel request access program support
(EgprsPacketChreq) ......................................... 487
Uplink LA+IR quality control support (IrSupportUp) .......................................................... 488
Take Preemptive transmit bit function (PreemptiveTrans) ............................................................ 489
Average filter period for uplink BEP (BEPperiodUp) ......... 490
Average filter period for downlink BEP (BEPperiodDown)............................................................ 490
EGPRS phone quality measure mode
(LinkQuameaMode).......................................... 491
EDGE initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1
(Info1_1_0) .................................................... 492
EGPRS Phone Init Coding (EGPRSInitAttSelt) ............... 493
EGPRS phones init code can be changed
(InitAttachExch_1)........................................... 494
Cell Object Parameters.................................. 495

TRX Parameters .......................................................... 495
TRX Information Parameters ..................................... 495
XX
TRX ID (TrxId)................................................ 496

Sub cell ID (SubCellId) .................................... 497
TRX type (TrxType) ......................................... 498
Priority (TrxPriority)......................................... 499
BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) ................... 499
Static power level (PwRreduction) ..................... 500
Power level (PowerClass) ................................. 501
Support FHS................................................... 501
BhGroupId ..................................................... 502
FhsID ............................................................ 503
Frequency...................................................... 504
Channel Information Parameters................................ 505
Channel ID..................................................... 505
TS Channel Combination .................................. 506
TSC............................................................... 508
MAIO............................................................. 509
Dynamic TS.................................................... 510
Ps Service Preference Property ......................... 510
PDCH Precedence............................................ 511
TSC............................................................... 512
PDCH ............................................................ 512
PS service preference ...................................... 513
Dynamic TS.................................................... 514
IP Parameters ......................................................... 514
BIPB Unit ....................................................... 515
DSP Sunit ...................................................... 516
DspMarkSeq................................................... 516
Port No. ......................................................... 517
Panel Parameters..................................................... 518
TRX mode ...................................................... 518
Delay count.................................................... 519
IRC ............................................................... 520
Support antenna hop....................................... 521
Power Control Parameters............................................. 521
Power Control Parameters......................................... 521
Uplink rapid power control indication
(UlRapidPcInd) .................................... 522
Downlink rapid power control indication
(DlRapidPcInd) .................................... 523
Power Control PwrDesrLimit.............................. 524
XXI
Power Survey Parameters ......................................... 525

Report period of measurement for power control
(PwrCtrlReportPrd) ............................... 525
Uplink level Sample count (PcUlLevWindow) .................................................. 526
Uplink level Weight (PcUlLevWeight) .................. 527
Downlink level Sample count (PcDlLevWindow) .................................................. 528
Downlink level Weight (PcDlLevWeight) .............. 529
Uplink quality Sample count (PcUlQualWindow) .................................................. 530
Uplink quality Weight (PcUlQualWeight).............. 530
Downlink quality Sample Count (PcDlQualWindow) .................................................. 531
Downlink quality Weight (PcDlQualWeight) ......... 532
Power Adjustment Threshold Parameters .................... 533
Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevThsThs), Value P (PcULInclLevThsP), and
Value N (PcULInclLevThsN).................... 534
Increase downlink level Threshold
(PcDLInclLevThsThs), Value P
(PcDLInclLevThsP), and Value N
(PcDLInclLevThsN) ............................... 535
Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevThsThs), Value P (PcULRedLevThsP), and
Value N (PcULRedLevThsN) ................... 536
Decrease downlink level Threshold
(PcDLRedLevThsThs), Value P
(PcDLRedLevThsP), and Value N
(PcDLRedLevThsN) ............................... 537
Increase uplink quality Threshold
(PcULInclQualThsThs), Value P
(PcULInclQualThsP), and Value N
(PcULInclQualThsN).............................. 538
Increase downlink quality Threshold
(PcDLInclQualThsThs), Value P
(PcDLInclQualThsP), and Value N
(PcDLInclQualThsN) ............................. 539
Decrease uplink quality Threshold
(PcULRedQualThsThs), Value P
XXII
(PcULRedQualThsP), and Value N

(PcULRedQualThsN) ............................. 540
Decrease downlink quality Threshold
(PcDLRedQualThsThs), Value P
(PcDLRedQualThsP), and Value N
(PcDLRedQualThsN) ............................. 541
Other Parameters .................................................... 541
Power increasing step (PwrIncStep, db) ............. 542
Power decreasing step (PwrRedStep, db)............ 543
Uplink power control allowed (PwrControlUl) ................................................ 543
Downlink power control allowed (PwrControlDl) ................................................ 544
MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax) ............... 545
MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)................. 546
MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin) ................. 547
MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnterval) .................................................... 547
GPRS Power Control Parameters ................................ 548
Expected signal intensity of MS (SS_BTS)........... 549
Uplink power control strategy (UlPwCtrl) ............ 550
Downlink power control strategy (DlPwCtrl) ......... 550
Downlink power control mode (PwCtrlMode) ............................................. 551
Power control level (PwCtrlLev) ......................... 552
Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode
(P0, 2db) ............................................ 553
Handover Control Parameters........................................ 553
Handover Pretreatment Parameters............................ 554
Number of zero allowed in AV (ZeroAllowed)................................................ 554
Uplink power level Sample count
(HoUlLevWindow) ................................ 555
Uplink power level Weight (HoUlLevWeight) ......... 556
Downlink power level Sample count
(HoDlLevWindow) ................................ 557
Downlink power level Weight
(HoDlLevWeight).................................. 558
Uplink quality Sample count (HoUlQualWindow) .................................................. 559
XXIII
Uplink quality Weight (HoUlQualWeight) ............. 560

Downlink quality Sample count (HoDlQualWindow) .................................................. 561
Downlink quality Weight (HoDlQualWeight) ......... 561
Distance (DistanceWindow) .............................. 562
Neighboring cell (NCellWindow) ........................ 563
Handover Threshold Parameters ................................ 564
Uplink receive level Threshold (HoUlLevThs),
Value N (HoUlLevN), Value P
(HoUlLevP).......................................... 564
Downlink receive level Threshold (HoDlLevThs),
Value N (HoDlLevN), Value P
(HoDlLevP) ......................................... 565
Uplink receive quality Threshold (HoUlQualThs),
Value N (HoUlQualN), Value P
(HoUlQualP) ........................................ 567
Downlink receive quality Threshold
(HoDlQualThs), Value N (HoDlQualN),
Value P (HoDlQualP) ............................. 568
Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value
N (IntraHoUlLevN) / Value P
(IntraHoUlLevP) ................................... 569
Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value
N (IntraHoDlLevN) / Value P
(IntraHoDlLevP)................................... 570
Good C/I Threshold (GoodCiThs), Value N
(GoodCiN), Value P (GoodCiP)................ 571
Bad C/I Threshold (BadCiThs), Value N (BadCiN),
Value P (BadCiP) .................................. 572
Rapid handover Threshold (RapidHoThs) / Value
N (RapidHoN) ...................................... 573
Distance handover Value N (DistanceN) / Value P
(DistanceP) ......................................... 574
PBGT handover Value N (PBGTHoN) / Value P
(PBGTHoP) .......................................... 574
Handover Condition Parameters................................. 575
Max time advance threshold between MS and
BTS (DistanceThs)................................ 576
MIN interval between inter-cell handover
(HoMinInterval, s) ................................ 577
XXIV
Handover back penalty (HoBackPenalty) ............ 578

Prior layer selecting parameter on signal
level/quality (LayerPriority) ................... 578
Handover to same layer other band
neighbor cell for PBGT permitted
(PbgtHoLayer_0).................................. 580
Handover to neighbor cell with no layer
relation for PBGT permitted
(PbgtHoLayer_1).................................. 580
Handover to upper layer neighbor cell for PBGT
permitted (PbgtHoLayer_2) ................... 581
Handover to under layer neighbor cell for PBGT
permitted (PbgtHoLayer_3) ................... 582
Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0) ......................... 582
Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1) ....................... 583
Pseudo-synchronization (HoPatternInd_2) .......... 584
Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3).................... 584
Downlink rapid handover threshold
(DLRapidHoThs)................................... 585
Downlink rapid handover N (DLRapidHoN) .......... 586
Downlink rapid handover offset of high speed
(DLRapidHoOffset_0)............................ 587
Downlink rapid handover offset of middle speed
Downlink rapid handover offset of low speed
Downlink rapid handover enable (HoControl_23) .............................................. 589
Handover Control Parameters.................................... 590
Allow SDCCH handover (HoControl_0) ............... 590
Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to uplink
interference (HoControl_1).................... 591
Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to downlink
interference (HoControl_2).................... 592
Allow handover due to distance (HoControl_3)................................................ 592
Allow standard PBGT handover (HoControl_4)................................................ 593
Allow automatic handover based on traffic
(HoControl_5) ..................................... 594
XXV
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX

channel due to downlink interference
(HoControl_8) ..................................... 594
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX
channel due to uplink interference
(HoControl_9) ..................................... 595
Allow adjacent cells handover in super
TRX channel due to PBGT
(HoControl_10).................................... 596
Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority
(HoControl_11).................................... 596
Allow rapid handover (HoControl_12) ................ 597
Allow Macro-Micro delay handover
(HoControl_13).................................... 598
Allow Micro-Micro delay handover
(HoControl_14).................................... 598
Allow force transfer handover (HoControl_16) .............................................. 599
Allow quality handover in uplink (HoControl_19) .............................................. 600
Allow level handover in uplink (HoControl_20) .............................................. 600
Allow quality handover in downlink
(HoControl_21).................................... 601
Allow level handover in downlink
(HoControl_22).................................... 602
The priority of the handover from Macro cell to
Micro cell (MacroMicroHoPrio) ................ 602
Penalty time for handover failure
(HoFailPenalTime) ................................ 603
Difference of dynamic priority (DynPrioOffset).................................................... 604
PBGT difference (PbgtOffset) ............................ 605
Layer control value for handover on traffic
(TrafficHoLayrCtl)................................. 606
Frequency control value for handover on traffic
(TrafficHoFreqCtl)................................. 607
Threshold of traffic for handover (TrafficThs,
%) ..................................................... 608
XXVI
Lag time for PBGT between different layers

(PbgtHoParam_0,s) .............................. 608
Level offset for PBGT to up layer
(PbgtHoParam_1) ................................ 609
Level offset for PBGT to low layer
(PbgtHoParam_2) ................................ 610
The threshold for starting PBGT handover
(PbgtHoStartThs) ................................. 610
Handover from macro to micro (MacroMicroStartThs) ................................................... 611
Hysteresis timer when traffic handover
(TrafficHysteresisTm, s) ........................ 612
Handover Algorithm Parameters ................................ 612
Traffic handover threshold (TrafficLevThs) .......... 613
Level offset during penalty (PenaltyLevOffset).................................................... 614
Uplink interference quality offset (QOffSetUl) .................................................... 614
Uplink interference level offset (SOffSetUl) ......... 615
Downlink interference quality offset
(QOffsetDl) ......................................... 616
Downlink interference level offset
(SOffSetDl) ......................................... 617
Invalid intra-handover time (TMaxiHo) ............... 618
MAX count of invalid intra-handover
(MaxiHo) ............................................ 619
MAX path loss threshold on force handover
(MaxLossThs) ...................................... 620
MAX time advance threshold on force handover
(MaxTaThs) ......................................... 622
N value of force handover (HoForceN)................ 623
P value of force handover (HoForceP) ................ 624
Subcell Parameters .................................................. 626
Dual band power offset (DuleBandOffset) ........... 626
The MAX of path loss (PathLossMax).................. 627
The MIN of path loss (PathLossMin) ................... 627
The MAX of time advance (SubCellTAMax) .......... 628
The MIN of time advance (SubCellTAMin) ........... 629
N value of subcell handover (SubCellN) .............. 629
P value of subcell handover (SubcellP) ............... 630
XXVII
Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl_17) .............................................. 631

UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ............................. 632
Basic Properties 1 .................................................... 632
Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover
failure (HoFailPenalTm3G) ..................... 632
Slippery window size for calculating Ec/No
or RSCP average value to be zero
(HoWindow3G) .................................... 633
Number that measurement value allowed to be
zero (ZeroAllowed3G) ........................... 634
UTRAN handover (ServiceHo) ........................... 635
FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)..................... 636
Threshold for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsFDD) .................................. 636
Ec/No threshold when handover from
GSM to 3G for load sharing
(LoadHoEcNoThsFDD)........................... 637
RSCP threshold when handover from
GSM to TDD for load sharing
(LoadHoRSCPThsTDD) .......................... 638
Basic Properties 2 .................................................... 639
Inter system handover supported
(InterSysHoCtrl) .................................. 640
Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed
(InterSysHoCtrl) .................................. 641
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP
Threshold (HoRSCPThsFDD) .................. 641
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value
N (HoRSCP_N_FDD) ............................. 642
P (HoRSCP_P_FDD) .............................. 643
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No
Threshold (HoEcNoThsFDD)................... 644
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value
N (HoEcNo_N_FDD).............................. 644
P (HoEcNo_P_FDD) .............................. 645
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP
Threshold (HoRSCPThsTDD) .................. 646
XXVIII
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value

N (HoRSCP_N_TDD) ............................. 646
P (HoRSCP_P_TDD).............................. 647
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ..................................... 648
Basic Properties 1 Parameters ................................... 648
Channel location of si2quater broadcast
(SI2QuaterPos).................................... 649
CS measurement type reported by UE
(ReportTypeCS) ................................... 650
Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN
cell reselection (Qsearch_I) ................... 651
Threshold when UE performs search under
specialized mode (Qsearch_C) ............... 651
Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c
before UE receiving qsearch_C
(QsearchCInit)..................................... 652
CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in
report (SvrBandRprtCS) ........................ 653
Max number of GSM neighbor cells
(IndexStartEMR) .................................. 654
CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN
adjacent cells (FDDrepQntCS)................ 654
Min Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell
(FDD_Qmin)........................................ 655
CS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent
cells in measurement report
(FDDMulRatrrptCS) .............................. 656
FDD reselection offset (FDD_Qoffset)................. 657
A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD
cell re-selection (FDD_RSCPmin)............ 658
Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value
(FDD_Qmin_Offset).............................. 659
Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark change
message early (ECSC_3G)..................... 659
Basic Properties 2 Parameters ................................... 660
CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell
(ReportRateCS) ................................... 661
CS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtCS) ................................................ 662
XXIX
CS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV

value (ScaleOrdCS) .............................. 663
TDD reselection offset (TDD_Qoffset) ................ 664
CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent
(TDDMulRatRrptCS).............................. 664
CS UE report invalid cell level allowed
(InvldBSICRprtCS) ............................... 665
CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in
BSIC decoding frame indication
(SearchPrioCS3G) ................................ 666
GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Offset (RprtOffsetCS850) ...................... 667
Threshold (RprtThoCS850) .................... 667
Offset (RprtOffsetCS900) ...................... 668
Threshold (RprtThoCS900) .................... 669
Offset (RprtOffsetCS1800) .................... 670
Threshold (RprtThoCS1800) .................. 671
Offset (RprtOffsetCS1900) .................... 671
Threshold (RprtThoCS1900) .................. 672
UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Offset (FDDRprtOffsetCS)...................... 673
Threshold (FDDRprtThoCS) ................... 674
UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Offset (TDDRprtOffsetCS) ..................... 675
Threshold (TDDRprtThoCS) ................... 675
GPRS Parameters 1.................................................. 676
PS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV
value (ScaleOrdPS) .............................. 677
PS measurement type reported by UE
(ReportTypePS) ................................... 678
XXX
PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

report (SvrBandRprtPS) ........................ 679
PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell
(ReportRatePS).................................... 680
Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS
UTRAN cell (Qsearch_P) ........................ 680
FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset).................................................... 681
TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoffset).................................................... 682
PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell
(FDD_QminPS) .................................... 683
Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS) ................................................ 684
PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell
(FDD_RSCPminPS) ............................... 685
Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP
(FDDRprtTho2PS) ................................ 685
PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent
cells (FDDRepQntPS) ............................ 686
PS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent
(FDDMulRatRrptPS) .............................. 687
PS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtPS) ................................................ 688
TDD multi report PS (TDDMulRatRrptPS) ............ 689
GPRS Parameters 2.................................................. 690
PS UE report invalid cell level allowed
(InvldBSICRprtPS) ............................... 690
PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding
frame indication (SearchPrioPS3G) ......... 691
Reselect priority control of 2G/3G
(ServiceCC)......................................... 692
Offset (RprtOffsetPS850) ...................... 693
Threshold (RprtThoPS850) .................... 693
Offset (RprtOffsetPS900) ...................... 694
XXXI
GSM 900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Threshold (RprtThoPS900) .................... 695
Offset (RprtOffsetPS1800)..................... 696
Threshold (RprtThoPS1800)................... 697
Offset (RprtOffsetPS1900)..................... 697
Threshold (RprtThoPS1900)................... 698
Offset (FDDRprtOffsetPS) ...................... 699
threshold (FDDRprtThoPS) .................... 700
Offset (TDDRprtOffsetPS)...................... 701
threshold (TDDRprtThoPS) .................... 701
Adjacent Cell Parameters .............................................. 702
Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters ........................ 702
Interference cell No. (IntfObjectId) ................... 703
Related cell DN (RelationDN) ............................ 704
Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters ..................................................... 704
Adjacent cell handover and reselection ID
(HoResObjectId) .................................. 705
Priority of handover (Hopriority)........................ 706
MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax) ............... 707
Min power level for handover access
(RxLevMin) ......................................... 707
Min threshold of signal level for handover on
PBGT (HoMarginPbgt) ........................... 709
power level (HoMarginRxLev) ................ 710
quality (HoMarginRxQual) ..................... 710
Max level difference of force handover
(MaxForceHoDiff) ................................. 711
Handover force resource threshold
(HoForceResThs).................................. 712
XXXII
Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer) .................... 713

CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioCS) ......... 714
PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS) ......... 715
Target cell traffic threshold (TargetCellTrafficThs) ................................................ 716
Handover threshold from macro to micro
(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm) ...................... 717
Counter of handover threshold from macro to
micro (MacroMicroHon) ......................... 717
The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir) ........... 718
Related cell DN ............................................... 719
Is related cell (IsRelatedCell) ............................ 719
Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell) .............................................. 720
CCN supported (CCNSupport) ........................... 721
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters............................ 722
Adjacent cell handover object ID
(HoObjectId) ....................................... 722
Priority of handover (HoPriority)........................ 723
Max power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)................ 724
(RxLevMin) ......................................... 724
PBGT (HoMarginPbgt) ........................... 726
power level (HoMarginRxLev) ................ 727
quality (HoMarginRxQual) ..................... 727
(MaxForceHoDiff) ................................. 728
(HoForceResThs).................................. 729
Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer) .................... 730
(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm) ...................... 733
Counter of Handover Threshold from Macro to
Micro (MacroMicroHoN) ......................... 733
XXXIII
The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir) ........... 734

Is related cell (IsRelatedCell) ............................ 735
Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell) ................................................... 735
Related cell DN ............................................... 736
Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ......................... 737
Adjacent cell reselection object ID
(ReSelObjectId) ................................... 737
Adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)............. 738
Related cell DN ............................................... 739
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters ..................................................... 740
Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection
object ID (S3GHoRSObjectId)................ 741
RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell
(HoRSCPOffset3G) ............................... 741
Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell
(HoEcNoOffset3G) ................................ 742
PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS) ......... 744
Relation DN.................................................... 746
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ................. 747
UTRAN HO ID (S3GHoObjectId) ........................ 748
RSCP offset handover (HoRSCPOffset3G) ........... 748
Ec/No offset handover (HoEcNoOffset3G) ........... 749
Relation DN.................................................... 752
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters............... 753
Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID
(S3GrsObjectId) .................................. 753
CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS) ......... 754
Relation DN.................................................... 756
Frequency Hopping System Parameters .......................... 756
XXXIV
Frequency hopping No. (FhsId) ................................. 757

Hopping sequence No. (HSN) .................................... 758
Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode) ................... 759
Hopping group ID (BhGroupId).................................. 759
MA Frequency List Number (MaFreqNum) ................... 760
System Control Parameters ........................... 763

Operation Control Parameters ....................................... 763
Assign query enable (AssQueEnable).......................... 764
Internal redirection enable (InDrEnable) ..................... 765
Outer redirection enable (OutDrEnable) ...................... 766
Assign preemption enable (AssPreEmpt) ..................... 766
BSC intracell handover enable (HoIntraEnable) ............ 767
BSC intercell handover enable (HoInterEnable)............ 768
BSC outer handover enable (HoOutEnable) ................. 769
SDCCH handover enable (ShoEnable)......................... 769
TCH/F handover enable (TfHoEnable) ......................... 770
TCH/H handover enable (ThHoEnable) ........................ 771
Handover queue enable (HoQueEnable) ...................... 771
Handover preemption enable (HoPreEmpt).................. 772
Handover check arithmetic choose (HoA) .................... 773
Handover request response (HoAck) .......................... 774
Force FACCH (FacchOnly) ......................................... 774
Continuum handover trigger (HoTrigger)..................... 775
Handover reason tip (HoCauseInd) ............................ 776
Local cell position number (LAC) ................................ 777
Local cell identification (CI)....................................... 777
Outer cell target number (OutCellNum) ...................... 778
Outer cell position number 1 (OutLAC1)...................... 779
Outer cell number 1 (OutCI1).................................... 781
Outer RNC 1 (OutRNC1) ........................................... 783
Outer RNC 2 (OutRNC2) ........................................... 784
Outer RNC 3 (OutRNC3) ........................................... 784
Old BSS to new BSS information (OldToneWctrl) .......... 785
Access Control (AccessCtrl)....................................... 786
Resume set option (ResumeSetOpt) ........................... 787
Handout queue sign (HandOutQueInd) ....................... 787
XXXV
Send cell prefer indication (SendCellPreferInd) ............ 788

IPA AMR start mode (IpaAMRStartMode)..................... 789
TDD cell handover enable (TdHoEnable) ..................... 789
Sending HO detect message to MSC during intra-BSC
HO with IPA (InBscHoSendHoDet)...................... 790
ICM optimize when intra BSC handover
(AmrHoOpt_0) ................................................ 791
ICM optimize when inter BSC handover
(AmrHoOpt_1) ................................................ 792
FUC Parameters .......................................................... 793
Use system message method when MSC overload or
link block (MSCSysInfoFlc) ................................ 794
Start system message method (CPUSysInfoFlc) ........... 795
Start system message method, start limit(%)
(CPUSysInfoCTLCPU) ....................................... 796
Start FUC flow control (CPUFucFlc)............................. 797
Start limit of FUC flow control (CPUFucCtlCPU, %) ......... 797
The maximum control level for MSC overload or link
block (MSCFlcMaxLevel) ................................... 798
Handover Parameters of BCCH ...................................... 799
Handover BCCH (CanBCCHEx)................................... 800
Scan BCCH (ScanBCCH) ........................................... 800
BCCH starting delay (BCCHDelay) .............................. 801
BCCH finishing delay (ReBCCHEx) .............................. 802
Delay of TRX forcible release (TrxRel) ......................... 803
The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover
(MaxChangeProc) ............................................ 804
Handover Parameters of SD .......................................... 805
Dynamic configuration SDCCH (CanSDCCHDyn)........... 805
Scan SDCCH (ScanSDCCH) ....................................... 806
Delay of TS forcible release (TsRel) ............................ 807
Delay protection (MaxDelay) ..................................... 808
TCH->SDCCH limit (MinSDCCH) ................................ 809
SDCCH->TCH delay (TimeToTch)................................ 810
Other Parameters ........................................................ 810
B2 support AMR (V2TruSupportAMR) .......................... 811
CHR Enable (ChrEnable) ........................................... 812
NC2 support (NC2support)........................................ 813
MR server IP (MRSvrIP) ............................................ 813
MR server port (MRSvrPort) ...................................... 814
XXXVI
BER weight (VoiceQualWeight_0) ............................... 815

FER weight (VoiceQualWeight_1) ............................... 815
Handover frequency weight (VoiceQualWeight_2) ......... 816
DTX weight (VoiceQualWeight_3) ............................... 817
Coding decode weight (VoiceQualWeight_4) ................ 818
ABIS transmission error code weight (VoiceQualWeight_5) ...................................................... 818
Delay weight (VoiceQualWeight_6)............................. 819
A port resource block threshold (Reslimit_0) ............... 820
NSVC resource block threshold (Reslimit_1) ................ 821
Channel resource block threshold (Reslimit_2)............. 821
Subcell busy threshold (Reslimit_3) ........................... 822
ABIS alarm delay time (AbisAlmDelayTime) ................ 823
DTX factor (Info_0_8) .............................................. 824
IBS Parameters ........................................................... 824
The method of intelligent TRX power off
(Info_0_0)...................................................... 825
Performance Management Parameters............................ 826
PingPong handover duration (PingPongDura, s)............ 827
Number of measurement reports for dropped
connections (LatestMeasureRptNum).................. 827
Uplink quality threshold (DropBadQualULThs,
RQ) ............................................................... 828
Downlink quality threshold (DropBadQualDLThs,
RQ) ............................................................... 829
Uplink signal strength threshold
(DropLowSigStrULThs) ..................................... 830
Downlink signal strength threshold
(DropLowSigStrDLThs) ..................................... 830
Excessive TA threshold (DropExcessiveTAThs).............. 831
Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange
Parameters ......................................................... 832
Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange support
(Info_0_1)...................................................... 833
Baseband Frequency hopping TRX Exchange scan timer
(Info_1_0)...................................................... 833
Baseband frequency hopping TRX configuration timer
(Info_1_16) .................................................... 834
Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange check
delay timer (Info_2_0) ..................................... 835
XXXVII
GPRS Operation Control Parameters ............................... 836

Two phase access (TwoPhaseAccess) .......................... 836
Send radio status to SGSN (GBMsgSndInd_0) ............. 837
Send LLC discard to SGSN (GBMsgSndInd_1) .............. 838
Threshold of quality in radio status (RadStaQuaThs) .................................................... 839
Send packet TBF release to MS when BSS abnormal
(PacketTBFRel)................................................ 840
Flow Control Policy Values ............................ 841

Power Values ................................................ 843
Cell Layer Number Values.............................. 845
Corresponding Relationship between
Parameter Interface and Database
Values ........................................................... 847
BSC Function Parameters Interface ................................ 847
Basic Property Parameters ........................................ 847
Radio Basic Property Parameters ............................... 850
AMR Half Method Parameters .................................... 852
AMR Full Method Parameters ..................................... 853
GPRS Other Parameters 1 ......................................... 853
GPRS Other Parameters 2 ......................................... 854
EDGE Parameters .................................................... 854
GERAN External Cell Parameters .................................... 855
UTRAN External Cell Parameters .................................... 855
Cell Parameters ........................................................... 856
Basic Parameters 1 .................................................. 856
Basic Parameters 2 .................................................. 857
System Parameters.................................................. 858
GPRS Other Params1 Parameters............................... 858
GPRS Cell Options Parameters ................................... 858
GPRS NC Survey Parameters ..................................... 861
GPRS Power Control Parameters ................................ 863
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters.............................. 863
GPRS Channel Parameters ........................................ 865
EDGE Parameters .................................................... 867
Cell Object Parameters ................................................. 867
TRX Information Parameters ..................................... 867
XXXVIII
Channel Information Parameters................................ 868

Power Control Parameters......................................... 869
Handover Control Parameters.................................... 870
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ................................. 872
UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ......................... 873
Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters ..................................................... 873
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters............................ 874
Frequency Hopping System Parameters ...................... 874
Figures .......................................................... 875

Glossary ........................................................ 879
XXXIX
This page is intentionally blank.
XL
About This Manual

Purpose
Intended
Audience
What Is in This
Manual
This manual introduces the ZXG10 BSS radio parameters for radio
configuration and commissioning.
System Engineer
Commissioning Engineer
Maintenance Engineer
This manual has the following chapters.

Section
Summary
Chapter 1, Overview
Introduces the scope, description

methods, and adjustment cautions
for radio parameters.
Chapter 2, BSC Function

Parameters
Introduces the BSC function

parameters.
Chapter 3, External Cell

Parameters
Introduces the GERAN external

cell parameters and UTRAN
external cell parameters.
Chapter 4, Cell Parameters
Introduces the cell parameters in

the BSS system.
Chapter 5, Cell Object Parameters
Introduces the cell object

parameters in the BSS system.
Chapter 6, System Control

Parameters
Introduces the system control

parameters in the BSS system.
II
Chapter
Overview
This chapter explains the definition and classification of radio parameters in GSM network, modification methods of radio parameters, explanation format of radio parameters, and precautions in
radio parameters adjustment.
Table of Contents
Introduction to BSS Radio Parameters ................................... 1
Method of Modifying Radio Parameters .................................. 2
Method of Modifying Parameters in Batch............................... 6
The Format to Explain Parameters .......................................12
Precautions on Parameter Adjustment ..................................14
Introduction to BSS Radio

Parameters
900/1800 MHz TDMA digital celluar mobile communication system
(GSM) is an integrated system covering fields of network technology, digital stored program control technology, all transmission
technologies and radio technologies.
GSM consists of Network Sub System (NSS), Base Station Subsystem (BSS) and Mobile Station (MS).
GSM system signaling structure covers MAP interface, A-interface
(between MSC and BSC), Abis interface (between BSC and BTS),
Ater interface (between BSC and external TC) and Um interface
(between BTS and MS, also called air interface).
All these objects and interfaces contain large quantity of configuration parameters and performance parameters, some of which are
determined during the development and production of the equipment, and most of which depend on actual need and operation by
network providers. Settings and adjustment of latter parameters
have a great impact on the operation of entire GSM network.
Radio parameters in GSM network refer to parameters related to
radio devices and radio resources. These parameters have an important impact on coverage of cells, distribution of signaling flow
and service property of network, etc. Therefore, adjusting radio
parameters reasonably plays a very important part in GSM network optimization.
GSM radio parameters are classified into project parameters and
resource (cell) parameters.
1. Project parameters
Project parameters refer to parameters related to design,
installation, and commissioning of the project, like antenna
height, antenna direction, antenna gain, antenna download
obliquity and cable loss, etc. These parameters must be
determined during network design and are seldom changed
during the operation of the network.
2. Resource (cell) parameters
Resource (cell) parameters refer to parameters related to
configuration and utilization of radio resources, which usually
transmit on radio interface (Um) to keep the base station
and mobile station consistent. Radio parameters covered in
this manual are mainly resource parameters. Radio resource
parameters in BSS contain:
GERAN subnetwork parameters, BSC management NE parameters, configuration set parameters;

Global resource parameters for BSC, site parameters,
GERAN external cell parameters, UTRAN external cell
parameters;
Cell Parameters;
TRX parameters, power control parameters, handover control parameters, UTRAN handover control parameters, adjacent interference cell parameters, adjacent handover cell
parameters, adjacent reselection cell parameters, adjacent
handover and reselection cell parameters, UTRAN adjacent
cell handover and reselection parameters, UTRAN adjacent
handover cell parameters, UTRAN adjacent reselection cell
parameters, frequency hopping system parameters.
Method of Modifying Radio

Parameters
After successfully login NetNumen M31, user can perform the following steps:
1. In the left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main interface,
right-click the shortcut menu corresponding to the created
GSM NE agent, select Start.
2. Right-click the started GSM NE and select Start, as shown in
Figure 1.
Chapter 1 Overview
FIGURE 1 STARTING NE AGENT
3. Click Start, the system automatically starts this NE.

4. After starting, in the left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main
interface, right-click shortcut menu corresponding to created
GSM NE agent, select NE Agent Management > Configuration Management, as shown in Figure 2.
FIGURE 2 SELECTING NE MANAGEMENT > CONFIGURATION
MANAGEMENT
5. Click Configuration Management, the system enters into

configuration management interface, as shown in Figure 3.
FIGURE 3 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT INTERFACE
The tree in the left pane shows the objects to be created and
maintained. User can double-click the node whose parameters
shall be modified, the corresponding parameter interface occurs in right window.
6. Under initial case, the shortcut button Modify
in configuration management toolbar is inactivated, and parameters can
not be modified. User must perform the operation of "Apply
Mutex Right" to enable the toolbutton.
Note:
"Apply Mutex Right" function is to avoid multiple clients do actions for the data, which may cause data confused and errors.
Take the data modification of primary configuration set as an
example, operation steps are listed as follows:
i.
Right-click on BSC Managed Element, and select Apply

Mutex Right in the pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 4.
Chapter 1 Overview
FIGURE 4 SELECTING APPLY MUTEX RIGHT
ii.
Click Apply Mutex Right, and the Information dialog box

appears, as shown in Figure 5.
FIGURE 5 INFORMATION DIALOG BOX
iii. Click Yes, and the mutex right is successfully acquired,

and the icon appears on the configuration resource tree,
as shown in Figure 6. Then, the toolbutton
is enabled,
and user can modify the configuration data of this managed
element.
FIGURE 6 SUCCESSFULLY APPLYING MUTEX RIGHT
iv. After the data modification is completed, user should rightclick on BSC Managed Element and select Release Mutex Right in the pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 7. After
the mutex right is released, other users can perform operations on the configuration data of this managed element.
FIGURE 7 SELECTING RELEASE MUTEX RIGHT
Method of Modifying
Parameters in Batch
After successfully logging in to NetNumen M31, perform the following steps to modify parameters in batch.
1. In the configure resource tree window, right-click OMC >
GERAN subnet user ID > BSC Management Element ID >
Config Set ID > BSC Function ID > Export Configuration
Data > Export Network Plan Data, as shown in Figure 8.
FIGURE 8 SELECTING EXPORT NETWORK PLAN DATA
Chapter 1 Overview
2. Click Export Network Plan Data, and the Choose MOC to

be Exported dialog box appears. Select the parameter list to
be exported, and click Next, as shown in Figure 9.
FIGURE 9 SELECTING MOC
TO
BE EXPORTED
3. In the Choose Attributes of Each MOC to be Exported

(RDN Excluded) dialog box, select attribute of the parameter list to be exported, and click OK. Here, suppose the MOC
selected is IBSCFUNCTION_TABLE, as shown in Figure 10.
FIGURE 10 SELECTING ATTRIBUTES
TO
BE EXPORTED
FOR
MOC
4. Select the file type to be exported, and click OK. Here, suppose
the data is exported to be an Excel file, as shown in Figure 11.
FIGURE 11 SELECTING FILE TYPE
TO
BE EXPORTED
5. Set the saving path and file name for the exported data, and
click Save, as shown in Figure 12.
Chapter 1 Overview
FIGURE 12 SETTING SAVING PATH
AND
FILE NAME
FOR
DATA
The data export progress bar is displayed, and then the system
prompts that the data is exported successfully.
6. Open the exported data file, as shown in Figure 13.
FIGURE 13 PARAMETER DATA
7. Modify the data file according to actual requirement, and save

it.
The operation indications are described as follows.
i.
D indicates deleting the MO. A indicates adding the MO. M

indicates modifying the MO (this command is issued only
when the parameter value is changed). Any value beyond
D, A and M (including the lower case form) will be ignored
by the system, and the corresponding data in that row will
not be processed.
ii.
For the same management object MO (such as cell, cell

power control and cell handover control), if the operation
type (D, A or M) appears in multiple exported tables, then
the operation types of all columns must be the same; otherwise, the system will give error prompt.
iii.
No matter how many records in the Excel table should be

deleted, created or modified, the system performs deletion
first, then performs creation, and finally performs modification.
Note:
The order of operations has nothing to do with the order of
records being displayed in the Excel file.
iv. If multiple objects among which reference relationship exists should be deleted, the system first deletes the active
reference object (such as sub-object), and then deletes
the passive reference object (such as parent-object). If
multiple objects among which reference relationship exists
should be created, the system first creates the passive reference object (such as parent-object), and then creates the
active reference object (such as sub-object). If multiple objects among which reference relationship exists should be
modified, the system first modifies the passive reference
object (such as parent-object), and then modifies the active reference object (such as sub-object).
The following lists the restriction conditions.
i.
The exported Excel file is the import template.
ii.
In the Excel template, the work sheet name cannot be modified.
iii.
In the Excel template, the title row in the work sheet cannot
be modified, the frozen column cannot be modified, and
the cell type cannot be modified. However, common data
columns and data rows can be deleted.
iv.
The parameter that cannot be modified on the interface

cannot be modified in the batch modification.
v.
In the Excel template, the attributes USERLABEL, MCC,

MNC, LAC and CI appear in multiple work sheets, but only
the modification in the network parameter list is valid.
vi.
The parameter MAIO of channels supporting baseband frequency hopping cannot be modified.
8. In the configuration resource tree window, right-click OMC >

GERAN Subnetwork ID > BSC Managed Element ID >
Config Set ID > BSC Function ID > Batch Apply Network
Plan Data, as shown in Figure 14.
10
Chapter 1 Overview
FIGURE 14 SELECTING BATCH APPLY NETWORK PLAN DATA
9. Select the file type to be imported, and click OK, as shown in

Figure 15.
FIGURE 15 SELECTING FILE TYPE
TO
BE IMPORTED
10. In the Open dialog box, select the data file to be imported,
and click Open.
11. In the Batch Network Plan Data Apply dialog box, select
the object to which the data is applied, and click OK, as shown
in Figure 16.
11
FIGURE 16 APPLYING NETWORK PLANNING DATA
IN
BATCH
The progress bar is displayed, and then the system prompts

that the instruction is executed successfully.
Note:
If the number of successfully executed instructions is 0, it indicates that no data needs to be modified. If the number is not
0, it indicates that the data in the file is inconsistent with that
at the server.
The Format to Explain

Parameters
Each radio parameter in this manual is individually clarified by using tables, for details see Table 1.
TABLE 1 FORMAT
12
TO
EXPLAIN RADIO PARAMETERS
Full name
Chinese parameter name on the interface
Abbreviation
Abbreviation for English parameters
3GPP Name
Parameter name in 3GPP protocol
3GPP
reference
3GPP protocol version number for parameter

reference
Description
Descriptive text for this parameter.
Chapter 1 Overview
Management
Object
Involved object by the parameter
Value Range
Value range of this parameter. If the parameter

is in mapping form, actual parameter value that
corresponds to all indices will be enumerated
Unit
Parameter unit
Default value
Default value and its description on parameter

interface
Online = After a parameters value is modified, it is
immediately synchronized and takes effect.
Change mode
Offline = After one or several parameters' values are

modified, the modification takes effect after data
synchronization.
Relevant
Features
Relevant functions and features of the network that

corresponds to this parameter
Parameters which have data restriction relationship
with the parameter.
Relevant
parameters
For example, this parameter takes effect only after

one or multiple relevant parameters are enabled; this
parameter's value has a restriction relationship with
one or multiple relevant parameters, such as larger
than or smaller than the relevant parameter.
Relationship
Dependency among relevant parameters
Related
interfaces
Interfaces related to this parameter
Impact on
service
Whether service will be affected when the parameter

modification takes effect, and impact details
(especially when service is interrupted)
Caution:
1. Radio parameters in this system is modified through offline
modification mode, that is, the modification on interface only
can be effective after the synchronization action to foreground
is conducted.
2. Some parameter values in the interface are not fully same as
those in database, with certain corresponding relationship between them. For specific corresponding relationship see appendix.
13
Precautions on Parameter
Adjustment
Radio parameters adjustment, according to the type of the problem to be solved, falls into two kinds.
First is to solve static problem, that is, to correct traffic model

in system design by measuring actual average traffic and signaling flow in every district and to solve common problems
existing for long.
Second is to solve problems at a particular time like traffic overload in some district, channel congestion due to sudden events
or random events.
For the first type, service providers must perform measurement

and summarization on actual operation regularly, and then perform appropriate adjustment on global or partial parameters and
configurations. For the second type, network operators adjust
some radio parameters at real time according to instant data from
measurement results.
Most radio parameters in GSM system are based on one cell or
one location area. It is necessary to consider whether parameter
adjustment in this cell will influence other cells, especially the adjacent one, for parameters between cells are related to each other
greatly. Otherwise, it may cause negative influence. Determine
whether the problem results from equipment fault (including connections) first when it occurs in some part of the network. Adjust
radio parameters only when determined that the problem does result from service.
14
Chapter
BSC Function
Parameters
Below introduces BSC function for radio parameters.
Table of Contents
Radio Basic Property ..........................................................15
Other Parameters ..............................................................27
Channel Allocation Control Parameters .................................43
Timer 1 ............................................................................56
Timer 2 ............................................................................73
GPRS Maximum Retrying Times ...........................................93
GPRS Timer .................................................................... 104
AMR Half Method Parameters ............................................ 122
AMR Full Method Parameters ............................................. 128
GPRS Other Parameters 1 ................................................. 134
BVC Flow Control Parameters ............................................ 152
FUC Flow Control Map Parameters...................................... 162
EDGE Parameters ............................................................ 169
eMLPP Set ...................................................................... 179
Ater Timer Parameters ..................................................... 200
Radio Basic Property

The interface of basic radio property parameters is as shown in
Figure 17.
15
FIGURE 17 RADIO BASIC PROPERTY PARAMETERS
DCS1800/PCS1900 supported
(FuncExt)
Full name
DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported
Abbreviation
FuncExt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Specify the frequency supported. It is unmodifiable

after being created successfully.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
DCS1800, PCS1900
Unit
None
Default value
DCS1800
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Frequency band (FreqBand)
16
Relevant parameters
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)
Chapter 2 BSC Function Parameters
Load indication allowed (LoadInd)

Full name
Load Indication
Abbreviation
LoadInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
referThe load indication process informs the adjacent BSC

of the cell load at border to provide more reference
information in normal handover and the internal traffic
handover of BSC.
Description
This parameter determines if load indication is available, an also determines the validity of parameter Load
valid time and Load indication period. If this parameter is No (load indication process is disabled), the latter
two parameters are invalid. Otherwise they are valid.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Send confusion message allowed

(ConfusionMsg)
Full name
Send confusion message allowed
Abbreviation
ConfusionMsg
3GPP Name
None
17
3GPP
ence
referNone
Description
Confusion message is bidirectional. If the received

message could not be processed properly for some
reason, and there is no other proper fault message to
send, the system will send confusion message.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Inter-Cell handover processed within

BSC allowed (InHoEnable)
Full name
Inter-Cell handover processed within BSC allowed
Abbreviation
InHoEnable
3GPP name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
18
According to GSM specifications, intra-BSC inter-cell

handover is implemented by the following methods: BSC controlled inter-cell handover without MSC
involvement.
MSC controlled inter-cell intra-BSC
handover whose handover flow is similar to that of
inter-BSC handover. This parameter decides the choice
of method for inter-cell intra-BSC handover. Do not
select 'No' for this parameter if it is not necessary. Yes:
indicates it is inter-cell handover process controlled
by BSC. No: indicates it is inter-cell handover process
controlled by MSC.
Managed object
BSC
Value range
Yes, No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Send assignment failure allowed

(ExDRSendAssFail)
Full name
Send assignment failure allowed
Abbreviation
ExDRSendAssFail
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
It describes if external redirection allows assignment

failure.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-01-002 Directed Retry
Relevant parameters
None
19
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Load indication valid time

(LoadValidTime)
20
Full name
Load Valid Time
Abbreviation
LoadValidTime
3GPP Name
Time indication IE
3GPP
ence
48.008 Mobile Switching Centre - Base Station System

(MSC-BSS) interface
refer-
Description
In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to MSC periodically, notifying about
the load status. The message includes time indication
information which indicates the valid time length of the
service load information. MSC relays the BSSAP LOAD
INDICATION message to neighboring BSCs. This parameter represents the valid time length of the load
message. 255 means valid permanently.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
10 s
Default value
18
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Load indication period (LoadIndPrd)

Full name
Load Indication Period
Abbreviation
LoadIndPrd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to MSC periodically, notifying about
the load status. The message includes time indication
information which indicates the valid time length of the
service load information. MSC relays the BSSAP LOAD
INDICATION message to neighboring BSCs. When the
load indication message is sent periodically, this parameter decides the period for BSC to send the load indication message.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 65530
Unit
100 ms
Default value
1500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Automatic resource indication

threshold (ResourceIndThs)
Full name
Automatic resource indication threshold
Abbreviation
ResourceIndThs
3GPP Name
None
21
3GPP
ence
referNone
This parameter defines that BSC automatically
indicates to MSC about the ratio of presently available
channels to the total channels. When available cell
resource is lower than this parameter, resource
indication shall be sent to MSC about this cell
condition, which shall be configured by O&M.
The four modes of resource indication from
BSC are as follows:
Description
22
Automatic Mode: BSC instantly returns the

BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message as an
acknowledgment without any resource information
after receiving the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST
message. BSC automatically sends BSSAP
RESOURCE INDICATION message to MSC. BSC
uses the periodicity IE in BSSAP RESOURCE
REQUEST to determine the indication messages
interval (unless the Periodicity IE is 0 and
BSC ignores 0) once O&M of BSC satisfies
the Auto condition (service threshold or the
interval between any two messages).
One time mode: BSC instantly returns a BSSAP
RESOURCE INDICATION message with resource
information after receiving BSSAP RESOURCE
REQUEST message. BSC stops sending and
waits for next BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST if
the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message does
not contain Extended Resource Indication IE. If
there is Extended Resource Indication IE, BSC
shall follow the regulations of Subsequent Mode
element in the message, same as mode 4. If the
previous one is mode 1 or 3, then you can use
mode 1 or 3, otherwise you can use mode 4.
Period mode: After BSC receives the BSSAP
RESOURCE REQUEST message, it will immediately
return a BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION
message that contains the resource information.
After that, BSC periodically sends the BSSAP
RESOURCE INDICATION message. If Periodicity
IE in the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message
is not 0, then the period to send the message is
the value of Periodicity IE multiplied by 100 ms.
If Periodicity IE is 0, then the message is wrong
and the whole BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST
message is considered as incorrect.
Stop mode: After the BSSAP RESOURCE
REQUEST message is received, BSC immediately
returns a BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION
message without any resource information as an
acknowledgement. And then, it will no longer
send the cell resource information to MSC.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Resource adjust threshold

(ResourceAdjustThs)
Full name
Resource adjust threshold
Abbreviation
ResourceAdjustThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
When bytes transmitted for packet servie data have

crossed the threshold, timeslot allocation is adjusted
from single timeslot to multiple timeslots (or the threshold from single timeslot to multiple timeslots for packet
service timeslot allocation).
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
200 ~ 5000
Unit
Byte
Default value
2000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
23
BSC MAX reset number

(BSCMaxResetNum)
Full name
BSC Max Reset Num
Abbreviation
BscMaxResetNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
referThe maximum allowable resets to BSC. After

BSC sends the BSSAP RESET message to MSC,
if BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message fails to
reach BSC from MSC within GSM-specified T4 time
interval, the resetting will be repeated.
Description
BSSAP RESET message repeats up to N times.

MSC ends the reset process and notifies OMS
incase of no reply from BSC after N times. N
depends on this parameter.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
MR report enable (MrRptEnable)
24
Full name
MR report enable
Abbreviation
MrRptEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
referNone
Description
This parameter determines if data report function is

supported for measurement report, in combination with
MrRptTimap. If enable, and place it at this time, report
function of measurement data is supported.
Management
Object
BSC
Yes, No
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
Yes: enable
No: disable
on
HBTS scan site number

(HBTSScanSiteNum)
Full name
Abbreviation
HBTSScanSiteNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the number of HBTS scanning sites

at each time. 0 indicates the periodical scanning
scanning function is disabled.
Management
Object
S8001
Value Range
0~10
Unit
None
25
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc, 3600s) and HBTS

scan begin time (HBTSScanBT)
Relationship
If this parameter is set to 0, these two relevant

parameters can be configured but be invalid.
Related
interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on
service
None
Range of BARANG
Full name
Range of BARANG
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Value includes single frequency or frequency range,
sent to MS in CHANNEL RELEASE. Certain frequency
can be firstly inspected while MS selects cell.
Input the minimum and maximum value of
broadcast range in the left and right blank and
click Add to save this range. Range of BARANG
can be same within different global resource.
Description
Note: input frequency ranges cannot be overlapped.
Management
Object
BSC
PGSM(1 ~ 124)
EGSM(0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)
DCS1800(512 ~ 885)
GSM1900(512 ~ 810)
26
Value Range
GSM850(128 ~ 251)
Unit
None
Default value
0&&0
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Other Parameters
The interface of other parameters is shown in Figure 18.
FIGURE 18 OTHER PARAMETERS
Length of super vision

(LcsSuperVision)
Full name
Length of super vision
Abbreviation
LcsSuperVision
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
referSupervise the timer length in whole locating process.
Description
After BSC sends locating request to SMLC, this timer is

configured and shall receives locating response prior
to timeout, otherwise locating process is terminated.
27
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
100 ~ 1000
Unit
None
Default value
250
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-002 LCS with CGI+TA

ZGO-01-03-003 LCS with AGPS
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Length of radio (LcsRadio)

Full name
Length of radio
Abbreviation
LcsRadio
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
referSupervise the timer length to transmit radio information.
28
Description
This timer supervises the process to deliver

MS the message related with locating. Start
while sending message to MS, and stop while
receiving response from MS.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features

Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
LCS wait intra BSS handover timer

(LcsWaitInTraHO)
Full name
LCS wait intra BSS handover timer
Abbreviation
LcsWaitInTraHO
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
referLength of timer waiting intra BSS handover completed.
Description
Continue locating process after handover is finished,

with a length threshold for waiting. Stop while
this timer length is exceeded.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features

Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
29
Monitor physical context request

(RmsT9108, 100ms)
Full name
Monitor physical context request
Abbreviation
RmsT9108
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
This parameter is timer T9108. Currently, the process to monitor physical context request is not used, reserved for later use.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
20
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact
service
None
on
Timer for MSG waiting (TWaitMsg,

100ms)
30
Full name
Timer for MSG waiting
Abbreviation
TWaitMsg
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
Timer for MSG Waiting on RanAWorker process. RanAWorker process is the working process of RANA module.
Start if RANA instance is created, stop if message is received, and instance is released if timeout.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
5 ~ 20
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Timer for RANCSEST Waiting

(TWaitRancsEst, 100ms)
Full name
Timer for RANCSEST Waiting
Abbreviation
TWaitRancsEst
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
referTime to wait for RANCS process applying

for resource protection.
Description
RANCS process is to process CS service. This

timer is started if RANA receives external handover
request and applying for channel from RANCS;
stop if receiving RANCS response, and fail to send
handover to interface A if timeout.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
31
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting

(TWaitRancsCleCom, 100ms)
32
Full name
Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting
Abbreviation
TWaitRancsCleCom
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
Interval for RanAWorker process waiting for RANCS

process responding ClearCom. RanAWorker process is
the working process of RANA module. Start if sending
clear command to RANCS, stop if receiving RANCS
response, and continue release process if timeout.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 30
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Timer for CCM waiting

(CcmWaitTimer)
Full name
Timer for CCM waiting
Abbreviation
CcmWaitTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
referTimer that is waiting for disconnecting and disabling

BTS during dynamic channel conversion.
Description
Start if CCM starts channel conversion, stop if

receiving successive module and BTS response, and
send message to BTS again if timeout.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
45 ~ 55
Unit
100 ms
Default value
45
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
33
Get static param timer

(GetStaticParamTimer, 100ms)
Full name
Get static param timer
Abbreviation
GetStaticParamTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
referThe counting parameter, used by RancRrm, is used

to timely poll UPU unit below CMP.
Description
This timer is configured periodically, and query

resource occupation data for UPU if timeout.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
60 ~ 600
Unit
100 ms
Default value
120
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Starting time for oriented retry

(RmsT10, 100ms)
34
Full name
Starting time for oriented retry
Abbreviation
RmsT10
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is T10 timer.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
TFO Enable (TFOControl_0)

Full name
TFO Enable
Abbreviation
TFOControl_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is one of TFO control parameters,
to describe whether TFO is enabled. 0 represents
disable, 1 represents enable.
0: disable;
1: enable.
Description
When TFO is not enabled, or value of

TFOControl_0 is 0, other switch is disabled
and values of TFOControl_1, TFOControl_2
and TFOControl_3 are 0 too.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
35
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGO-04-02-006 TFO
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Codec type optimization enable

(TFOControl_1)
Full name
Codec type optimization enable
Abbreviation
TFOControl_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
to describe whether coding/decoding type can be
optimized. 0 represents disable, 1 represents enable.
36
Description
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-02-006 TFO
Relevant
rameters
pa-
0: disable;
1: enable.
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Codec mismatch resolution enable

(TFOControl_2)
Full name
Codec mismatch resolution enable
Abbreviation
TFOControl_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
to describe whether unmatched coding/decoding
type can not be solved. 0 represents disable,
1 represents enable.
Description
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
pa-
0: disable;
1: enable.
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
AMR Optimization Mode

(TFOControl_3)
Full name
AMR Optimization Mode
Abbreviation
TFOControl_3
3GPP Name
None
37
3GPP reference
None
to describe if it is AMR optimization mode.
Description
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Support or don't support ACS variations
Unit
None
Default value
Don't support ACS variations.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
pa-
0: don't support ACS variations;

1: support ACS variations.
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
External cell load notify (Info_0_0)
38
Full name
External cell load notify
Abbreviation
Info_0_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes if the load information in this cell

is filled in the unit of "New BSS to old BSS
information" for handover request while the
cell service under current BSC is switched to
the cell under other BSCs.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Neighbor cell load valid duration

(Info_0_1,10s)
Full name
Neighbor cell load valid duration
Abbreviation
Info_0_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes the valid time of the load

information.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
10 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
LMU build request deal or not

(Info_1_0)
Full name
LMU build request deal or not (INFO)
Abbreviation
Info_1_0
39
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to handle LMU (Location

Measurement Units) establishment request.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MBMS request deal or not (Info_1_1)
40
Full name
MBMS request deal or not (INFO)
Abbreviation
Info_1_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to handle MBMS (Multimedia

Broadcast/Multicast Service) request.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Channel request reserved field deal

or not (Info_1_2)
Full name
Channel request reserved field deal or not

(INFO)
Abbreviation
Info_1_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes if to handle Channel Request

reserved field.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MS power hold in handover option

(Info_0_9)
Full name
MS power hold in handover option
Abbreviation
Info_0_9
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
41
Description
It indicates if MS power hold in handover option is

supported.
Management Object
None
Value
Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default
value
No
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Level threshold of target cell

(Info_0_10)
42
Full name
Abbreviation
Info_0_10
3GPP
Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Management Object
None
0 ~ 63
Value
Range
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default
value
27
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Channel Allocation Control

Parameters
The interface of channel allocation control parameters is shown in
Figure 19.
43
FIGURE 19 CHANNEL ALLOCATION CONTROL PARAMETERS
Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)

Full name
Dynamic HR Enable
Abbreviation
DynaHREnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
The dynamic HR channel allocation function allows

allocating FR or HR channel to MS according
to the cell's traffic. When the cell's channels
become congested, HR channel is allocated to
MS, which greatly shortens the cell's congestion
time during peak traffic hours.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
44
ZGO-03-02-003 Full dynamic channel allocation on Um interface

ZGO-03-02-005 Dynamic Half Rate Allocation
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara)
Relationship
If this parameter is set to Yes, 'Use cell dynamic HR

parameter' is configurable.
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Threshold for TRX switched from FR

to HR (HRThs)
Full name
Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR
Abbreviation
HRThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
When channel occupation exceeds this threshold, it will

apply for half-rate channel directly to increase the user
capacity.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
45
AMR Dynamic HR Conversion

Threshold (AmrHRThs)
Full name
Abbreviation
AmrHRThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
When busy timeslot/general timeslot >=

AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell support AMR,
subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.
This threshold value can be configured on BSC
and BTS, when "User cell dynamic HR parameter"
(UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs value
configured by cell will be used, otherwise AmrHRThs
configured by BSC is used.
Description
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-006 Dynamic AMR HR/FR conversion independent threshold
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
HR channel fragment finishing

support (HRDfragSupport)
46
Full name
HR channel fragment finishing support
Abbreviation
HRDfragSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
It is a switch to support HR channel frag finishing functions, which can be configured both on BSC and BTS.
Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled and (number of unfinished HR defragment instances / number
of idle HR channels in the cell) is no more than HRDefragThs, the HR channel defragmentation function is
enabled, otherwise, it is disabled.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-004 HR Concentration
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
HR channel percentage threshold

(HRTsPercentage)
Full name
HR channel percentage threshold
Abbreviation
HRTsPercentage
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslot

in the cell < HRTsPercentage/100, the cell can
generate new HR channel.
Description
This parameter can be configured on BSC and

BTS. If the proportion of HR timeslot in the cell is
lower than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS,
the cell can generate new HR channel.
47
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
User priority for EMLPP

(PriThreshold)
Full name
User Priority
Abbreviation
PriThreshold
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
This parameter (PriThreshold) uses the service of

preferred access for high-priority subscriber, that is
eMLPP service, the system may set some reserved
channels (currently, only full rate TCH channels are
supported to be the reserved channels).
Description
48
When CS instance calls database to apply for

channels, the subscriber's PriorityLevel information
reaches to database, and is compared with
PriThreshold in the database and BSC table.
When PriorityLevelPriThreshold (the less the
subscriber's priority level value, the higher the
priority level, that is the subscriber's priority
level is not lower than PriThreshold priority),
the reserved channel can be used.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-002 Enhancement on Channel Allocation
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Preferred speech version

(PreferSpeechVer H)
Full name
Preferred speech version (half)
Abbreviation
PreferSpeechVer H
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
When implementing the CS channel allocation policy,

describe the preferred half-rate speech version. Halfrate version 1 refers to HR, and version 3 for AMR.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Not specify the preferred version, Half-rate version 1,

Half-rate version 3
Unit
None
Default value
Not specify the preferred version
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-01-001 Half Rate
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
49
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Preferred speech version

(PreferSpeedchVer F)
50
Full name
Preferred speech version (full)
Abbreviation
PreferSpeechVer F
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
When implementing the CS channel allocation policy, it

describe the preferred full-rate voice version. Full-rate
version 1 refers to FR, version 2 for EFR, and version
3 for AMR.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Not specify the preferred version, Full-rate version 1,

full-rate version 2, full-rate version 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-01-002 Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) Speech Codec
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Reserved channel first

(RsvChanFirst)
Full name
Reserved channel first
Abbreviation
RsvChanFirst
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
The selection order of reserved channel and non-reserved channel
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
EMLPP channel reserved time

(EMLPPThs, %)
Full name
EMLPP channel reserved time
Abbreviation
EMLPPThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
51
Description
When using high priority user to access service, that

is, EMLPP service, the system may configure certain
remained channels
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
TRX PS busy threshold

(TrxPSBusyThs)
Full name
TRX PS busy threshold
Abbreviation
TrxPSBusyThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
This parameter is used to collect PS service on

the idle carrier while applying for PS, against
infinite expansion. Application sequence: the
idle carrier above this threshold idle carrier
idle carrier below this threshold.
Calculate it according to remained available quota
on each available PS timeslot * number of accessed
Abis * 100 / number of users.
52
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 6400
Unit
None
Default value
1280
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Resource pool for PS rate

(PsAbisThs, %)
Full name
Resource pool for PS rate
Abbreviation
PsAbisThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
Full dynamic Abis resource pool provides use proportion of PS channel. if default value for this parameter
is configured as 80%, which refers to upper limit for
PS. The aim is to idle Abis resource while CS channel is
activated. If this threshold is exceeded, Abis resource
cannot be allocated to PS service again.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-03-001 Full Dynamic Abis Allocation
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
53
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Maximum PS uplink user per TS

(MaxPsUserPerTs_0)
Full name
Maximum PS uplink user per TS
Abbreviation
MaxPsUserPerTs_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
This parameter describes maximum PS uplink user per

ts.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Maximum PS downlink user per TS

(MaxPsUserPerTs_1)
54
Full name
Maximum PS downlink user per TS
Abbreviation
MaxPsUserPerTs_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
This parameter describes the maximum number of PS

downlink users per wireless timeslot.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 16
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Extended uplink dynamic allocation

support (ExUpDynSupport)
Full name
Abbreviation
ExUpDynSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
This parameter indicates if cell supports extended uplink dynamic allocation. While using this function, the
MS only need listen USF allocation with the least timeslot, so you can determine to send uplink block on all
allocated uplink timeslot.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
55
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-007 Extended Dynamic Allocation
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Timer 1
The interface of timer 1 parameters is shown in Figure 20.
FIGURE 20 TIMER 1 PARAMETERS
Blocking/unblocking period (T1,

100ms)
56
Full name
Blocking/Unblocking period
Abbreviation
T1
3GPP Name
T1
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
refer-
Description
This parameter is T1 timer. BSS blocks/unblocks a

terrestrial circuit and sends BLOCK/UNBLOCK message to MSC due to various reasons (such as O&M;
equipment failure/recovery; radio resources unavailable/available). T1 timer sets the time interval
between BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message
sent from MSC to BSC and BLOCK/UNBLOCK message.
T1 is used to identify it during this period.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Global resetting period (T4, 100ms)

Full name
Global resetting period
Abbreviation
T4
3GPP Name
T4
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
refer-
This parameter is T4 timer, monitoring the BSSAP

RESET message sent from BSC to MSC.
Description
Timer start condition: T4 starts when a

global resetting occurs in BSC.
Timer stop condition: The BSSAP RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE message from MSC is received.
Timeout action: If T4 expires, BSC will
repeat the whole process.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
60 ~ 150
57
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Protection period for global resetting

(T13, 100ms)
Full name
Protective period for global resetting
Abbreviation
T13
3GPP Name
T13
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
refer-
This parameter is T13 timer, which is a protection

time period for a local call clearing process.
Description
58
Timer Start: T13 timer starts when BSC receives

BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND message.
Timer Stop: T13 timer suspends when SCCP
receives a SSP/SPI message.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSS
will send BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
message to MSC.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 60
Unit
100 ms
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Circuit resetting period on BSS side

(T19, 100ms)
Full name
Circuit resetting period on BSS side
Abbreviation
T19
3GPP Name
T19
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
refer-
Description
If BSC SCCP connection is abnormal while the circuits

must be released to idle status, BSS will send the
BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET message to MSC and start
T19. After MSC receives this message, it will release
the corresponding services and the circuits to the
idle status and send the BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE message to BSC. The timer stops
when MSC receives RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE
message from BSC.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
59
Circuit group blocking/unblocking

period (T20, 100ms)
Full name
Circuit group blocking/unblocking period
Abbreviation
T20
3GPP Name
T20
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
refer-
Description
For some reasons (0; intervention; equipment

fault/recovery; radio resources unavailable/available),
BSS will block a group of terrestrial circuits, then send
the BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK message to MSC. After receiving this message, MSC will
send the BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK
ACKNOWKEDGE message to BSS for notification.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
RLSD message receive protection

timer (T9101, 100ms)
60
Full name
RLSD message receive protection timer
Abbreviation
T9101
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
refer-
None
This parameter is timer T9101, supervising
the reception of RLSD.
Description
Timer start condition: T9101 starts when

BSC sends the BSSAP CLEAR COMPLETE
message to MSC.
Timer stop condition: T9101 stops when the
RLSD message from MSC is received.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will
send RLSD message to release SCCP connection.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Channel activation protection timer

(RmsT9103, 100ms)
Full name
Channel activation protection timer
Abbreviation
RmsT9103
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
61
This parameter is timer T9103, monitoring

channel activation process.
Description
Timer Start: T9103 timer starts when BSC sends

CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to BTS.
Timer Stop: T9103 timer suspends when
BSC receives CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK or
CHANNEL ACTIVATION NACK message.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC
will send RF CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
20
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact
service
None
on
MSC clear command protection timer

(T9104, 100ms)
Full name
MSC clear command protection timer
Abbreviation
T9104
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
This parameter is T9104 timer. It supervises

CLEAR COMMAND from MSC.
Description
62
Timer Start: T9104 timer starts when BSC sends

a CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.
Timer Stop: T9104 timer suspends when BSC
receives CLEAR COMMAND message from MSC.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime,
CLEAR REQUEST message will be resent
(four times at the most).
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
SCCP connection protection timer

(T9105, 100ms)
Full name
SCCP connection protection timer
Abbreviation
T9105
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
This parameter is T9105 timer, monitoring

SCCP connection process.
Description
Timer Start: T9105 timer starts when BSC

sends BSSAP SCCP_CONNECTION_REQ
message to MSC.
Timer Stop: T9105 suspends when BSC receives
SCCP_CONNECTION_CONFIRM/SCCP_CONNECTION_REFUSED message.
will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 60
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
63
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Protective time waiting for access

(RmsT1, 100ms)
Full name
Protective time waiting for access
Abbreviation
RmsT1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
This parameter is rmsT1 timer. It indicates protection

waiting time for MS access during assignment or
handover, after channel activation process.
Description
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
70
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
64
Timer start condition: The destination channel

receives the CHL ACITIVATION ACK message
and sends the RADIO AVAILABLE message
to the source channel.
Timer stop: In MS access, the destination
channel receives the ASSIGNMENT COM or
HANDOVER COM message.
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Protective time for applying to

channel (RmsT2, 100ms)
Full name
Protection time for applying to channel
Abbreviation
RmsT2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
Timer start condition: The new channel sends

the RADIO APPLY message.
Timer stop: Channel request succeeds
and the new channel receives the RADIO
AVAILABLE message; or the channel request
fails and the RADIO UNAVAILABLE message
is received; or the RADIO PROCEEDING
message is received in queuing.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
65
Protective time for link establishment

response (RmsT3, 100ms)
Full name
Protection time for link establishment response
Abbreviation
RmsT3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Timer start: RANCS instance sends "ESTABLISH

IND" to RANA instance.
Timer stop: RANCS instance receives the
"CONNECT CONF" sent by RANA instance,
or the "CONNECT FAIL" when RANA fails
to establish the link.
Description
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Protective time for P0 confirms the

message HO/ASS COM (RmsT4,
100ms)
Full name
66
Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS

COM
Abbreviation
RmsT4
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
Timer start: After RANCS receives the

"HO COM" or "ASS COM" message of MS
and forwards it to RANA.
Timer stop: RANCS receives acknowledgement of
"HO COM" or "ASS COM" message by RANA.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 80
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Encryption mode modification time

(RmsT5, 100ms)
Full name
Encryption mode modification time
Abbreviation
RmsT5
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
67
This parameter is timer T5, used to supervise

modification process of encryption mode, that
is, the timer that waits for MS response after
configuring radio encryption mode.
Description
Timer Start: T5 timer starts when BSC receives

CIPHER MODE COMMAND message from MSC.
Timer Stop: T5 timer suspends when BSC receives
CIPHER MODE COMPLETE message from MS.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime,
BSC will send BSSAP CIPHER MODE
REJECT message to MSC.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 120
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
SAPI3 link establishment time

(RmsT6, 100ms)
68
Full name
SAPI3 link establishment time
Abbreviation
RmsT6
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Timer T6 supervises link establishment of SAPI3.
Description
Timer start: timer T6 starts when BSC receives

the DTAP (SAPI = 3) message from MSC
and there is no SAPI3 link.
Timer stop: timer T6 stops when BSC receives
the ESTABLISH CONFIRM message from BTS.
Overtime action: When timer T6 expires,
the BSSMAP SAPI"n" REJECT message
will be sent to MSC.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
External handover protective time

(RmsT8, 100ms)
Full name
External handover protective time
Abbreviation
RmsT8
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
This parameter is timer rmsT8, monitoring

external handover process.
Description
Timer start: rmsT8 starts after handover

command is sent in Serve state while RANCS
instance shall be handovered externally.
Timer stop: rmsT8 timer stops if RANCS instance
receives HO COMCLEAR CMD (handover success)
or UM HO FAIL (handover failed).
69
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 650
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Protective time for No.7 signal

instantaneous disconnection (T3,
100ms)
Full name
Protective time for No.7 signal instantaneous disconnection
Abbreviation
T3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
This timer is configured to prevent from signal

instantaneous disconnection and wrong actions.
Description
70
If disconnection duration of no.7 link exceeds timer

protective time, global resetting is issued. If no
signaling point reachable event is received during
delay time, no.7 link is considered as disconnection
and global resetting process begins; if reachable
signaling point is received during delay time, no.7
link is considered as instantaneous disconnection.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Protective time that PO responses

external handover completion
message (RmsT7, 100ms)
Full name
Protective time that PO responses external handover

completion message
Abbreviation
RmsT7
3GPP Name
T7
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
refer-
Description
Timer start: it starts when RANCS sends the

HANDOVER REQUIRED message to MSC.
Timer stop: it stops when RANCS instance receives
HANDOVER COMMAND response from MSC.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
150
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
71
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
HBTS scan begin time

(HBTSScanBT)
Full name
HBTS scan begin time
Abbreviation
HBTSScanBT
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the begin time of HBTS scanning.
Management
Object
S8001
Value Range
0 ~ 23
Unit
None
Default value
3 (indicates 3 o'clock)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
Relationship
If HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) is set

to 0, this parameter can be configured but invalid.
Related
interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on
service
None
HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc,

3600s)
72
Full name
HBTS scan cycle
Abbreviation
HBTSScanCyc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the HBTS scanning cycle.
Management
Object
S8001
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
3600 s
Default value
24
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
Relationship

Related
interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on
service
None
Timer 2
The interface of timer 2 parameters is shown in Figure 21.
FIGURE 21 TIMER 2 PARAMETERS
73
Protective time for RF channel

release (RmsT9, 100ms)
Full name
Protective time for RF channel release
Abbreviation
RmsT9
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
Timer start: T9 starts when RF CHANNEL RELEASE

is sent to BTS when RANCS instance is released.
Timer stop: T9 stops when RANCS instance
receives RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE
response from BTS.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Queue period of assignment

(RmsT11, 100ms)
74
Full name
Queue period of assignment
Abbreviation
RmsT11
3GPP Name
T11
3GPP
ence
refer-
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
Description
This parameter is T11 timer. It determines the maximum allowable queue time which starts from the assignment request.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-01-003 Queuing
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Acknowledgment interval for periodic

status (RmsT12, 100ms)
Full name
Acknowledgment interval for periodic status
Abbreviation
RmsT12
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
Timer Start: T12 timer starts periodically when

RANCS receives CONNECT CONF message from
RANA. Timer decides to perform activity check
at peer end. Laterly, it is periodical start.
Timer Stop: T12 timer stops when RANCS
instance receives RELEASE TYPE message.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 18000
75
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Mode modification process time

(RmsT13, 100ms)
Full name
Mode modification process time
Abbreviation
RmsT13
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
This parameter is T13 timer. It supervises BTS and

MS modes modification process. Mode modification
refers to modify channel mode. When there is not
SDCCH and FACCH is allocated, new channel is not
allocated after assignment, but modify the modes.
Description
76
Timer start condition: When BSC sends the

MODE MODIFY message to BTS and sends the
CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message to MS.
Timer stop condition: When BSC receives
the MODE MODIFY ACK/NACK message
from BTS and the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY
message from MS.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime,
the BSC will send BSSAP ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message to MSC.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
35 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Protective time of UM assignment

completion (RmsT14, 100ms)
Full name
Protective time of UM assignment completion
Abbreviation
RmsT14
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
This parameter is timer T14. It is the period between

sending of ASS/HO COM and receiving of ASS/HO COM
ACK messages at destination instance.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
77
Waiting time for oriented retry

(RmsT16, 100ms)
Full name
Waiting time for oriented retry
Abbreviation
RmsT16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
When attempting oriented retry, if target cell has not

been gained through inspection, you shall configure
rmsT16 to wait for receiving measurement report, and
then check if oriented retry is conducted at target cell
after rmsT16 is timeout. This process can be repeated
for several times.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 60
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho,

100ms)
78
Full name
Queue timer for handover
Abbreviation
RmsTqho
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
refer-
None
Description
It is the maximum allowable queue time for handover

attempt, calculated from handover request.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-01-003 Queuing
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
First overload period of flow traffic

control (mT11, 100ms)
Full name
First overload period of flow traffic control
Abbreviation
mT11
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signaling

point, MSC service, and CCCH.
Description
In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timer

mT11 for traffic flow control. This clock is used
together with mT12 to modify the parameter ACCESS
CONTROL configured for the cell and notify MS via
the system information for flow control. The value
of timer must be less than that of timer mT12.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
79
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-04-001 BSC Load Control
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Second overload period of flow traffic

control (mT12, 100ms)
Full name
Second overload period of flow traffic control
Abbreviation
mT12
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signaling

point, MSC service, and CCCH.
In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timer
mT12 for traffic flow control. The mT12 timer in
combination with mT11 timer modifies ACCESS
CONTROL parameter in the cell. BSC notifies the MS
to achieve flow control through system information.
Description
80
The value of timer must be more than that of mT11

timer. The two clocks control the cell flow as follows:
When the network receives the overload message for
the first time, the system decreases the flow by one
level, and starts mT11 and mT12. The OVERLOAD
message during mT11 period will be ignored. If the
OVERLOAD message is received between mT11 and
mT12, the flow will be decreased by another level and
both mT11 and mT12 will be restarted. If BSC does
not receive OVERLOAD message after mT12 timer
stops, the flow increases to one more level, and the
mT12 timer restarts. Lower grade and higher grade
represent different proportion to reject service.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
150
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Time of micro-micro handover delay

(Tmicro, 100ms)
Full name
Time of micro-micro handover delay
Abbreviation
Tmicro
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
In micro-micro handover control, a delay time value

is required (the timer value). Timer Start: relevant
timer starts instantly when a call enters a micro cell.
Timer Stop: relevant timer stops when it reaches the
set value. Existing call can use neighboring micro cell
in the same layer only when the timer stops. In this
way, it could prevent fast moving mobiles staying in
the micro cell layer.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-05-02-008 Multi-layer Cell Structure
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
81
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
BSIC decoding period (Tbsic, 100ms)

Full name
BSIC decoding period
Abbreviation
Tbsic
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
The parameter Tbsic defines a period, which is

calculated from call establishment or handover
completion (inter-cell or intra-cell). TC/I evaluation
is considered as unreliable during this period, thus,
handover to a special TRX is not allowed. During
this period, MS can decode BSIC that interferes with
neighboring cells before handover procedure starts.
Description
This parameter is only valid in concentric circle case.

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 640
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-05-02-009 Concentric Circle Technology
Relevant
rameters
82
pa-
ZGO-04-02-005 Co-BCCH
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Handover protecting timer to

WCDMA/FDD (RmsT3121, 100ms)
Full name
Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD
Abbreviation
RmsT3121
3GPP Name
T3121
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
refer-
Timer T3121, protection time after sending

inter-system to utran handover command (UM) to UE.
Description
Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC

sends "inter-system to utran handover
command" message to MS.
Timer stop: the timer stops when BSC receives
"CLEAR COMMAND" message from MSC or
"HANDOVER FAILURE" message from MS.
will send CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 650
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
83
Immediate assignment period

(RmsT3101, 100ms)
Full name
Immediate assignment period
Abbreviation
RmsT3101
3GPP Name
T3101
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
refer-
This timer indicates the time period for the

instant assigning process.
Description
Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends

IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message.
Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receives
ESTABLISH INDICATION message.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the BSC
will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface, Abis interface
Impact
service
None
on
Handover period of source cell

(RmsT3103, 100ms)
84
Full name
Handover period of source cell
Abbreviation
RmsT3103
3GPP Name
T3103
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
refer-
This timer indicates the time period for internal

handover process of BSC.
Description

HANDOVER COMMAND message to MS.
Timer Stop: The timer suspends when BSC
receives HANDOVER COMPLETE message on a
new channel or HANDOVER FAILURE message
on an old channel from MS.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the
BSC will send a CLEAR REQUEST message to
MSC, and the new channel is released.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Impact
service
None
on
Assignment period (RmsT3107,

100ms)
Full name
Assignment period
Abbreviation
RmsT3107
3GPP Name
T3107
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
refer-
85
This timer indicates the time period for assignment

period and internal handover of a cell..
Description

RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to MS.
Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receives
RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message or
RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message.
Overtime Action: If this time is overtime, in
the case of assignment, the former and new
channel will be released; in the case of cell
internal handover, the BSC will send a CLEAR
REQUEST message to the MSC.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Impact
service
None
on
Channel release period (RmsT3109,

100ms)
86
Full name
Channel release period
Abbreviation
RmsT3109
3GPP Name
T3109
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
refer-
This timer supervises the channel release process.
Description
Timer start condition: The timer starts

when BSC sends RIL3_RR CHANNEL
RELEASE message to MS.
Timer stop condition: The timer stops when BSC
receives RELEASE INDICATION message from
BTS (when BTS receives DISC frame from MS).
will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 400
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Impact
service
None
on
Channel deactivation delay

(RmsT3111, 100ms)
Full name
Channel deactivation delay
Abbreviation
RmsT3111
3GPP Name
T3111
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
refer-
Description
After releasing the UM interface radio link layer, in

order to make sure the radio link is disconnected,
BSC sets a period of protection time rmsT3111.
Releases the wireless channel and deactivates
it after rmsT3111 timer stops.
Timer start: rmsT3111 timer starts when BSC

receives RELEASE INDICATION message.
Overtime Action: If rmsT3111 timer is
overtime, the BSC will send RF CHANNEL
RELEASE message to BTS.
87
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 5
Unit
100 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Continue timer for mode modify

(TModeModifyConn, 100ms)
88
Full name
Continue timer for mode modify
Abbreviation
TModeModifyConn
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
Connection delay timer. This timer is used to wait for

connection finished after sending connection request,
including Abis connection and TC connection.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 70
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Handover protecting time to UTRAN

(mT7, 100ms)
Full name
Handover protecting time to UTRAN
Abbreviation
mT7
3GPP Name
T7
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
refer-
This timer is used to send HANDOVER REQUIRED

to MSC, where target cell is UTRAN cell, waiting
for response from MSC.
Description
Timer start: this timer starts if BSC sends

HANDOVER REQUIRED to MSC, where
target cell is UTRAN cell.
Timer stop: it stops when BSC receives
HANDOVER COMMAND from MSC.
Timeout action: configure penalty for UTRAN
target cell carried in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
89
Time of destination instance waiting

for available resources when forced
disconnection (RmsT15, 100ms)
Full name
Time of destination instance waiting for available resources when forced disconnection
Abbreviation
RmsT15
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
90
Timer start: When the target instance decides

forced release, it will send the "PREEMPT
APPLY" to the released object.
Timer stop: The target instance receives
the "RESOURCE AVAILABLE" message from
the released object, indicating that the
resources are available.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Protecting time of FUC response

to system message broadcast
(BcProtect, 100ms)
Full name
Protecting time of FUC response to system message

broadcast
Abbreviation
BcProtect
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
It is the protection timer for waiting for FUC response

to system message broadcast. FUC response is used
to ensure BTS correctly receives system message.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
HO performed ack timer

(TwaitHoPFMAck, 100ms)
Full name
HO performed ack timer
Abbreviation
TwaitHoPFMAck
3GPP Name
None
91
3GPP
ence
refer-
None
When using IP carrier at user plane of interface A,
because TC is placed at MGW, CN shall be informed
to replace codec during intra-BSC handover. CN
replacement codec is triggered by HANDOVER
PERFORMED message. To ensure MSC has received
this message and successfully command MGS
to replace codec against obstacles at speech
aspect, HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message is
added. This timer is used to wait for HANDOVER
PERFORMED ACK message from MSC.
Description
Timer start: it starts when BSC sends HANDOVER

PERFORMED message to MSC.
Timer stop: it stops when BSC receives
HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message from MSC.
Timeout action: release call while sending
CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 70
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact
service
None
on
Round trip delay (RtdDefault, 20ms)
92
Full name
Round trip delay
Abbreviation
RtdDefault
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
When handover is performed in AMR, BSC sends the

pre-handover notification message to BTS to make BTS
not implement voice rate adjustment.
Timer start: When BSC sends the pre-handover
notification message to BTS, the timer is started.
Timer stop: When BSC receives the response for
pre-handover notification message from BTS, the
timer is stopped.
Overtime action: BSC sends the handover command
to MS.
This parameter is supported from version 6.20.21.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
20 ms
Default
value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on
service
None
GPRS Maximum Retrying

Times
The interface of GPRS maximum retrying times is shown in Figure
22.
93
FIGURE 22 GPRS MAX RETRYING TIMES PARAMETERS
MAX times of BVC block retry

(BVCBlkMax)
Full name
MAX times of BVC block retry
Abbreviation
BVCBlkMax
3GPP Name
BVC-BLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
referIf the PTP BVC must be blocked due to OAM

intervention or equipment faults (disable
blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSS
will first set the BVC status as Blocked and
discard the uplink service data.
To notify SGSN to stop sending downlink data,
BSS initiates BVC blocking procedure. BSC repeats
BVC blocking procedure after sending BVC BLOCK
message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive BVC BLOCK
ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN in BSSGPT1,
then BVC blocking repeats for a maximum of N times.
94
Description
BSC stops BVC blocking and notifies OMS for

N times if there is no answer. N depends on
maximum retries of BVC BLOCK.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
3 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
MAX times of BVC unblock retry

(BVCUnblkMax)
Full name
MAX times of BVC unblock retry
Abbreviation
BVCUblkMax
3GPP Name
BVC-UNBLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
referIf the PTP BVC must be unblocked due to the OAM

intervention or recovery of the equipment fault
(disable blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSS
will first set the BVC status as Unblocked.
To notify SGSN to start sending the downlink data,
BSS will initiate the BVC unblocking procedure. BSC
repeats the BVC unblocking procedure after sending
the BVC UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails to
receive the BVC UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message
from SGSN in BSSGPT1 then BVC unblocking
repeats for a maximum of N times.
Description
BSC stops BVC unblocking and notifies OMS for

maximum retries of BVC UNBLOCK.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
3 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
95
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
MAX times of BVC reset retry

(BVCRestMax)
Full name
MAX times of BVC reset retry
Abbreviation
BVCRestMax
3GPP Name
BVC-RESET-RETRIES
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
referTo keep the initial status consistent between the

two BVC sides, the Reset BVC process must be
initiated in the following cases: 1) system faults
that affect the BVC function in BSS or SGSN (such
as restart upon power-on); 2) lower layer network
service entity failure (such as frame relay fault); 3)
lower layer network service entity capability update
(for example, frame relay capability changed from
0kbps to greater than 0kbps); 4) change of the
corresponding relationship between BVC and the cell.
For faults that affect NSE, BSC initiates Signaling
BVC RESET procedure. For faults that affect a
single BVC, BSC initiates the PTP BVC RESET
procedure. BSC initiates all PTP BVC RESET
procedure for corresponding NSE after a
signaling BVC reset procedure.
After the BVC RESET message is sent to SGSN,
if the BVC RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message from
SGSN cannot be received within BSSGPT2, the
BVC RESET process is repeated.
96
Description
The BVC RESET process could be repeated for N times

at most. If there is no answer after the N times, BSC
stops BVC RESET and notifies OMS. N depends on
the maximum number of retries of BVC RESET.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
MAX times of NS block retry

(NSBlkMax)
Full name
MAX times of NS block retry
Abbreviation
NSBlkMax
3GPP Name
NS-BLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
referBSC repeats the blocking process when sending

the NS BLOCK message to SGSN. If NS BLOCK
ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN fails to reach
BSC within specified NS_T1 time then BSC repeats
the NS BLOCK message for a maximum of N times.
Description
BSC stops BLOCK procedure and notify OMS for

maximum retries of NS BLOCK.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
97
Related
faces
inter-
Impact
service
on
Gb interface
None
MAX times of NS unblock retry

(NSUnblkMax)
Full name
MAX times of NS unblock retry
Abbreviation
NSUnblkMax
3GPP Name
NS-UNBLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
referBSC repeats UNBLOCK procedure after sending

NS UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails to
receive the NS BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from
SGSN within NS_T1 timer, then BSC repeats the NS
UNBLOCK message for a maximum of N times.
98
Description
BSC stops UNBLOCK procedure and notify OMS

for N times if there is no answer. N depends on
maximum retries of NS UNBLOCK.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
MAX times of NS alive retry

(NSAliveMax)
Full name
MAX times of NS alive retry
Abbreviation
NSAliveMax
3GPP Name
NS-ALIVE-RETRIES
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
referBSC repeats alive procedure after sending NS

Alive message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive NS
Alive ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN within
NS_T4 timer then BSC repeats NS Alive message
for a maximum of N times. NS Alive process is
specified by the procotol, used to test connection
condition of NSVC terminal side.
Description
BSC stops BSC Alive procedure and notify OMS

for N times if there is no answer. N depends
on maximum retries of NS Alive.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
99
MAX times of suspend retry

(SuspendMax)
Full name
MAX times of suspend retry
Abbreviation
SuspendMax
3GPP Name
SUSPEND-RETRIES
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
referMS first sends a SUSPEND message to BSS over

SDCCH when a Class B GPRS MS is about to initiate a
voice service. BSS initiates suspending procedure to
SGSN to notify SGSN to stop sending PS paging and
downlink packet data after BSS receives the message.
BSC repeats suspending procedure after sending
SUSPEND message to SGSN. If BSC fails to
receive SUSPEND ACK/NACK message from SGSN
in BSSGPT3 then BSC repeats the suspending
procedure for a maximum of N times.
100
Description
BSC stops suspending and notify OMS for N

times if there is no answer. N depends on
maximum suspending retries.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
MAX times of resume retry

(ResumeMax)
Full name
MAX times of resume retry
Abbreviation
ResumeMax
3GPP Name
RESUME-RETRIES
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
referBSSGP layer parameters. when GPRS-attached

MS leaves a special mode, BSS adopts one
of the following strategies:
1. Notify MS of carrying out "route area upgrade".

2. Notify SGSN of recovering the GPRS service.
In case of Routing Area Update, MS and SGSN
directly negotiate GMM status. With the Resume
method (usually for the MS in the packet transmission
status), BSS will initiate the RESUME process to
SGSN for the purpose of notifying SGSN to start the
normal packet downlink transmission action. If BSC
fails to receive the RESUME ACK/NACK message
from SGSN in BSSGPT4, then repeats Resume
procedure for a maximum of N times.
Description
BSC stops the Resume procedure and notify OMS

N times if there is no answer. N depends on the
maximum times of resuming retry.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
101
MAX times of radio access

capabilities update retry (UpdateMax)
Full name
MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry
Abbreviation
UpdateMax
3GPP Name
RA-CAPABILITY-UPDATE-RETRIES
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
referBSSGP layer parameters. When MS is establishing

uplink/downlink TBF, BSS requires information
about the radio access capability of MS. BSS
obtains such information from SGSN through Radio
Access Capabilities Update procedure.
102
Description
BSC repeats this procedure after sending the RADIO

ACCESS CAPABILITIES UPDATE message to SGSN. If
BSC fails to receive the RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITIES
UPDATE ACK/NACK message from SGSN in BSSGPT5
then the Radio Access Capabilities Update procedure
repeats for a maximum of N times. After N times
if there is no answer, then BSC stops Radio Access
Capabilities Update procedure and notify OMS. N
depends on the maximum update retry times.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
Max times of PFC create retry

(DownLoadBssPFCMax)
Full name
Max times of PFC create retry
Abbreviation
DownLoadBssPFCMax
3GPP Name
DOWNLOAD-BSS-PFC-RETRIES
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
refer-
Description
Max retry times to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC" is

not received before timer BSSGPT6 is timeout, BSS
sends "Download BSS PFC" message according to max
times of retrying to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC"
is not received still after trying DownLoadBSSPRCMax+1, the process is completed and inform O&M.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
ZGO-01-02-004 Streaming Service Policies
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGO-01-02-003 Service based QoS

ZGB-01-02-001 Quality of Service (QoS)
None
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
Max times of PFC modify retry

(ModifyBssPFCMax)
Full name
Max times of PFC modify retry
Abbreviation
ModifyBssPFCMax
3GPP Name
MODIFY-BSS-PFC-RETRIES
103
3GPP
ence
refer3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
Description
Max retry times to modify PFC. If "Modify BSS PFC

Ack" is not received before timer BSSGPT8 is timeout, BSS sends "Modify BSS PFC" message according to max times of retrying to modify PFC. If "Modify
BSS PFC Ack" is not received still after trying ModifyBssPFCMax +1, the process is completed and inform
O&M.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
GPRS Timer
The interface of GPRS timer parameters is shown in Figure 23.
104
FIGURE 23 GPRS TIMER PARAMETERS
BVC block/unblock retry time

(BssgpT1, 100ms)
Full name
BVC block/unblock retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT1
3GPP Name
T1
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
referIt monitors BSSGP blocking/unblocking process.
Description
Global process in BSC central module MP uses the

timer value. BSS initiates BVC blocking/unblocking
procedure for a point-to-point BVC in case of
OAM intervention or device faults. BSC repeats
this procedure, if SGSN does not return BVC
BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACK/NACK messages. The
interval between the messages is the BVC
blocking/unblocking retry time.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
105
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
BVC reset retry time (BssgpT2,

100ms)
Full name
BVC reset retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT2
3GPP Name
T2
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
referIt monitors BSSGP reset procedure.
Description
BSS initiates "BVC reset" process when BVC

(including PTP BVC and signaling BVC) is required
to be reset (such as Gb interface is changed from
disconnected to connected, cell is changed from not
supporting GPRS to supporting GPRS/EDGE, and
OMCR initiates resetting) due to certain causes. BSC
repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return BVC
RESET ACK/NACK message. The interval between
the messages is the BVC reset retry time.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 1200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
106
None
None
Related
faces
inter-
Impact
service
on
Gb interface
None
Suspend retry time (BssgpT3,

100ms)
Full name
Suspend retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT3
3GPP Name
T3
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
refer-
Description
Class B MS notifies the network to suspend packet

service when MS is ready to perform a voice service.
BSS initiates to suspend SGSN procedure after receiving SUSPEND message from MS and repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return SUSPEND ACK/NACK
message. The interval between the messages is the
suspend retry time.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
107
Resume retry time (BssgpT4, 100ms)

Full name
Resume retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT4
3GPP Name
T4
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
referIt monitors BSSGP resuming procedure.
Description
Service process in BSC peripheral module MP

uses the timer value. BSS initiates resuming
procedure to SGSN when GPRS-attached MS is
not in dedicated mode and BSS uses Notify SGSN
to resume GPRS service policy. BSS repeats
the procedure if SGSN does not return RESUME
ACK/NACK message. The interval between the
messages is the resuming retry time.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
Access capability update retry time

(BssgpT5, 100ms)
108
Full name
Access capability update retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT5
3GPP Name
T5
3GPP
ence
refer3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

It monitors BSSGP RA_CAPABILITY procedure.
Description
Service process in BSC peripheral module MP uses

the timer value. BSC repeats Radio Access Capability
Update procedure after BSS initiates RA_CAPABILITY
procedure to SGSN and if SGSN does not return
the RA_CAPABILITY UPDATE ACK/NACK message.
The interval between the messages is the retry
time for radio access capability update.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
PFC creating retry time (BssgpT6,

100ms)
Full name
PFC creating retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT6
3GPP Name
T6
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
refer-
109
PFC creating retry time

The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout
actions are as follows:
Description
Timer start: it starts while BSC initiates

Download PFC process;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN
Create PFC message;
Timeout action: retransfer for N times
(configurable)
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
PFC modifying retry time (BssgpT8,

100ms)
Full name
PFC modifying retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT8
3GPP Name
T8
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
referRetry time to modify PFC. The conditions of timer

start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
Description
110
Timer start: it starts while BSC initiates

Modify BSS PFC process;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN
Modify BSS PFC Ack message;
(configurable)
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
BVC flow control period (CellFcPer,

10ms)
Full name
BVC flow control period
Abbreviation
CellFcPer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is the BVC leakage ratio
measurement period in the BVC Flow Control
process, that is, BVC long measurement period.
Description
To provide reference to the BVC flow control

at SGSN side, the BSSGP process at BSS side
periodically measures the current BVC leakage
ratio. BSC initiates the BVC flow control procedure
unconditionally when the long measurement
timer overflows. SGSN confirms to BSC if the
difference of leakage ratios between the two
times exceeds CellFcThs. BSC also initiates BVC
flow control procedure with SGSN confirmation
if the short measurement timer overflows, and
the difference of the leakage ratio between
the two timers exceed CellFcThs.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
2 ~ 65535
111
Unit
10 ms
Default value
3000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-05-016 BVC Flow Control (in DL)
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MS flow control period (MsFcPer,

10ms)
Full name
MS flow control period
Abbreviation
MsFcPer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is the MS leakage ratio measurement
period in the MS Flow Control process.
Description
For reference of flow control at SGSN side, the

BSSGP process at BSS side periodically measures
the current leakage ratio of each MS. When the
statistic timer overflows, the MS Flow Control
process is initiated unconditionally.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
2 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
3000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-05-017 MS Flow Control (in DL)
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
112
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Timer that monitors block/unblock

procedure (NS_T1, 100ms)
Full name
Timer that monitors block/unblock procedure
Abbreviation
NS_T1
3GPP Name
Tns-block
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
referTimer that monitors the block/unblock procedure.

The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout
Description
Timer start: it starts if NS block/unblock

procedure is initiated;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving
SGSN response;
(configurable)
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 1200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
113
Timer that monitors reset procedure

(NS_T2, 100 ms)
Full name
Timer that monitors reset procedure
Abbreviation
NS_T2
3GPP Name
Tns-reset
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
referTimer that monitors reset procedure. The

conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout
Description
Timer start: it starts if NS reset process is initiated;

Timer stop: it stops while receiving
SGSN response;
Overtime actions: Repeat NS reset process,
and the timer restarts
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 120
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
NC-cycle of NS-VC test process

(NS_T3, 100 ms)
114
Full name
NC-cycle of NS-VC test process
Abbreviation
NS_T3
3GPP Name
Tns-test
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
referNC-Cycle of NS-VC test process. The conditions

of timer start, restart, and timeout actions
are as follows:
Description
Timer start: it starts after NS Reset

process is finished;
Timer restart: it restarts after receiving
NS Alive Ack;
Timeout action: send NS Alive message on timeout.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 600
Unit
100 ms
Default value
300
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
Timer that monitors alive process of

NSVC (NS_T4, 100 ms)
Full name
Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC
Abbreviation
NS_T4
3GPP name
Tns-alive
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
refer-
115
It is the timer that monitors alive process of

NSVC. The conditions of timer start, stop, and
timeout actions are as follows:
Description
Managed
ject
Timer start: it starts if NS Alive is initiated;

Timer stop: it stops while SGSN response is received;
(configurable)
obBSC
Value range
30
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
Gb interface
inter-
Impact on
service
None
Max attempt period of reset (NS_T5,

100 ms)
Full name
Max attempt period of reset
Abbreviation
NS_T5
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
referMaximum attempt period of reset.
116
Description
Start timer NS_T5 while starting NS reset process,

no reset response is received before NS_T2 timer is
timeout, repeat NS reset process until timer NS_T5
is timeout. If still no reset response is received,
NS reset process shall be terminated and report
NS alarm to O&M. If reset response is received
prior to timeout, the timer is cleared.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1800
Unit
100 ms
Default value
1800
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interGb interface
Impact
service
on
None
TFI and USF release timer (T3169,

10ms)
Full name
TFI and USF release timer
Abbreviation
T3169
3GPP Name
T3169
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
referThis parameter is timer T3169. During the packet

uplink transmission, if N3101 or N3103 counter
stops, BSS starts the T3169 timer. Network utilizes
TFI and USF resources on release when T3169 stops.
Timer Start: T3169 timer starts when the

counter N3101 = N3101_MAX or the counter
N3103 = N3103_MAX.
Timer stop condition: None.
Timeout action: Release USF and TFI resources.
Description
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
117
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interUm Interface
Impact
service
on
None
TBF release timer (T3191, 10ms)

Full name
TBF release timer
Abbreviation
T3191
3GPP Name
T3191
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
referThis parameter is timer T3191. During the packet

downlink transmission, if the BSN of the RLC data
block to be transmitted is the maximum (that is,
the final downlink data block), the network will
send a RLC data block whose Final Block Identifier
(FBI) domain is 1 and which includes effective
RRBP domain to initialize release of the downlink
TBF. Then the network starts T3191. For each
RLC data block that receives FBI with value 1
and contains effective RRBP domain:
Description
118
In acknowledged mode, the MS sends PACKET

DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message whose FBI
domain is 1 on the uplink block specified by
the RRBP domain. If the network receives the
PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message before
T3191 expires and has to re-transmit it, T3191
is stopped and the required RLC data block is
re-transmitted. If re-transmission is not required,
T3191 is stopped and T3193 is started. When
T3193 expires, the network releases TBF. The
network also releases TBF when T3191 stops.
In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the PACKET
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in the
uplink block specified as per RRBP field. T3191
terminates to enable only when the network
receives the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE
message before T3191 stops. When T3193
expires, the network releases TBF. The network
also releases TBF when T3191 stops.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interUm interface
Impact
service
on
None
TBF release time of downlink

transmission (T3193, 10ms)
Full name
TBF release time of downlink transmission
Abbreviation
T3193
3GPP Name
T3193
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
referThis parameter is timer T3193 which is used

for protection on TBF release during downlink
packet transmission. Refer to the description
of T3191 timer given below:
Timer start condition: The final PACKET

DOWNLINK ACK/NACK or PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGE message is received.
Timer stop condition: The network establishes
a new downlink TBF.
Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.
Description
This parameter is bigger than timer T3192 to make

sure the TFI of MS is unique at the same time.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
51
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
119
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interUm interface
Impact
service
on
None
TBF protect time when radio link

failure (T3195, 10ms)
Full name
TBF protect time when radio link failure
Abbreviation
T3195
3GPP Name
T3195
3GPP
ence
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
referThis parameter the protection time of TBF when

the radio link fails or when the cell change leads to
MS failure to respond. During the packet downlink
transmission, if the counter N3105 expires, BSS
will start T3195. Network uses the TFI resource
again when T3195 timer stops.
Description
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
120
Timer start: T3195 timer starts when the

counter N3105 = N3105_MAX
Timer stop condition: None.
Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.
None
None
Related
faces
inter-
Impact
service
on
Um interface
None
PS channel delay release timer

(PSRelDelay, 100ms)
Full name
PS channel delay release timer
Abbreviation
PSRelDelay
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
referInformation of releasing this PS channel when this

threshold is achieved. The conditions of timer start,
stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
Description
Timer start: it starts while all service

are released on PDTCH;
Timeout action: release PDTCH channel,
during which if this channel is occupied again,
the timer shall be cleared.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
200 ~ 600
Unit
100 ms
Default value
300
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related
faces
interNone
Impact
service
on
None
121
AMR Half Method

Parameters
The interface of AMR half method parameters is shown in Figure
24.
FIGURE 24 AMR HALF METHOD PARAMETERS
AMR Half Active Codec Set

(AmrHalfAcs)
122
Full name
AMR Half Active Codec Set
Abbreviation
AmrHalfAcs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The code has 8 bits. Bit 6~ Bit 8: reserved; Bit

5: 7.40 kbps; Bit 4: 6.70 kbps Bit 2: 5.15
kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. Yes represents 1 and No
represents 0. Four coding modes could be set at
the most. Default code is 00011110 (that is 30).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70

kbit/s to 7.40 kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.
Unit
None
Default value
Default is [No, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes] in order.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
ZGO-01-01-003 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)
Fea-
Relevant parameters
Start mode (AmrStartMode)
Relationship
When only a value is configured as "No" within

5 elements in AmrStartMode interface, value
range is 1~4;
When two values are configured as "No" within
range is 1~3;
When three values are configured as "No"
within 5 elements in AmrStartMode interface,
value range is 1~2;
When four values are configured as "No" within
range is 1;
When all five values are configured as "No" in
AmrStartMode interface, value range is null;
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)

Full name
Thresholds of AMR
Abbreviation
AmrThresholds
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
123
The threshold of changing AMR mode includes

five factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2, AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4,
AmrThresholds5. Also, the following restricted
conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1AmrThresholds2AmrThresholds3AmrThresholds4AmrThresholds5
Description
AmrThresholds1 AmrHysteresis1AmrThresholds2 AmrHysteresis2AmrThresholds3

AmrHysteresis3AmrThresholds4 AmrHysteresis4AmrThresholds5 AmrHysteresis5
Management
Object
Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Value
range is 0~63.
0: 0.0 dB;
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[22, 25, 29, 34, 40]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
63: 31.5 dB
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)
124
Full name
Hysteresis of AMR
Abbreviation
AmrHysteresis
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes

five factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2,
AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, and
AmrHysteresis5. Also, the following restricted
conditions shall be met:
Description
AmrThresholds1 AmrHysteresis1AmrThresholds2 AmrHysteresis2AmrThresholds3

Management
Object
Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Value
range is 0~15.
0: 0.0 dB
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[4, 5, 5, 6, 6]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
15: 7.5 dB
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM)

Full name
Initial codec mode
Abbreviation
IsAmrlCM
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Use the coding mode specified by Startmode
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Start-mode codec, Initial codec mode
125
Unit
None
Default value
Startmode codec
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Start mode
Abbreviation
AmrStartMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Startmode codec mode
Management
Object
Cell values are as follows:

The
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
126
1: Select the coding mode with lowest bit

rate as the initial coding mode.
2: Select the coding mode with the
second lowest bit rate, if there is more
than one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third lowest
bit rate, if there is more than two coding modes.
4: Select the coding mode with the
fourth lowest bit rate, if there are more
than three coding modes.
AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)
Relationship
When only a value is configured as "No" within

5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set
(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;
When two values are configured as "No" within
When three values are configured as "No"
within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set
(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1;
When all values are configured as "No" for
(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is null;
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)

Full name
Enable noise control
Abbreviation
IsAmrNscb
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines whether AMR noise
suppression is disabled, that is, to suppress
background noise and keep original voice quality.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
No: Enable noise suppression;

Yes: Disable noise suppression;
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
127
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
AMR Full Method

Parameters
The interface of AMR full method parameters is shown in Figure
25.
FIGURE 25 AMR FULL METHOD PARAMETERS
AMR Full Active Codec Set

(ArmFullAcs)
128
Full name
AMR full Active Codec Set
Abbreviation
AmrFullAcs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The code has 8 bits. The code has 8 bits. Bit 8:

12.2 kbps; Bit 7: 10.2 kbps; Bit 6: 7.95 kbps; Bit
5: 6.70 kbps Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps.
Yes represents 1 and No represents 0. Default
code is 10101010 (that is 170).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70

kbit/s, 7.40 kbit/s, 7.95 kbit/s, 10.2 kbit/s to 12.2
kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.
Unit
None
Default value
Default is [No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes] in

order.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
Relationship

range is 1~4;
When five values are configured as "No" within
range is 1~3;
When six values are configured as "No" within
range is 1~2;
When seven values are configured as "No"
within 8 elements in AmrStartMode interface,
value range is 1;
When all eight values are configured as "No" in
AmrStartMode interface, value range is null;
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Threshold of AMR (AmrThresholds)

Full name
Thresholds of AMR
Abbreviation
AmrThresholds
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
129
The threshold of changing AMR mode includes

seven factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2,
AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4, AmrThresholds5, AmrThresholds6, AmrThresholds7. Also,
the following restricted conditions shall be met:
Description
AmrThresholds1AmrThresholds2AmrThresholds3AmrThresholds4AmrThresholds5AmrThresholds6AmrThresholds7, AmrThresholds1
AmrHysteresis1AmrThresholds2 AmrHysteresis2AmrThresholds3 AmrHysteresis3AmrThresholds4 AmrHysteresis4AmrThresholds5
Management
Object
Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
Value range is 0 ~ 63.
0: 0.0 dB;
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[6, 9, 13, 18, 24, 31, 39]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
63: 31.5 dB
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
130
Full name
Hysteresis of AMR
Abbreviation
AmrHysteresis
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes

seven factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2,
AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5,
AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also, the
following restricted conditions shall be met:
Description
AmrThresholds1AmrHysteresis1AmrThresholds2
AmrHysteresis2AmrThresholds3 AmrHysteresis3AmrThresholds4 AmrHysteresis4AmrThresholds5 AmrHysteresis5AmrThresholds6
AmrHysteresis6AmrThresholds7AmrHysteresis7
Management
Object
Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
0: 0.0 dB
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 5, 6]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
15: 7.5 dB
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM)

Full name
Initial codec mode
Abbreviation
IsAmrICM
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Use the coding mode specified by Startmode
Management
Object
Cell
131
Value Range
Start-mode codec, Initial codec mode
Unit
None
Default value
Startmode codec
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Start mode
Abbreviation
AmrStartMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Startmode codec mode
Management
Object
BSC

8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set
(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;
When five values are configured as "No" within
When six values are configured as "No" within
When seven values are configured as "No"
within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set
(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1;
When all values are configured as "No" for
(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is null.
The values are as follows:
Value Range
132
1: Select the coding mode with lowest bit

rate as the initial coding mode.
2: Select the coding mode with the second lowest
bit rate, if there is more than one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third lowest
bit rate, if there is more than two coding modes.
4: Select the coding mode with the fourth

lowest bit rate, if there are more than
three coding modes.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-01-01-003 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Enable noise control
Abbreviation
IsAmrNscb
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines whether AMR noise
suppression is disabled, that is, to suppress
background noise and keep original voice quality.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
No: Enable noise suppression;

Yes: Disable noise suppression;
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
133
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS Other Parameters 1

The interface of GPRS other parameters 1 is shown in Figure 26.
FIGURE 26 GPRS OTHER PARAMETERS 1
Cn
134
Full name
Cn
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to determine the

increase of coding mode level.
Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuit
channel, the GPRS data block may employ the
CS-1 to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates
9.05 kbps, 13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps,
respectively. The low level coding mode has
higher error correction capability and lower data
throughput. User can choose different coding
modes for each timeslot or even each TBF.
During data transmission of GRPR, to reach the
maximum radio throughput, the network shall
select the coding mode dynamically according to
the data rate requirement and radio transmission
quality. Good radio transmission quality means
that the probability of the retransmission of the
error radio blocks is small. In this time the coding
mode that carries large data volume (that is,
high level coding mode) can be used.
For TBF (uplink and downlink) in the channel
coding mode CSn (1n3), if the number of data
blocks transmitted consecutively and correctly
exceeds the predefined parameter Cn[n-1], the
coding mode will be increased by one level.
Description
Subscript 1, 2, and 3 in the interface are

coding conversion parameters among CS1~CS2,
CS2~CS3, and CS3~CS4.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
85
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Nn
Full name
Nn
Abbreviation
None
135
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to determine the
decrease of coding mode level. It is used
at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
channel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-1
to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps,
13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively.
The low level coding mode has higher error
correction capability and lower data throughput.
Different coding modes can be chosen for each
timeslot or even each TBF. The network selects
the coding mode dynamically according to the
data rate requirement and radio transmission
quality at the transmission of the GPRS data,
to reach maximum radio throughput.
When the radio transmission quality is poor,
the coding mode with stronger anti-interference
capability (that is, low level coding mode) shall
be used. The coding level decreases to one
level if Nn n-2 data blocks are transmitted,
the number of consecutive data blocks losses
in the coding mode CSn (2n4) for the TBF
(downlink and uplink) is Xn[n2]%.
136
Description

CS2~CS3, and CS3~CS4.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Xn
Full name
Xn
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is the threshold for determining
the decrease in the level of the coding mode. It
is used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
channel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-1
to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps,
13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively.
The low level coding mode has higher error
correction capability and lower data throughput.
Different coding modes can be chosen for each
timeslot or even each TBF. The network selects
the coding mode dynamically according to the
data rate requirement and radio transmission
quality at the transmission of the GPRS data,
to reach maximum radio throughput.
When the radio transmission quality is poor,
the coding mode with stronger anti-interference
capability (that is, low level coding mode) shall
be used. The coding level decreases to one
level if Nn n-2 data blocks are transmitted,
the number of consecutive data blocks losses
in the coding mode CSn (2n4) for the TBF
(downlink and uplink) is Xn[n-2]%.
Description

CS2~CS3, and CS3 CS4.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
137
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Max allowed number of continuous

losses of uplink data blocks (N3101)
Full name

data blocks
Abbreviation
N3101
3GPP Name
N3101
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is counter N3101, which is
used at RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
138
Description
During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifies

USF (corresponding to one uplink TBF) for each
uplink block. For a USF, if the network receives
correct data from a specified uplink block, N3101
clears for that TBF. If the number of losses
in specified uplink block exceeds N3101, then
T3169 timer starts. Network uses the TFI and
USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
9 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK

retries (N3103)
Full name
Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries
Abbreviation
N3103
3GPP Name
N3103
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

During the packet uplink transmission, if the
network detects that at the end of uplink TBF (CV
= 0, and V(Q) = V(R)), all RLC data blocks have
been received, the network shall send a PACKET
UPLINK ACK/NACK message and set the Final
Acknowledgement Identifier (FAI) as 1. The header
of the RLC/MAC control block contains a valid RRBP
domain. And the counter N3103 is cleared.
MS sends PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE
message in the block specified in RRBP and release
TBF if MS receives PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
message with FAI1 from network side.
Network re-transmits PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
message with N3103 counter incrementing, if
the network fails to receive PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGE message in the radio block
specified in the RRBP field.
Description
The network starts T3169 timer if the value of

N3103 exceeds the limiting N3103max. Network
uses the TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
139
Max allowed number of continuous

losses of uplink RLC/MAC control
message (N3105)
Full name

RLC/MAC control message
Abbreviation
N3105
3GPP Name
N3105
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description
During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifies

USF (corresponding to one uplink TBF) for each
uplink block. For a USF, if the network receives
correct data from a specified uplink block, N3101
clears for that TBF. If the number of losses
in specified uplink block exceeds N3101, then
T3169 timer starts. Network uses the TFI and
USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None

140
NACC support (NACCSupport)

Full name
NACC support
Abbreviation
NACCSupport
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
LLC framework conversion refers to the process: on

NACC, if target cell is the cell in BSC, downlink LLC
frame data that has not been sent to this MS from
BSC is transferred to target cell, and then it is sent
to this MS after MS uplink TBF link is established.
Managed object
BSC
Value range
Yes, No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Related features
ZGO-02-02-010 Network-assisted Cell Change
Related parameters
None
141
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
BSC's net operation mode (NMO)

Full name
Net operation mode
Abbreviation
NMO
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
There are three network operation modes:
Mode 1: The network sends to the

"GPRS-attached" MS the CS paging message
on the same channel of GPRS paging channel
(packet or CCCH paging channel), or on the
GPRS traffic channel (when it is assigned with
a packet data channel). Mode 1 indicates that
MS only need to monitor one paging channel.
Network operation mode 1 is required while
configuring PBCCH; Gs interfce is required
while configuring network operation mode 1.
Description
142

GPRS-attached MS the CS paging message
on the CCCH paging channel, which is also
for GPRS paging. Mode 2 indicates that
the MS only need to monitor CCCH paging
channel, but when BSC allocates a packet
data channel, the CS paging message uses
the CCCH paging channel.
"GPRS-attached" MS the CS paging message on
the CCCH paging channel, and sends the GPRS
paging message either on the packet paging
channel (if any in the cell) or on the CCCH
paging channel. Mode 3 indicates that the MS
must monitor two paging channels (if packet
paging channel is available in the cell) in order
to receive CS or GPRS paging message.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Net operation mode 1, Net operation mode 2, Net

operation mode 3
Unit
None
Default value
Network Operation Mode 2
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Page coordination support

(PagCoordination)
Full name
Page coordination support
Abbreviation
PagCoordination
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines if intra-BSC cell supports

CS based paging. This parameter is broadcasted in
GPRS CELL OPTIONS through SI13, PSI1, and PSI13
messages. For more information, refer to the protocol 04.60 12.24. It is invalid when NMO is 1.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
143
Satellite transmission at GB interface

indication (IsSatelliteGB)
Full name
Satellite transmission at GB interface indication
Abbreviation
IsStatelliteGB
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes if BSC system supports "satellite transmission at Gb interface". This function is mainly to
implement the modification of delay.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
ZGO-05-01-003 Gb Interface over Satellite
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Extended RLC send window allowed

(IsWindowExpend)
144
Full name
Extended RLC send window allowed
Abbreviation
IsWindowExpend
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes whether extended RLC send window is

allowed.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
TBF establish support (TBF_EST)

Full name
TBF establish support
Abbreviation
TBF_EST
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if BSC supports TBF establishment process. TBF flow establishment refers to
while releasing uplink TBF, to determine if new uplink
TBF shall be established immediately for CTRL_ACK
field in Packet Control Acknowledgement message.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
145
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Signal extended uplink TBF support

(Signal_EUTBF)
146
Full name
Signal extended uplink TBF support
Abbreviation
Signal_EUTBF
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if signaling uplink TBF can

use extended uplink TBF functions. This parameter has the functions when the cell supports for extended uplink TBF. Signaling TBF at this place refers
to TBF established to transmit GMM signaling.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
ZGB-03-05-014 Delayed TBF Release in UL
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Highest coding scheme of signal TBF

(SigTBFMaxCode)
Full name
Highest coding scheme of signal TBF
Abbreviation
SigTBFMaxCode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
While transferring upper signaling, such as PDP

activation, routing area update, this parameter can
restrict the highest coding mode of this kind of
signaling data.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5, MCS6, MCS7,

MCS8, MCS9
Unit
None
Default value
MCS6
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Optimized POC service support

(PocSupport)
Full name
Optimized POC service support
Abbreviation
PocSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
147
Description
It indicates if PoC subscriber applies for dedicated

POC channel. PoC indicates Push to talk over
Cellular. Consider the MS with proper function as
walkie-talkie. This kind of MS has a talkie key.
After pressing this key, you can talk with other
subscribers or in a group.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Highest coding scheme of POC

service in GPRS (PocAttSelt_0)
148
Full name
Highest coding scheme of POC service in GPRS
Abbreviation
PocAttSelt_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes the highest coding mode that can be

used while GPRS MS does POC service.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4
Unit
None
Default value
CS3
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Highest coding scheme of POC

service in EGPRS (PocAttSelt_1)
Full name
Highest coding scheme of POC service in EGPRS
Abbreviation
PocAttSelt_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes the highest coding mode that can be

used while EGPRS MS does POC service.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
MCS1 ~ MCS9
Unit
None
Default value
MCS6
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
149
Maximal users of POC service

on shared PS channel0
(PSCapaThs_UL)
Full name
Maximal users of POC service on shared PS

channel0
Abbreviation
PSCapaThs_UL
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates the upper limit of PoC service
subscribers in shared uplink channel.
Description
150
If dedicated PoC channel is configured, it indicates

the upper limit of PoC subscribers on the uplink
of each dedicated PoC channel. If it exceeds this
number, PoC subscriber access is not allowed on
the uplink of this dedicated PoC channel.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
2 ~ 6
Unit
Times
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Maximal users of POC service

on shared PS channel1
(PSCapaThs_DL)
Full name
Maximal users of POC service on shared PS

channel1
Abbreviation
PSCapaThs_DL
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates the upper limit of PoC service
subscribers in shared downlink channel.
Description
If dedicated PoC channel is configured, it indicates

the upper limit of PoC subscribers on the downlink
of each dedicated PoC channel. If it exceeds this
number, PoC subscriber access is not allowed on
the downlink of this dedicated PoC channel.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
2 ~ 6
Unit
Times
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
PDU buffer time (Info_1_16, 10ms)

Full name
PDU buffer time
Abbreviation
Info_1_16
3GPP Name
None
151
3GPP
reference
None
This parameter indicates the longest duration of
BSSGP instance being kept after being released at
radio interface. During cell reselection, the old BSSGP
instance is kept. If MS has not been accessed to
the new cell within a certain time longer than this
parameter's value, then the old BSSGP instance will
be released.
Description
The parameter's value is 0: Indicates no buffer; The

parameter's value is 60000: Indicates using the buffer
time PduLifeTime of SGSN's life cycle. The parameter's
value is other value: Indicates using the minimum
of the following two values: configuration data and
PduLifeTime of SGSN.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 60000
Unit
10 ms
Default
value
500
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
BVC Flow Control

Parameters
The interface of BVC flow control parameters is as shown in Figure
28.
152
FIGURE 28 BVC FLOW CONTROL PARAMETERS
BVC flow control support

(BVCFlowCtrl)
Full name
BVC flow control support
Abbreviation
BVCFlowCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BVC flow control occurs at Gb interface between
SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSS
provides control parameters and SGSN executes,
in order to avoid one BVC on BSS to abandoning
some LLC data because of the overtime caused
by grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC
frame caches) and to avoid abandoning new
downlink LLC data because of limit of memory
resource (overflow of LLC frame caches).
Description
BSSGP process at BSS side counts current leaking

rate of BVC periodically (including short statistics
and long statistics). This parameter originates
unconditionally if long statistics timer overflows
and SGSN acknowledgement is necessary if
discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over
CellFcThs. BVC flow control supported originates
and SGSN confirmation is necessary if short
statistics timer overflows and discrepant range of
adjacent leaking rates is over CellFcThs.
153
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
ZGB-03-05-016 BVC Flow Control (in DL)
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
None
MS flow control support (MSFlowCtrl)

Full name
MS flow control support
Abbreviation
MSFlowCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
MS flow control occurs at Gb interface between
SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSS
provides control parameters and SGSN executes,
to avoid one MS on BSS to abandoning some
LLC data because of the overtime caused by
grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC
frame caches) and to avoid abandoning new
downlink LLC data because of limit of memory
resource (overflow of LLC frame caches).
154
Description
The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically

measures the current leakage ratio of MS. When
the statistic timer overflows, the MS Flow Control
process is initiated unconditionally.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
ZGB-03-05-017 MS Flow Control (in DL)
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
None
Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode)

Full name
Flow control mode
Abbreviation
FlowCtrlMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSC has different flow control modes to
report flow control parameters to SGSN.
The modes are as follows:
1: Mode 1: Report flow control parameters

according to actual traffic on radio
interface counted at BSC;
2: Mode 2: Report flow control parameters
according to max traffic that the cell
can provide;
3: Mode 3: Reserved
Description
"Flow control mode 1 parameter" is enabled

if selecting "mode 1"; "Flow control mode 2
parameter" is enabled if selecting "mode 2".
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
155
Related
ces
interfaGb interface
Impact on service
None
Parameter of flow control mode 1

(FlowCtrlMode1Para)
Full name
Parameter of Flow control mode 1
Abbreviation
FlowCtrlMode1Para
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
BSC reports flow control parameters according to

actual traffic at radio interface when adopting mode
1. Actual counted value is smaller due to radio interface re-transmission and TBF failure. So BSC multiplies the actual traffic with a multiple determined by
this parameter when reporting flow control parameters.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
100 bps
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
Gb interface
interfa-
Impact on service
156
None
Parameter of flow control mode 2

(FlowCtrlMode2Para)
Full name
Parameter of Flow control mode 2
Abbreviation
FlowCtrlMode2Para
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
BSC reports flow control parameters according to

max traffic that the cell can provide when adopting
mode 2. Maximum value depends on configured
channels. Counting formula: channels * max traffic
that every channel can provide. This parameter is
max traffic that every channel can provide, with the
unit of 100 bps.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 1000
Unit
100 bps
Default value
214
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
Gb interface
interfa-
Impact on service
None
BVC flow control R MIN value

(BVCFlowCtrlRMin, 100 bps)
Full name
BVC flow control R MIN value
Abbreviation
BVCFlowCtrlRMin
3GPP Name
None
157
3GPP reference
None
Description
This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in reported BVC flow control parameters under all kinds
of flow control mode, that is, the reported parameter R must be equal or over the set value, in the
unit of 100 bps.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 300
Unit
100 bps
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
None
MS flow control R MIN value

(MSFlowCtrlRMin, 100 bps)
158
Full name
MS flow control R MIN value
Abbreviation
MSFlowCtrlRMin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in reported MS flow control parameters under all kinds of
flow control mode, that is, the reported parameter
R must be equal or over the set value, in the unit of
100 bps.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 300
Unit
100 bps
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
None
PFC flow control procedures support

(PFCFlowCtrl)
Full name
PFC flow control procedures support
Abbreviation
PFCFlowCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
PFC flow control occurs at Gb interface between SGSN

and BSS, and only in downlink. BSS provides control
parameters and SGSN executes. It helps avoid a
PFC in BSS discarding some LLC data due to timeout
caused by grouping channels being too busy (too many
LLC frame buffers) and avoid discarding new downlink
LLC data due to limited memory resource (overflow
of LLC frame buffer).
The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically
measures the current leakage ratio of MS. When the
statistic timer overflows, the 'PFC Flow Control' process
is initiated unconditionally.
Management
Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change
mode
Offline
159
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Coefficient of BVC bucket size

(Info_2_0)
Full name
Coefficient of BVC bucket size
Abbreviation
Info_2_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter is used to calculate the size of BVC

bucket. User can modify this parameter's value to
change the size of BVC bucket.
160
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 20000
Unit
None
Default
value
3000
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Coefficient of MS bucket (Info_2_16)

Full name
Coefficient of MS bucket
Abbreviation
Info_2_16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter is used to calculate the size of MS

bucket. User can modify this parameter's value to
change the size of MS bucket.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 20000
Unit
None
Default
value
300
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
CBL in BVC/MS flow control

(Info_1_9)
Full name
CBL in BVC/MS flow control
Abbreviation
Info_1_9
3GPP name
None
3GPP
reference
None
161
Description
This parameter indicates whether Current Bucket Level

(CBL) should be reported in the BVC/MS flow control
message.
This parameter is supported from version V6.20.200f.
Managed
object
Value range
BSC
Yes, No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default
value
No
Change
mode
Offline
Related
features
None
Related
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
FUC Flow Control Map

Parameters
Interface of FUC Flow Control Map parameter shown in Figure 29.
162
FIGURE 29 FUC FLOW CONTROL MAP PARAMETERS
Flow Control Reason

Full name
Flow control reason
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes FUC flow control level.
Description
The parameter value corresponding to level

0 can't be modified.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Level 0~10
Unit
None
Default value
[Level 0~10]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
163
Related
ces
interfaNone
Impact on service
None
Emergency Call
Full name
Emergency call
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes hurry call percentage
corresponding to certain FUC flow control level.
Description

Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Level 0~10, value range is: 0~100
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGB-01-03-001 Emergency Call Handling
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
None
Call Rebuilt
164
Full name
Call Rebuilt
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes call rebuilt percentage
Description

Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 50, 75, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
None
Call Response
Full name
Call Response
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes call response percentage
Description

Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 50, 50, 75, 75, 75]
Change mode
Offline
165
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-04-001 BSC Load Control
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
None
Calling
Full name
Calling
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes calling percentage
Description

Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 40, 78, 100, 100, 100]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
166
None
Location Update
Full name
Location Update
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes site refresh percentage
Description

Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 50, 75]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
None
GPRS Access
Full name
GPRS access
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

167
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 20, 46, 73, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
None
Restore
Full name
Restore
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
168
Description

Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
interfaNone
Impact on service
None
Flow control map slim adjust (bit)

Full name
Flow control map slim adjust (bit)
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
FUC establishes a channel request refuse
map. After flow control is started, you can
be based on this bitmap to determine if
certain access can be refused.
Description
Each bit in this map represents if to allow

channel access due to this reason: 1 represents
refusal, 0 represents allowance.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
None
Unit
Bit
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
ces
None
interfa-
Impact on service
None
EDGE Parameters
The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 30.
169
FIGURE 30 EDGE PARAMETERS
PFC support (PFCSupport)

Full name
PFC support
Abbreviation
PFCSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
Section 44.060 12.24, 23.060, 48.018

This parameter is broadcasted through SI13,
PSI1, and PSI13 messages.
In EGPRS system with broadband features,
the QoS concept of UMTS has been imported,
which enables transferring the negotiable QoS
configuration to BSS through Gb interface.
BSS can maintain QoS subscribing information
through function PFC (packet flow context) flow,
which include acquiring QoS, modifying QoS,
and deleting QoS signaling flow.
170
Description
Network notifies MS if the network supports PFC

flow through the system message parameter
PFC_FEATURE_MODE. If yes, the MS will add
PFI when establishing uplink TBF (PACKET
RESOURCE REQUEST). BSS can decide QoS
as MS requires according to PFI.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-

Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
R99 Ind (R99Ind)

Full name
R99 Ind
Abbreviation
R99Ind
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates R99 protocol version ID. BSS considers this parameter as a basis to determine if to encode/decode message field added after R99 version
for the protocol.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Version of R98 or it's before, Version of R99
Unit
None
Default value
R99 version
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
171
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
Enhanced radio status procedures

support (EnRadioStu)
Full name
Enhanced radio status procedures support
Abbreviation
EnRadioStu
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
On the basis of Radio Status, enhanced Radio Status
reports three more cause values:
x02: Indicates the enhanced Radio Status process

is used when the cell reselection occurs. Usually,
it helps satisfy the service requirement to the
maximum extent.
x03: Indicates the enhanced Radio Status process
is used when the MS is required to perform cell
reselection and LLC frame transferring is not
supported.
x04: Indicates that SGSN is notified when BSC
detects cell reselection failure.
SGSN has the following responses:

Description
When Radio Status with the cause value x02

is received, the downlink LLC frame sending is
resumed after cell reselection is completed.
When Radio Status with the cause value x03
is received, either the downlink data sending is
resumed after cell reselection is completed, or
Radio Status with other cause values are received.
When Radio Status with the cause value x04 is
received, if there are data to be sent to MS, then
the downlink LLC frame sending is resumed.
With Radio Status that supports multiple cause values,

SGSN can better understand the status of MS, which
avoids sending data to the old cell blindly.
Management
Object
Value Range
172
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default
value
No
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
RS
Full name
RS
Abbreviation
RS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Uplink throughput weight value at Gb interface, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
173
RR
Full name
RR
Abbreviation
RR
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Downlink throughput weight value at Gb interface, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RA
174
Full name
RA
Abbreviation
RA
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Weight value of EGPRS MS accessing request

times, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relationship
None
Relevant parameters
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RM
Full name
RM
Abbreviation
RM
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Weight value of big-bandwidth request times,

the
dynamic
Abis
adjustment
parameter.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
14
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
175
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RB
Full name
RB
Abbreviation
RB
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Weight value of the biggest bandwidth usage, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RG
176
Full name
RG
Abbreviation
RG
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines weights of GPRS carrier

proportion, RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be
equal to 100
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RE
Full name
RE
Abbreviation
RE
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines weights of EDGE carrier

proportion, RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be
equal to 100
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
177
Relevant parameters
Relationship
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
ABIS resource dynamic manage

(Info_1_8)
Full name
ABIS resource dynamic manage
Abbreviation
Info_1_8
3GPP name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates whether Abis resource

dynamic management is allowed.
Managed
object
Value range
Yes, No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Related
features
None
Related
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
178
Site/BSC
None
eMLPP Set
Figure 31 shows the interface of eMLPP set.
FIGURE 31 EMLPP SET
Strategy for preemption when assign

(AssPreemptstrategy)
Full name
Strategy for preemption when assign
Abbreviation
AssPreemptstrategy
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter decides the preemption policy if there

is no available channel on assginment.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Priority 1 ~ 15. Value range is: Only forced

handover; First forced handover, if fail, forced
release; First forced release.
Unit
None
Default value
Only forced handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
179
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Strategy for preemption when

handover (HoPreemptstrategy)
Full name
Strategy for preemption when handover
Abbreviation
HoPreemptstrategy
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter decides the preemption policy if there

is no available channel on handover.
Management
Object
180
BSC
Value Range
Priority 1 ~ 15. Value range is: Only forced

handover; First forced handover, if fail, forced
release; Directly forced release.
Unit
None
Default value
Only forced handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Maximum forced handover times

when assign (AssForcedHoTry)
Full name
Maximum forced handover times when assign
Abbreviation
AssForcedHoTry
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the max number of retry for forced

handover if there is no available channel during
assignment.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Priority 1 ~ 15, value range: 1 ~ 5
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Maximum forced handover times

when handover (HoForcedHoTry)
Full name
Maximum forced handover times when handover
Abbreviation
HoForcedHoTry
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
181
Description

handover if there is no available channel during
handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Maximum forced release times when

assign (AssForcedRelTry)
182
Full name
Maximum forced release times when assign
Abbreviation
AssForcedRelTry
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

release if there is no available channel during
assignment.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Maximum forced release times when

handover (HoForcedRelTry)
Full name
Maximum forced release times when handover
Abbreviation
HoForcedRelTry
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

release if there is no available channel during
handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
183
Preemption duration when assign

(AssPreempTimer, 100ms)
Full name
Preemption duration when assign
Abbreviation
AssPreempTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the period of forced handover or

forced release if there is no available channel during
assignment. If the period elapses, only queue is
allowed, and new forced handover or forced release
not required.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Preemption duration when handover

(HoPreempTimer, 100ms)
184
Full name
Preemption duration when handover
Abbreviation
HoPreempTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the period of forced handover or

forced release if there is no available channel during
handover. If the period elapses, only queue is
allowed, and new forced handover or forced release
not required.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Timer for start forced release when

assign (AssForceRelTimer)
Full name
Timer for start forced release when assign
Abbreviation
AssForceRelTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines if to do forced handover if both forced

handover and forced release are allowed when there
is no available channel in the cell during assignment,
or to do forced release and do not forced handover
after no any channel is gotten.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
185
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Timer for start forced release when

handover (HoForceRelTimer)
186
Full name
Timer for start forced release when handover
Abbreviation
HoForceRelTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines if to do forced handover if both forced

handover and forced release are allowed when there
is no available channel in the cell during handover,
or to do forced release and do not forced handover
after no any channel is gotten.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Interval for search forced

handover target when assign
(AssForceHoInterval, 100ms)
Full name

assign
Abbreviation
AssForceHoInterval
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines the waiting time for

searching forced handover target again if forced
handover target can not be found when there is no
available channel in the cell during assignment.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

handover target when handover
(HoForceHoInterval, 100ms)
Full name

handover
Abbreviation
HoForceHoInterval
187
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

searching forced handover target again if forced
handover target can not be found when there is no
available channel in the cell on handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

release target when assign
(AssForceRelInterval, 100ms)
188
Full name
Interval for search forced release target when assign
Abbreviation
AssForceRelInterval
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

searching forced release target again if forced release
target can not be found when there is no available
channel in the cell during assignment.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

release target when handover
(HoForceRelInterval, 100ms)
Full name
Interval for search forced release target when

handover
Abbreviation
HoForceRelInterval
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

searching forced release target again if forced release
target can not be found when there is no available
channel in the cell on handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
189
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Queue timer for assign (RmsT11,

100ms)
190
Full name
Queue timer for assign
Abbreviation
RmsT11
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the max time of waiting for queue

if there is no available channel in the cell during
assignment. The assignment fails if no any resource
is gotten.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho,

100ms)
Full name
Queue timer for handover
Abbreviation
RmsTqho
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the max time of waiting for queue if

there is no available channel in the cell on handover.
The handover fails if no any resource is gotten.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Queue indicate when assign

(QueueIndAss)
Full name
Queue indicate when assign
Abbreviation
QueueIndAss
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
191
Description
Management
Object
It determines if queue is allowed or set it per cell

if there are no available channels in the cell during
assignment.
BSC
Value Range
Queue forbidden when assign, Queue allowed when

assign, According to the cell
Unit
None
Default value
Queue forbidden when assign
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Queue allowed when handover

(QueueIndHo)
Full name
Abbreviation
QueueIndHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines if queue is allowed or set it per cell

if there are no available channels in the cell during
handover.
Management
Object
192
BSC
Value Range
Queue forbidden when handover, Queue allowed when

handover, According to the cell
Unit
None
Default value
Queue forbidden when handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Forced release indicate when assign

(PreemptionIndAss)
Full name
Forced release indicate when assign
Abbreviation
PreemptionIndAss
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines if forced release is allowed or set it

per cell if there are no available channels in the cell
during assignment.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Forced release forbidden when assign, Forced release

allowed when assign, According to the cell
Unit
None
Default value
Forced release forbidden when assign
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
193
Forced release allowed when

handover (PreemptionIndHo)
Full name
Forced release allowed when handover
Abbreviation
PreemptionIndHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines if forced release is allowed or set it

during handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Forced release forbidden when handover, Forced release allowed when handover, According to the cell
Unit
None
Default value
Forced release forbidden when handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Forced handover indication for assign

(ForcedHolndAss)
194
Full name
Forced handover indication for assign
Abbreviation
ForcedHolndAss
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management
Object
It determines if forced handover is allowed or set it

during assignment.
BSC
Value Range
Forced handover forbidden when assign, Forced handover allowed when assign, According to the cell
Unit
None
Default value
forced handover forbidden when assigned
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Forced handover indication for

handover (ForcedHolndHo)
Full name
Forced handover indication for handover
Abbreviation
ForcedHolndHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines if forced handover is allowed or set it

during handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Forced handover forbidden when handover, Forced

handover allowed when handover, According to the
cell
Unit
None
Default value
Forced handover forbidden when handover
Change mode
Offline
195
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Wait resource timer after forced

handover (ForceHoWait, 100ms)
Full name
Wait resource timer after forced handover
Abbreviation
ForceHoWait
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the time of waiting for resource after

forced handover. If getting the resource within this
period, do not initiate forced handover or forced
release and quit from the queue. If can not get it,
initiate forced handover, forced release, or queue.
This parameter is configured according to the time
required to finish handover.
196
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 40
Unit
100 ms
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Wait resource timer after forced

release (ForceRelWait, 100ms)
Full name
Wait resource timer after forced release
Abbreviation
ForceRelWait
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the time of waiting for resource after

forced release. If getting the resource within this
period, do not initiate forced release and quit from
the queue. If can not get it, initiate forced release
or queue.
This parameter is configured according to the time
requird to finish handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 40
Unit
100 ms
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Enough low priority for preemption

(LowestPriority)
Full name
Enough low priority for preemption
Abbreviation
LowestPriority
3GPP Name
None
197
3GPP reference
None
Description
To reduce the search times when searching for the

target of forced handover and forced release, if target
priority is not higher than this priority, it is considered
that the priority of this target is low enough, and do
not search for the lowest priority. 1: highest priority
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
14
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Enough call duration for preemption
198
Full name
Enough call duration for preemption
Abbreviation
LongCallDuration
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
To reduce search times while searching for the target

of forced handover and forced release, if the duration
of target call is longer than this parameter value, it is
considered that the duration of target call is sufficient
and do not search the target with the longest call
duration.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
480 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Forced handover target penalty time

(ForceHoPenalty)
Full name
Forced handover target penalty time
Abbreviation
ForceHoPenalty
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines this instance can not be used as

forced handover target within this period after forced
handover fails.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
480 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
199
Priority of emergency service

(EmergServicelPrio)
Full name
Priority of emergency service
Abbreviation
EmergServicelPrio
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines if the call with higher or equivalent

priority is emergency call. 1: highest priority
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Ater Timer Parameters

In basic property interface, if you select "Outer TC" in "TC type
supported (TCType)", a parameter interface named Ater Timer will
be added.
For Ater Timer parameter interface see Figure 32.
200
FIGURE 32 ATER TIMER PARAMETERS
Ater wait SCCP connection timer

(TAterWaitConn, 100ms)
Full name
Ater wait SCCP connection timer
Abbreviation
TAterWaitConn
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes SCCP CONNECT CONFIRM

message used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures
this timer.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
5 ~ 20
Unit
100 ms
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
201
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Ater wait resource timer

(TWaitAterRes, 100ms)
202
Full name
Ater wait resource timer
Abbreviation
TWaitAterRes
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes RESOURCE REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC
configures this timer.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 30
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Ater wait resource release timer

(TAterWaitRel, 100ms)
Full name
Ater wait resource release timer
Abbreviation
TAterWaitRel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes RESOURCE RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Ater handover monitor timer

(TAterMoniterHO, 100ms)
Full name
Ater handover monitor timer
Abbreviation
TAterMoniterHO
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes monitor handover process

when iBSC configures this timer to use outer iTC.
203
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
70 ~ 170
Unit
100 ms
Default value
120
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Ater wait resource acknowledge timer

(TWaitAterResAck, 100ms)
204
Full name
Ater wait resource acknowledge timer
Abbreviation
TWaitAterResAck
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes the response to apply for

resource from iTC, to configure this timer wait for iTC
during iBSC handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
5 ~ 25
Unit
100 ms
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Ater block circuit timer (TAterCicBlk,

100ms)
Full name
Ater block circuit timer
Abbreviation
TAterCicBlk
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE

message or UNBLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE message
used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
205
Ater block circuit group timer

(TAterBlkCicGrp, 100ms)
Full name
Ater block circuit group timer
Abbreviation
TAterBlkCicGrp
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes BLOCKING CIRCUIT GROUP

ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT
GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC
after iBSC configures this timer.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Ater reset circuit timer (TAterRstCic,

100ms)
206
Full name
Ater reset circuit timer
Abbreviation
TAterRstCic
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms)

Full name
Ater reset timer
Abbreviation
TAterRst
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes RESET ACKNOWLEDGE

message used to wait for iTC when iBSC configures
this timer.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
60 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
207
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Ater reset guard timer (TITCRst,

100ms)
208
Full name
Ater reset guard timer
Abbreviation
TITCRst
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes iBSC configures this timer

to delay when resetting globally, to release resource.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 60
Unit
100 ms
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Ater block a interface circuit timer

(TBIkACic, 100ms)
Full name
Ater block a interface circuit timer
Abbreviation
TBlkACic
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC when iBSC
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Ater block a interface circuit group

timer (TBIkACicGrp, 100ms)
Full name
Ater block a interface circuit group timer
Abbreviation
TBlkACicGrp
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
209
210
Description
This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT

GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING
A CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message to wait
for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
Chapter
External Cell Parameters

External cell parameters include GERAN external cell parameters
and UTRAN external cell parameters.
Table of Contents
GERAN External Cell Parameters........................................ 211
UTRAN External Cell Parameters ........................................ 239
GERAN External Cell

Parameters
The interface of GERAN external cell parameters is as shown in
Figure 33.
211
FIGURE 33 BASIC PROPERTY PARAMETERS
External cell ID
212
Full name
External cell ID
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
External cell number
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
FOR
GERAN EXTERNAL CELL
Chapter 3 External Cell Parameters
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell type (CellType)

Full name
Cell type
Abbreviation
CellType
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
GERAN External Cell type
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro

Cell, Extended Cell
Unit
None
Default value
Macro Cell
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MCC (MCC)
Full name
MCC (MCC)
Abbreviation
MCC
213
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It

is used to uniquely identify the home country of the
mobile user (or system).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 999
Unit
None
Default value
460
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-05-02-011 Multi PLMN
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MNC (MNC)
Full name
MNC (MNC)
Abbreviation
MNC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. It

uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a country (determined by MCC).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
214
When MNC3Digits is selected as 2 digits,

MNC value will be 0~99;
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-05-02-011 Multi PLMN
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Frequency band
Abbreviation
FreqBand
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The frequency band of the system
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900

supported (FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range
is GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;
When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported
(FuncExt) is PCS1900, it value range is GSM900,
EXT900, PCS1900, GSM850;
Unit
None
Default value
GSM900
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paBCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
215
BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)

Full name
BCCH frequency
Abbreviation
BcchArfcn
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
ARFCN of the cell BCCH carrier
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
When Frequency Band is GSM900, its

value range is 1~124;
When Frequency Band is EXT900, its value
range is 0~124, 975~1023;
When Frequency Band is PCS1900, its
When Frequency Band is DCS1800, its
When Frequency Band is GSM850, its
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
LAC (LAC)
216
Full name
LAC (LAC)
Abbreviation
LAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas

(LAs) in order to determine the MS location, the location area code identifies the different location areas.
LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC).
One location area contains multiple cells. This parameter is consistent with the data at CN side.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CI
Full name
CI
Abbreviation
CI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN

uniquely, the network operators allocate a unique
code for each cell in a location area.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
217
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
NCC
218
Full name
NCC
Abbreviation
NCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station

ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). which is used
to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent and different GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent operators
shall have different NCCs. The parameter related to
NCC is NccPermitted of the cell. By prohibiting MS
to report related NCC in the cell, MS is prohibited to
measure the cell information of the related operators. Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC is one
of the network identification parameters.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
BCC
Full name
BCC
Abbreviation
BCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station

ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). Normally, BCC
is used to enable MS to distinguish adjacent cells with
the same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to
the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the GSM specifications stipulate that the TSC (Training Sequence
Code) of the broadcast control channel of a cell shall
be equal to the cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits BCC
and is one of the network identification parameters.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS service support (PsSupport)

Full name
GPRS service support
Abbreviation
PsSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
219
Description
Determine if the cell supports GPRS.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
Related interfaces
TsChannelComb
If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is No, that is,
GPRS is not supported, the system automatically
change all timeslot channels whose type is PS in
the cell to TCH.
None
If GPRS service support is set as "Yes", a GPRS Property tab

will appear, as shown in Figure 34.
220
FIGURE 34 GPRS PROPERTY PARAMETERS
FOR
GERAN EXTERNAL CELL
Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_0,

2db)
Full name
Reselection offset
Abbreviation
ReselOff_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted
to MS via system message by BTS. In the
GPRS system, C32 is used as the standard
for cell reselection. C32 standard calculation,
similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell
reselection offset parameter. This parameteris not
necessary to append in packet system message
when the offset value is 0 dB.
Description
This parameter indicates the parameters used

during reselection on idle status, which only
functions while configuring PBCCH.
221
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_1,

2db)
Full name
Reselection offset
Abbreviation
ReselOff_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS
on PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as
the standard for cell reselection. C32 standard
calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains
a cell reselection offset parameter. This parameter
is not necessary to appear in packet system
message when the offset value is 0 dB.
222
Description
This parameter indicates the parameter used

during reselection in transmission state.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Temporary offset of cell reselection

(TempOffset_0, db)
Full name
Reselection temporary offset
Abbreviation
TempOffset_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

to MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS
system, C32 is used as the standard for cell
reselection. There is a temporary offset in C32
that provides a negative offset, similar to C2
in GSM system. The effective time depends on
Penalty Time of cell reselection.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
223
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell reselection temporary offset

(TempOffset_1, db)
Full name
Abbreviation
TempOffset_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on
PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as the
standard for cell reselection. There is a temporary
offset in C32 that provides a negative offset,
similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time
depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.
224
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Penalty time of cell reselection

(PenalTime_0, 10s)
Full name
Abbreviation
PenalTime_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

in GSM system. The effective time depends on
Penalty Time of cell reselection.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
10 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(PenalTime_1, 10s)
Full name
Abbreviation
PenalTime_1
225
3GPP Name
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
10 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_0)
226
Full name
HCS exist
Abbreviation
HCS_EXIST_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter

belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and
broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. PSI
message indicates if the HCS exist (HCS priority and
Threshold of HCS signal level) exist in the cell. MS
ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving
cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells
use Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_1)

Full name
HCS exist
Abbreviation
HCS_EXIST_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and be
informed to MS on PACCH. PSI message indicates
if the HCS exist (HCS priority and Threshold of
HCS signal level) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC
exist parameters of other cells if serving cell does
not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use
Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).
Description

227
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Threshold of HCS signal level

(HCS_THR_0)
Full name
Threshold of HSC signal level
Abbreviation
HCS_THR_0
3GPP Name
HCS_THR
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs
to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to
MS via system message by BTS. Threshold
of HCS signal level identifies the HCS signal
strength threshold of the cell.
228
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(HCS_THR_1)
Full name
Abbreviation
HCS_THR_1
3GPP Name
HCS_THR
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

to HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on
PACCH. Threshold of HCS signal level identifies the
HCS signal strength threshold of the cell.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
229
HCS priority (PrioClass_0)

Full name
HCS Priority
Abbreviation
PrioClass_0
3GPP Name
PRIORITY_CLASS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to
HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS via
system message by BTS, indicating cell HCS priority.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
230
Full name
HCS Priority
Abbreviation
PrioClass_1
3GPP Name
PRIORITY_CLASS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

to HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on
PACCH, indicating cell HCS priority.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow SOLSA MS to access

(EXC_ACC)
Full name
Abbreviation
EXC_ACC
3GPP Name
EXC_ACC
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description
System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,

and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter information is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of
local and neighboring cells. The network uses Allow
SOLSA MS to access to prevent MS from residing in
the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
231
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell reselection status (CellBarAc2)
232
Full name
Cell reselection status
Abbreviation
CellBarAc2
3GPP Name
CELL_BAR ACCESS_2
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
Cell reselection status belongs to HCS, and the system broadcasts to MS in PSI3 message. It indicates
the cell reselection status.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
LSA ID (LSA_Id)
Full name
LSA Mark
Abbreviation
LSA_Id
3GPP Name
LSA ID
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,

SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In addition,
system broadcasts the parameter information in PSI3
and Psi3bis messages of the neighboring cells. LSA
ID specifies LSA identifier of the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 16777215
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RAC (RAC)
Full name
RAC (RAC)
Abbreviation
RAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
233
RAC is a composition part of Routing Area

Identity (RAI). RAI defines the GPRS serving
cell identification. GPRS system divides the
location area (LAs) to several routing areas (RAs)
using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). Routing Area
(RA) distribution, similar to GSM system, uses
the location area to manage a group of cells.
MS initiates Routing area update procedure in
cell reselection mode if new RAI differs from
old RAI during cell reselection.
SGSN knows the routing area information of
the MS in the standby status. Then, when the
network has packet data or circuit data to transmit,
it will page the MS in that routing area. RAI
cannot span more than one SGSN.
Description
This parameter is consistent with the data at CN side.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Access minimal signal level

(RxLevAsMin_0)
234
Full name
GPRS access minimum signal level
Abbreviation
RxLevAsMin_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

to MS via system message by BTS. This parameter
indicates the minimum receiving level while allowing
MS access to this system (GPRS).
To prevent the MS from accessing the system
at a low receiving signal level (usually, the poor
communication quality cannot guarantee normal
communication process after access) and from
unreasonably wasting radio resources of the
network, it is stipulated in the GSM system that
the receiving level be greater than a threshold
level for MS to access the network, that is,
MS Minimal Level to Access.
In addition, the parameter serves as reference
for MS during cell selection and reselection (a
parameter to calculate C31 and C32).
Description

Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
12 (-99 dBm ~ -98 dBm)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm)
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
235
Access minimal signal level

(RxLevAsMin_1)
Full name
GPRS access minimum signal level
Abbreviation
RxLevAsMin_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

is informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter
indicates the minimum receiving level while allowing
MS access to this system (GPRS).
at a low receiving signal level (usually, the poor
communication quality cannot guarantee normal
communication process after access) and from
unreasonably wasting radio resources of the
network, it is stipulated in the GSM system that
level for MS to access the network, that is,
MS Minimal Level to Access.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
12 (-99 dBm ~ -98 dBm)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
236
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Maximum initial access signal level

(MsTxMaxCCH_0)
Full name
GPRS MAX initial access signal level
Abbreviation
MsTxMaxCCH_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

to MS via system message by BTS. Network controls
the MS transmit power during communication
with BTS. The network controls MS power using
power command. MS outputs transmit power
closest to the specified power value if unavailable.
The power before MS receives the network
power control information (the power used in
random access), depends on this parameter
when MS is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell
selection and reselection by MS, involved in
calculation of C1 and C2 values.
Refer to Appendix C, for the maximum power before
MS receives the power control information.
The principle of setting this parameter is as
follows: Under the precondition that the MS at
the cell boundary is guaranteed with a certain
access success rate, the MS access level should
be reduced as much as possible. Generally, it
is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for
GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).
In actual application, after the parameter is set,
make a dial test at the cell boundary, and test MS
access success rate and access time with different
parameter settings to determine whether to increase
or decrease the value of the parameter.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
237
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Maximum initial access signal level

(MsTxMaxCCH_1)
Full name
Abbreviation
MsTxMaxCCH_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter is
informed to MS on PACCH. Network controls the MS
transmit power during communication with BTS. The
network controls MS power using power command.
MS outputs transmit power closest to the specified
power value if unavailable. The power before MS
receives the network power control information
(the power used in random access), depends on
this parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell
selection and reselection by MS, involved in
calculation of C1 and C2 values.
Refer to Appendix C, for the maximum power before
The principle of setting this parameter is as
follows: Under the precondition that the MS at
the cell boundary is guaranteed with a certain
access success rate, the MS access level should
be reduced as much as possible. Generally, it
is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for
Description
238

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
UTRAN External Cell

Parameters
The interface of UTRAN external cell parameters is shown in Figure
35.
239
FIGURE 35 UTRAN EXTERNAL CELL PARAMETERS
External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)
240
Full name
External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)
Abbreviation
Ec3GID
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Serial number of UTRAN external cell
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
UTRAN cell type (CellType3G)

Full name
UTRAN cell type
Abbreviation
CellType3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The type of this UTRAN cell
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
FDD, TDD
Unit
None
Default value
FDD
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
FeaUTRAN cell Frequency (Arfcn3G)

Scrambling code or Cell Parameter (ScCodeCellPara)
Relevant
rameters
pa-
UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)

Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)
Relationship
This parameter value has influence on the value

range of ScCodeCellPara, and the value range and
default value of Arfcn3G.
When selecting TDD, two configurable parameters
appear in the interface, which are BandWidth3G and
SyncCaseTSTD.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
241
MCC (MCC)
Full name
MCC (MCC)
Abbreviation
MCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It

is used to uniquely identify the home country of the
mobile user (or system).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 999
Unit
None
Default value
460
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MNC (MNC)
242
Full name
MNC (MNC)
Abbreviation
MNC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. It

uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a country (determined by MCC).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range

Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G)

Full name
UTRAN cell Frequency (Arfcn3G)
Abbreviation
ArfcnUT3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
UTRAN adjacent cell's frequency range
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Unit
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is

FDD, value range is 412 ~ 10838;
TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
(BandWidth3G)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), value
range is 2112 ~ 13088;
TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
(BandWidth3G)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), value
range is 9254 ~ 13096.
None
243
Default value

FDD, default value is 412;
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is TDD
and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
(BandWidth3G)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps),
default value is 2112;
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is TDD
and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
(BandWidth3G)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps),
default value is 9254;
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship

The value of CellType3G and BandWidth3G has
influence on the value range and default value of
this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
LAC (LAC)
244
Full name
LAC (LAC)
Abbreviation
LAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RNC ID (RNC_ID)
Full name
RNC ID (RNC_ID)
Abbreviation
RNC_ID
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Each RNC has a unique number in the UTRAN network of PLMN to route corresponding UTRAN interface message correctly.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 4095
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
245
C ID (C_ID)
Full name
C ID (C_ID)
Abbreviation
C_ID
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It identifies the UTRAN adjacent cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Scrambling code or cell parameter

(ScCodeCellPara)
246
Full name
Scrambling code or Cell Parameter (ScCodeCellPara)
Abbreviation
ScCodeCellPara
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
FDD: It is described in detail in protocol 3GPP

TS25.213. The scrambling code is used to
distinguish the carriers in UTRAN/FDD network.
MS measure the main scrambling code of the
downlink CPICH channel in cell for handover
or cell reselection. The scrambling codes
are divided into 0~511. There are one main
scrambling code and 15 auxiliary scrambling
codes in each group. 511 main scrambling codes
could be divided into 64 scrambling code sets,
and there are 8 scrabbling codes in each set;
TDD: The parameters describing adjacent cell
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is

FDD, this parameter represents FDD interference
code, value range is 0 ~ 511, 65535.
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)"
is TDD, this parameter represents TDD cell
parameter, value range is 0 ~ 127, 65535.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paUTRAN cell type (CellType3G)
Relationship
The value of UTRAN Cell Type has influence on the

value range of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
TX diversity indication (DiverSity)

Full name
TX diversity indication
Abbreviation
DiverSity
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if UTRAN adjacent cell uses diversity

transmission.
Management
Object
Cell
247
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RAC (RAC)
Full name
RAC (RAC)
Abbreviation
RAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
248
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth

(BandWidth3G)
Full name
UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
Abbreviation
BandWidth3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When "UTRAN cell type" is TDD, this parameter appears and can be configured, indicating the bandwidth of UTRAN adjacent cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 (1.28Mcps), 0 (3.84Mcps)
Unit
None
Default value
1 (1.28Mcps)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
FeaUTRAN cell type (CellType3G)
Relevant
rameters
pa-
UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G)

When CellTypeUTRAN is TDD, this parameter
appears and can be configured.
Relationship
According to different parameter values, the value

range and default value of Arfcn3G varies and
names of SyncCaseTSTD are different.
249
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD
Abbreviation
SyncCaseTSTD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to apply SyncCase or TSTD
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
250
When CellType3G is TDD and BandWidth3G is 1

(1.28 Mcps), the parameter indicates whether
TSTD is applied, the parameter name is "Apply
TSTD", the value range is Yes/No.
When CellType3G is TDD and BandWidth3G is 0
(3.84 Mcps), the parameter indicates whether
SyncCase is applied, the parameter name is
"Apply Sync Case", the value range is Yes/No.

When CellTypeUTRAN is TDD, this parameter
appears and can be configured. Based on different
parameter value of BandWidth3G, this parameter
name may be different.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Chapter
Cell Parameters
This chapter explains the cell parameters, including basic parameters, optional parameters, and GPRS/EDGE parameters.
Table of Contents
Basic Parameters 1 .......................................................... 251
Optional Parameters ........................................................ 310
Cell Selection Parameters ................................................. 322
Service Process Additional Parameters................................ 333
System Parameters.......................................................... 348
Other Parameters ............................................................ 357
GPRS Basic Parameters .................................................... 364
GPRS Cell Options Parameters........................................... 418
GPRS NC Survey Parameters............................................. 430
GPRS Power Control Parameters ........................................ 439
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters...................................... 445
GPRS Channel Parameters ................................................ 475
EDGE Parameters ............................................................ 486
Basic Parameters 1
The interface of cell basic parameters 1 is shown in Figure 36.
251
FIGURE 36 BASIC PARAMETERS 1
BTS ID (BtsId)
Full name
Cell ID
Abbreviation
BtsId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Serial number of this cell. Consistent with the sector

ID of SDR base station.
Management
Object
Cell
1 ~ 24
The following lists the maximum number of
BtsIds of each site type.
252
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Sorted according to actual condition
OB06: 3
BS20: 3
BS21: 3
BS21V20: 3
BS30: 3
BS30V12: 3
B8112: 6
M8202: 6
M8206: 6
B8018: 6
S8001: 1
SDR: 24
Chapter 4 Cell Parameters
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
Service will be affected. If the parameter is modified, all current services of corresponding cell will be
interrupted immediately.

Full name
Cell type
Abbreviation
CellType
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The type of this cell.
Description
If you need configure S8001 cell, micro-micro

cell shall be selected for cell type.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro

Cell, Extended Cell
Unit
None
Default value
Macro Cell
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
FeaTA MAX (TaMax)
Relevant
rameters
pa-
TA allowed (TaAllowed)
TA MIN (TaMin)
Relationship

range and default value of TA MAX (TaMax) and
TA allowed (TaAllowed), and the value of TA MIN
(TaMin).
253
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MCC (MCC)
Full name
MCC
Abbreviation
MCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Mobile Country Code (MCC) is used to uniquely identify the home country of the mobile users (or system), assigned internationally, China is 460.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC function parameters.
Unit
None
Default value
Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC function parameters.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MNC (MNC)
254
Full name
MNC
Abbreviation
MNC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Mobile Network Code (MNC) uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a country (decided by MCC).
For instance, 07 is PLMN network of China Mobile.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Based on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC global

resource parameters.
Unit
None
Default value
Based on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC global

resource parameters.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
Service will be affected. If the parameter is modified,

the current PS service of corresponding cell will be
LAC (LAC)
Full name
LAC (LAC)
Abbreviation
LAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
None
255
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

CI (CI)
Full name
CI
Abbreviation
CI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN

uniquely, the network operators allocate a unique
code for each cell in a location area.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
256
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
Service will be affected. If this parameter is inconsistent with the data at CN side, new service cannot
be established in corresponding cell.
NCC (NCC)
Full name
NCC
Abbreviation
NCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station

ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). which is used
to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent and different GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent operators
shall have different NCCs. The parameter related to
NCC is NccPermitted of the cell. By prohibiting MS
to report related NCC in the cell, MS is prohibited to
measure the cell information of the related operators. Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC is one
of the network identification parameters.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
257
BCC (BCC)
Full name
BCC
Abbreviation
BCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station

ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). Normally, BCC
is used to enable MS to distinguish adjacent cells with
the same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to
the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the GSM specifications stipulate that the TSC (Training Sequence
Code) of the broadcast control channel of a cell shall
be equal to the cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits BCC
and is one of the network identification parameters.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
258
Full name
Frequency band
Abbreviation
FreqBand
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The frequency band types for GSM operation.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range

(FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range is
GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;
EXT900, PCS1900, GSM850;
Unit
None
Default value
GSM900
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-05-02-002 EGSM Frequency Band Support
Relevant
rameters
pa-
DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt)

Frequency
Relationship
The value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported

(FuncExt) has influence on the value range of this
parameter.
range of CaArfcnList.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
Subcell used (SubCellUsed)

Full name
Subcell used
Abbreviation
SubCellUsed
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
If user selects subcell used, the system may

automatically add "power control 2" node under
cell node, used to control cell power. If the
user selects don't use subcell, "power control 2"
node may be automatically deleted.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Defined according to user requirement.
259
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

SubCell ID (SubCellId)
Relationship
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure

SubFreqBand.
range of SubCellId.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Frequency band of subCell

(SubFreqBand)
Full name
Frequency band of subCell
Abbreviation
SubFreqBand
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Set the frequency band of subCell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
260

(FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range is
GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;
EXT900, PCS1900, GSM850;
Unit
None
Default value
GSM900
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

If 'Subcell used' is 'Yes', this parameter is
configurable.
Relationship
The value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported

(FuncExt) has influence on the value range of this
parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)

Full name
ARFCN list
Abbreviation
CaArfcnList
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The radio frequency set.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
ARFCN set, the value range of each ARFCN is the

same as BCCH. Based on frequency setting at subsequent BTS, the system automatically fills it in this
box.
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

all current services of corresponding frequency point
will be interrupted immediately.
261
GPRS service support (PsSupport)

Full name
Abbreviation
PsSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if this cell supports GPRS (EDGE) service. If selecting "Support GPRS" or "Support EDGE",
relevant sub-page may occur in the interface.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
No, Support GPRS, Support EDGE
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-03-05-007 EGPRS Activation per Cell
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
If the parameter setting is changed between "Support GPRS" and "Support EDGE", service will not be
affected. If the parameter setting is changed between "Support GPRS"/"Support EDGE" and "No",
262
Full name
Dynamic HR Enable
Abbreviation
DynaHREnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
Description
The dynamic HR channel allocation function allows

allocating FR or HR channel to MS according
to the cell's traffic. When the cell's channels
become congested, HR channel is allocated to
MS, which greatly shortens the cell's congestion
time during peak traffic hours.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant
rameters
pa-

Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara)
Relationship
If this parameter is set to Yes, 'Use cell dynamic HR

parameter' is configurable.
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
Use cell dynamic HR parameter

(UseCellDynHRPara)
Full name
Use cell dynamic HR parameter
Abbreviation
UseCellDynHRPara
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates whether to use cell dynamic HR parameter.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
263
Change mode
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Offline
ZGO-03-02-003 Full dynamic channel
allocation on Um interface
If DynaHREnable is 'Yes', this parameter is
configurable.
Relationship
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CBC support (SmsCbUsed)

Full name
CBC support
Abbreviation
SmsCbUsed
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
CBC service is an important service provided by
mobile communication system, mainly used to
distribute information to the mobile subscribers
within certain geographical location area. The
difference from P2P sms service contains: receiver
for P2P sms is specific mobile subscriber, but receiver
for CBC is all mobile subscribers within certain area,
including external subscribers roaming in this area.
264
Description
This parameter identifies if this cell supports the

function of cell broadcasting short message.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-01-03-004 Cell Broadcast SMS
Relevant
rameters
paTsChannelComb
Relationship
If "CBC support (SmsCbUsed)" is No, that is,

CBC is not supported, the system automatically
searches all timeslot channel combinations in
the cell. If CBC channel exists, it is changed to
SDCCH.
If "CBC support (SmsCbUsed)" is Yes, that is,
CBC is supported, the system automatically
searches all timeslot channel combinations in
the cell. If a non-BCCH channel is found for a
carrier, it is changed to SDCCH+CBCH.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Threshold for FR to HR (HRThs, %)

Full name
Threshold for FR to HR
Abbreviation
HRThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When BSC and cell enables dynamic HR functions,

and percentage of TCH/F channel used in the cell
(TCH/F channels occupied in the cell / all available
TCH channels in the cell (including IDLE and BUSY))
exceeds this threshold, convert TCH/F -> TCH/H.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
265
PS busy threshold (Info_1_16)

Full name
PS busy threshold
Abbreviation
Info_1_16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Do the half-rate expansion if the cell busy degree

reaches or exceeds this threshold, to restrict the PS
expansion.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default
value
80
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Use cell AMR parameter

(UseCellAMRParam)
266
Full name
Use cell AMR parameter
Abbreviation
UseCellAMRParam
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if AMR parameter

in the cell is enabled.
Description
If the cell doesn't enable its own AMR

parameters, AMR parameter value configured
by BSC is configured as the predominent;
If the cell is enabled, AMR parameter
value configured by the cell is configured
as the predominent;
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Use, not use
Unit
None
Default value
Not use
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Common control channel

configuration (CcchConf)
Full name
Common control channel configuration
Abbreviation
CcchConf
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
267
Common control channel configuration is one of

the system control parameters. In GSM system,
CCCH includes Access Grant Channel (AGCH)
and Paging Channel (PCH). It is used to send
access granting (that is instant assignment)
message and paging message.
In each cell, all service channels share CCCH.
According to the configuration of the service
channel in the cell and the traffic mode of the
cell, CCCH could be one or more than one
physical channel, and CCCH could share the
same physical channel with SDCCH.
The combination mode of the common control
channel in cell depends on CCCH configuration
parameter and it should be consistent with the
actual configuration of cell CCH. It could be
observed from this parameter: BS_CC_CHANS
(Number of CCCH); BS_CCCH_SDCCH_COMB
(If combined with SDCCH).
Description
This parameter is broadcasted to all MSs in the cell

by message RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined with

SDCCH; CCCH uses one physical channel, combined
with SDCCH; CCCH uses two physical channels, not
combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses three physical
channels, not combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses four
physical channels, not combined with SDCCH.
Unit
None
Default value
CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined with

SDCCH
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-02-001 Support of SDCCH/4 and SDCCH/8
Relevant
rameters
paTsChannelComb
Relationship
268
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured

as "a basic physical channel used by CCCH,
along with SDCCH". In channel information
parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination
shall be one of these two combined channels:
BCCH+SDCCH/4 and BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH.
as "a basic physical channel used by CCCH,
regarless of SDCCH". In channel information
parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination
shall be one of these two combined channels:
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and BCCH+CCCH.
as "two basic physical channels used by
CCCH, regarless of SDCCH". In channel
information parameters, timeslot 0 and 2
channel combination shall be these two
combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
and BCCH+CCCH.

as "three basic physical channels used by CCCH,
parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channel
combination shall be these two combined
channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and
BCCH+CCCH.
as "four basic physical channels used by CCCH,
parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channel
combination shall be these two combined
channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and
BCCH+CCCH.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Template file
Full name
Template file
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Click Select button, a window pops up, select the

template file in local path; click Clear button to clear
selected template files.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Local files
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
269
Basic Parameters 2
TA maximum (TaMax)
Full name
TA maximum
Abbreviation
TaMax
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It represents the maximum TA supported by extended cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
270
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extended

cell, value range is 0 ~ 63;
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extended

cell, default value is 63;
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGO-04-01-001 Extended Cell Coverage

The value of the parameter CellType has influence on
the value range and default value of this parameter.
Relationship
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
TA minimum (TaMin)
Full name
TA minimum
Abbreviation
TaMin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the minimum TA granted to be accessed

into the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range

Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-01-001 Extended Cell Coverage
Relevant
rameters
paCell type (CellType)
Relationship
The value of CellType has influence on the value

range of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
271
TA allowed (TaAllowed)
Full name
TA allowed
Abbreviation
TaAllowed
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It represents the maximum TA granted to be accessed into the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Unit

None
Default value

Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship

The value of the parameter CellType has influence on
the value range and default value of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PCH load indication period

(CcchLoadIndPrd, s)
272
Full name
PCH load indication period
Abbreviation
CcchLoadIndPrd
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
According to GSM specifications, during the period of

PCH overload measurement, when the load of PCH
channel at BTS exceeds the PCH overload threshold
set by O&M, BTS sends the CCCH LOAD INDICATION
message periodically to BSC until the load of PCH
channel does not exceed this threshold value.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Periodical location updating timer

(T3212, 360s)
Full name
Periodical location updating timer
Abbreviation
T3212
3GPP Name
T3212
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.13.0

Location update results from two major causes in
GSM system. One is when MS changes from old LAC
to new LAC and the second is when the network
notifies MS for periodic location update.
Network controls the location time interval and
depends upon T3212 timer. Network broadcasts
to all MSs in the cell by RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message. T3212 timer is
one of the system control parameters.
Description
The setting of this parameter will affect the

overall service performance and utilization rate
of radio resources of the network. For the area
with higher traffic, the period could be bigger
(for example 16 or 20 hours, even 25 hours); for
the area with ordinary traffic, the value of T3212
could be smaller (for example 3 or 6 hours);
273
for the area with extreme overload traffic, it is

recommended to set T3212 as 0.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 255
0: positive infinite, location update

is not required;
1: 6 minutes;
2: 12 minutes;
......
Value Range
Unit
360 s
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
255: 1530 minutes
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Protection period for access attempt

(T3122, s)
274
Full name
Protection period for access attempt
Abbreviation
T3122
3GPP Name
T3122
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
The network sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT

REJECT message to MS when it receives a channel
request message from MS and will not allocate a
suitable channel to MS. IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
REJECT message contains T3122 timer parameter to
prevent possible wireless channel blocking caused
by repeated channel requests sent by the MS, which
is waiting for indication information unit.
MS cannot restart a new call until the time
indicated by T3122 is elapsed if it receives the
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message.
This parameter is also one of the system control
parameters, and is sent to MS in the IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT REJECT message.
Description
Following are the suggested values: 10 s ~ 15 s for

normal traffic area; 15 s ~ 25 s for dense traffic area.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
Multi-band report indication

(MulbandReport)
Full name
Multi-band report indication
Abbreviation
MulbandReport
3GPP Name
MULTIBAND_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
275
MS in single-frequency GSM system needs

only to report contents of six adjacent cells
with the strongest signals in a frequency
band, when reporting the survey result of
adjacent cells to the network.
In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority
into a specific frequency band during handover.
The MS reports the survey result according to the
signal intensity and the frequency band of the
signals, according to the actual situation.
Multiband report indication is used to notify
MS to report contents of adjacent cells in
multiple frequency bands. It is one of the
system control parameters.
The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic
in each frequency band. General principles to set
the parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic of
each frequency band is almost equivalent, and the
operator has no choice over the frequency band.
3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quite
different, and the operator hopes that MS enters
a specific frequency band with priority.
Description
276
0: According to adjacent cell's signal strength,

MS reports the measurement result of six
adjacent cells with the strongest known and
permitted NCC. This report is applicable for
adjacent cells of all frequency bands.
1: MS reports the measurement result of
an adjacent cell with the strongest signal
at frequency bands in the adjacent cell list
(excluding frequency band of the local cell).
In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent
cells which are at the local cell's frequency
band. If there is still remaining space, MS
reports the remaining adjacent cells, no matter
what frequency bands they are at.
two adjacent cells with the strongest signal
at frequency bands in the adjacent cell list
(excluding frequency band of the local cell).
In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent
cells which are at the local cell's frequency
band. If there is still remaining space, MS
reports the remaining adjacent cells, no matter
what frequency bands they are at.
three adjacent cells with the strongest signal
at frequency bands in the adjacent cell
list (excluding frequency band of the local
cell). In the remaining space, MS reports
adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If
still more space is available, MS reports the
remaining adjacent cells, no matter what
frequency bands they are at.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Minimal level threshold of MS uplink

RACH access (RachAccessMin, -db)
Full name
Abbreviation
RachAccessMin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
90 ~ 125
Unit
-dB
Default value
125
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
277
CCCH load indication (RACH)

(CcchLoadINDThs_0)
Full name
CCCH load indication (RACH)
Abbreviation
CcchLoadINDThs_0
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When load degree in RACH channel for BTS exceeds

this threshold, BTS sends CCCH LOAD INDICATION
message periodically to iBSC until load degree in
RACH channel doesn't exceed this threshold value.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
CCCH load indication (PCH)

(CcchLoadINDThs_1)
278
Full name
CCCH load indication (PCH)
Abbreviation
CcchLoadINDThs_1
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When load degree in PCH channel for BTS exceeds

this threshold, BTS sends CCCH LOAD INDICATION
message periodically to iBSC until load degree in PCH
channel doesn't exceed this threshold value.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
8PSK modulating power attenuation

level (Tn7Lowerlevel, 0.2db)
Full name
8PSK modulating power attenuation level
Abbreviation
Tn7Lowerlevel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates 8PSK modulating power attenuation level.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 50
Unit
0.2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
279
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Repeated ACCH support

(RepeatACCH)
280
Full name
Repeated ACCH support
Abbreviation
RepeatACCH
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines if to use FACCH/SACCH

retransmission function.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-02-009 Repeated FACCH/SACCH
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Start PA power off (StartPAPowerOff)

Full name
Start PA power off
Abbreviation
StartPAPowerOff
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
To save energy and reduce consumption, BTS system

shall turn off PA offset voltage while close power for
idle timeslots.l If configuring on BTS, FPGA can determine if PA offset voltage shall be turned off.
Management
Object
Cell
Yes, No
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-04-003 Intelligent Timeslot Shutdown
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Yes: enable
No: disable
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Switch flag of cell TRX power off

(StartTRXPowerOff)
Full name
Switch flag of cell TRX power off
Abbreviation
StartTRXPowerOff
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
281
Description
It marks if "Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off" is

enabled.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-04-002 Intelligent TRX Shutdown
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Bss Radio Link Timer's Max

Value for AMR HR Bug
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR)
282
Full name
BSS radio link timer's max value for AMR HR
Abbreviation
BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Fault detection period in AMR-FR channel. Within this

period, pick average value through s times of measurement, and judge link fault threshold, to dertermine if the channel is failed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
60, 64
Unit
None
Default value
64
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Bss Radio Link Timer's Max

Value for AMR HR Bug
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR)
Full name
BSS radio link timer's max value for AMR HR
Abbreviation
BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Fault detection period in AMR-HR channel. Within this

period, pick average value through s times of measurement, and judge link fault threshold, to dertermine if the channel is failed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
60, 64
Unit
None
Default value
64
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
283
AMR codec adjust mode

(AmrAdjMode)
Full name
AMR codec adjust mode
Abbreviation
AmrAdjMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
etting of AMR rate adjustment mode:
Description
AMR rapid speed mode: master adjustment

time by BTS itself;
Interval to adjust configuration: adjustment
time shall be defined at background
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
AMR rapid speed mode; Interval to adjust configuration
Unit
None
Default value
AMR rapid speed mode
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-02-008 AMR Power Control
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
AMR codec adjust interval

(AmrAdjInterval, 480ms)
284
Full name
AMR codec adjust interval
Abbreviation
AmrAdjInterval
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates AMR adjustment interval. This parameter

is only meaningful when AmrAdjMode is "interval to
adjust configuration".
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 50
Unit
480 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-02-008 AMR Power Control
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
HR channel fragment collected

support (HRDfragSupport)
Full name
HR channel fragment collected support
Abbreviation
HRDfragSupport
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is a switch of frag collection in HR

channel, which can be configured on BSC and BTS.
Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled, and finished HR frags / idle HR channel in the cell is no
more than HRDefragThs, HR channel defragmentation function is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
Yes, No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
285
Related
tures
feaZGO-03-02-004 HR Concentration
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Threshold of HR defrag
(HRDefragThs)
Full name
Threshold of HR defrag
Abbreviation
HRDefragThs
3GPP name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It indicates the proportion threshold of HRDefragNum

/ idle HR channel in the cell. This parameter can be
configured on BTS. Only when both BSC and BTS can
enable RDfragSupport, and finished HR frags / idle HR
channel in the cell is no more than HRDefragThs, HR
channel defragmentation function is enabled, otherwise
it is disabled
286
Managed
object
Cell
Value range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default
value
70
Change
mode
Offline
Related
features
ZGO-03-02-004 HR Concentration
Related
parameters
None
Relationship
None
None
Related
interfaces
Impact on
service
None
Percentage of HR Ts
(HRTsPercentage)
Full name
Percentage of HR Ts
Abbreviation
HRTsPercentage
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslot
in the cell < HRTsPercentage/100, the cell
can generate new HR channel.
Description
This parameter can be configured on BSC and

BTS. If the proportion of HR timeslot in the cell is
lower than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS,
the cell can generate new HR channel.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
287
AMR Dynamic HR Conversion

Threshold (AmrHRThs)
Full name
Abbreviation
AmrHRThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
ence
None
refer-
When busy timeslot/general timeslot >=

AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell support AMR,
subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.
This threshold value can be configured on BSC
and BTS, when "User cell dynamic HR parameter"
(UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs value
configured by cell will be used, otherwise AmrHRThs
configured by BSC is used.
Description
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-006 Dynamic AMR HR/FR conversion independent threshold
Relevant
rameters
None
pa-
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact
service
None
on
FR-HR handover based on cell load

(FRThrHoSupport)
288
Full name
Abbreviation
FRThrHoSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Start PA output voltage tuning

(Info_0_0)
Full name
Start PA output voltage tuning
Abbreviation
Info_0_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if the TRX starts the function of adjusting

PA voltage based on BTS output power.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
289
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
NCC permitted (NccPermitted)

Full name
NCC permitted
Abbreviation
NccPermitted
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Add or Delete NCC within the value range.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Basic Parameters 3
290
Average bursts count surveyed by

RACH (AvgSlots)
Full name
Average bursts count surveyed by RACH
Abbreviation
AvgSlots
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Average bursts count surveyed by RACH specifies the

number of bursts measured on RACH. RACH channel
overloads if receiving signal levels of this parameter
BP are less than RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst. BTS uses this parameter.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
291
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RACH receiving signal level threshold

for busy burst (RachBusyThs)
Full name
RACH receiving signal level threshold for busy burst
Abbreviation
RachBusyThs
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst

is the threshold for receiving signal level in RACH
bursts. If the value is exceeded (that is less than
RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst
dBm), system considers that as a busy RACH.
Managed object
Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -109 ~ -108 dBm;
2: -109 ~ -108 dBm;
...
292
Value range
Unit
None
Default value
63
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
62: -49 ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
RACH load indication period

(OverloadPrd, s)
Full name
RACH load indication period
Abbreviation
OverloadPrd
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
According to GSM specifications, when the Access

Burst level exceeds the predefined access level busy
threshold (RACHBusyThs), the Access Burst is considered as busy burst. During the period of RACH
overload measurement, if the ratio of the number of
Busy Bursts to all Access Bursts exceeds the RACH
overload threshold set by O&M, then the CCCH LOAD
INDICATION message is reported.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
293
BA show (BcchBaInd)
Full name
BA show
Abbreviation
BcchBaInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BA indication of BCCH. Adjacent cell list can be
broadcasted on BCCH and transferred on SACCH.
The adjacent cell list transferred on BCCH can be
different from that on SACCH. When MS reports
the measurement data of adjacent cell, either
BCCH adjacent cell list or SACCH adjacent cell
list will be referred. Therefore, to know which
adjacent cell list is referred by MS, a BA indication is
added when transferring adjacent cell list on BCCH
and SACCH. When reporting the measurement
result, MS notifies the network side about the
corresponding BA indication of the referred adjacent
cell list. As a result, the network side recognizes
which adjacent cell list this MS uses.
This parameter describes the BS indication value
when the adjacent cell list being transferred
on BCCH. In the case of transferring adjacent
cell list on SACCH, the BA indication value used
is the reverse of the parameter.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
294
0: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH

(System message 2, 2bis, 2ter) is 0; BA
Show (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH (System
message 5, 5bis, 5ter) is 1.
1: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH
(System message 2, 2bis, 2ter) is 1; BA
Show (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH (System
message 5, 5bis, 5ter) is 0.
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MIN received signal level to access

(RxLevAccessMin)
Full name
MIN received signal level to access
Abbreviation
RxLevAccessMin
3GPP Name
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

at a low receiving signal level (usually, the
poor communication quality cannot guarantee
normal communications after access), and
from unreasonably wasting the radio sources of
network, it is prescribed in the GSM system that
for MS to access the network, that is, MS Min
RxLev to Access (the minimum receiving level
for the MS to access the network).
In addition, the criterion assists MS to select
and reselect the cell. The parameter will be
broadcast to all MSs in a cell through the RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4
messages. MIN received signal level to access is
one of the cell selection parameters.
Recommended value is usually approximated
according to MS receiving sensitivity. When
network observes uneven traffic distribution in
certain cells, MIN received signal level to access
increases the resulting C1 and C2 to decrease the
cell effective coverage range. However, the value
of this parameter cannot be too large. Otherwise,
large value change can bring void area across cell
boundaries to result in sudden call drop problem.
Description
With this measure for traffic balance, it is suggested

that the level value should not exceed -90dBm. At
the preliminary running stage of the network, this
parameter can be usually set as 10 (that is, -101
dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is higher than
the MS receiving sensitivity 102 dBm. However,
when the network capacity is expanded or the radio
coverage in a cell is not a problem, this parameter
of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management
Object
Cell
295
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
10 (-101 dBm ~ -100 dBm)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-02-02-007 Support of C1 Criteria
Relevant
rameters
pa-
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MAX number of re-transmitting

events times (MRetrans)
Full name
MAX number of re-transmitting events times
Abbreviation
MRetrans
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
MS sends the channel request message
on RACH channel to the network to start
immediate assignment process.
RACH is an ALOHA channel, the network enables MS
to send multiple channel request messages before
the MS receives the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
message to increase the access success rate of MS.
Maximum number of allowable resend time depends
on MAX number of re-transmitting events times.
Network broadcasts this parameter information
to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages.
MAX number of re-transmitting events times is one
of the control parameters of GSM system.
Description
296
For the cell radius over 3km and the area with
small traffic, it can be set as 3 (that is, the
Management
Object
maximum number of resending times is 7) to

improve the access success rate of MS.
For the cell radius less than 3km and the area
with common traffic, it can be set as 2 (that is,
the maximum number of resending times is 4);
Define value as 1 (maximum number of
resending times is 2) for the micro cell.
Define value as 0 (maximum number of
resending times is 1) for the micro cell with
heavy traffic and the cell with congestion.
Cell
0 ~ 3
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
2 (4 times)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
0:
1:
2:
3:
once
2 times
4 times
7 times
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Number of slots to spread

transmission (TxInteger)
Full name
Number of slots to spread transmission
Abbreviation
TxInteger
3GPP Name
Tx_integer
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
297

the PRACH control and RACH control parameters,
and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message.
Whenever establishing a new connection, MS
sends a channel request message to the network
through PRACH/RACH channel.
As PRACH/RACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve
MS access success rate, the network allows
MS to send multiple channel request messages
before receiving packet assignment message.
If MS does not receive any response for the
previous channel request message, MS resends
the channel request message after waiting for a
random period. Network uses this parameter to
determine the random waiting time.
The timeslot interval between two channel request
messages should be a value randomly selected
from the set {S, S+1..., S+T-1}.
The relationship between S and T is as follows.
Description
Management
Object
When T is 3, 8, 14, or 50, S: 55 (CCCH);

41 (CCH/SDCCH)
When T is 4, 9, or 16, S: 76 (CCCH);
52 (CCH/SDCCH)
When T is 5, 10, or 20, S: 109 (CCCH);
58 (CCH/SDCCH)
When T is 6, 11, or 25, S: 163 (CCCH);
86 (CCH/SDCCH)
When T is 7, 12, or 32, S: 217 (CCCH);
115 (CCH/SDCCH)
Cell
0 ~ 15
298
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
14
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
0: T is 3;
1: T is 4;
2: T is 5;
3: T is 6;
4: T is 7;
5: T is 8;
6: T is 9;
7: T is 10;
8: T is 11;
9: T is 12;
10: T is 14;
11: T is 16;
12: T is 20;
13: T is 25;
14: T is 32;
15: T is 50.
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Control channel MAX power level

(MsTxPwrMaxCch)
Full name
Control channel MAX power level
Abbreviation
MsTxPwrMaxCch
3GPP Name
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

During the communication between MS and
BTS, the transmission power is controlled by the
network. The network sets the power for MS
through the power command and the command
is transmitted on SACCH (SACCH has 2 header
bytes, one is the power control byte and the
other is the timing advance byte).
MS must extract the power control header
from downward SACCH and takes the specified
transmission power as output power. If the
power level of MS cannot output the power
value, it will output the closest transmission
power that can be output.
For SACCH is Channel Associated Signaling and it
has to be used together with SCCCH and TCH, so the
power control of MS starts after MS receives SACCH.
The power of MS before receiving SACCH (that is
the power when sending channel request on RACH)
is determined by Control channel MAX power level.
Control channel MAX power level is one of the
cell selection and reselection parameters of MS,
involving calculation of C1 and C2 values.
This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell via
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4.
Refer to appendix C, for the maximum power before
If this parameter is set too large, the MS near
BTS will interfere the adjacent channels. If it
is too small, the MS at the cell boundaries will
have low access success rate.
Setting principle: in the premise of certain MS
access success rate at the cell edge, decrease the
access level of MS as much as possible. Generally,
it is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for
Description
In practice, after setting this parameter, perform

dialing test at the cell edge, increase or decrease
299
the value of this parameter according to the

MS access success rate and access time tested
with different parameter setup.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Number of multi-frames of the PCH

(BsPaMframs)
Full name
Number of multi-frames of the PCH
Abbreviation
BsPaMframs
3GPP Name
BS-PA-MFRMS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

Number of multiframes of the PCH specifies the
repeat cycle of PCH group subchannel using
multiple 51-MultiFrame structures. It is one of
the system control parameters.
According to GSM Specifications, a unique IMSI
identifies MS and paging group. IMSI determines
the PCH sub-channel for MS in a paging group.
In the actual network, MS tunes only to the paging
sub-channel during IDLE mode in the serving cell
and ignores other paging sub-channels. In other
IDLE time, MS shuts off the hardware equipment
power supply to save power. Number of multiframes
of the PCH determines the number of paging
sub-channels of the paging channel in a cell.
Description
300
MS use this parameter to find out its home

paging group, so as to monitor corresponding
paging sub-channel. Network broadcasts the

parameter information to all MSs in the cell
through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3
message. Number of multiframes of the PCH is
one of the system control parameters.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
2 ~ 9
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-02-01-001 paging
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY

info message (T3105d, 10ms)
Full name
Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY info message
Abbreviation
T3105d
3GPP Name
T3105
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR
PHYSICAL INFOMATION message during an
asynchronous handover of SDCCH channel. This
timer is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.
Description
Management
Object
Timer Start: It starts when network sends the

RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.
Timer Stop: It stops when the network
receives a layer-2 frame that can be correctly
decoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILURE
message from the former channel.
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message
will be redelivered.
Cell
301
Value Range
1 ~ 67
Unit
10 ms
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info

message (T3105f, 10ms)
Full name
Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info message
Abbreviation
T3105f
3GPP Name
T3105
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR
PHYSICAL INFOMATION message during an
asynchronous handover of TCH channel. This timer
is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.
Description
302
Timer Start: It starts when network sends the

RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.
Timer Stop: It stops when the network
receives a layer-2 frame that can be correctly
decoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILURE
message from the former channel.
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message
will be redelivered.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 32
Unit
10 ms
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MAX resending times for physical

information (NY1)
Full name
MAX resending times for physical information
Abbreviation
NY1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BTS sends RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION
message to notify MS the advanced time value
that is used during asynchronous handover process
to be in accordance with GSM specifications. BTS
starts the T3105 timer after the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message is sent once. BTS resends
message RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION and
restart the T3105 timer if the timer stops and fails
to decode the frames in second layer correctly
(format A or format B) or TCH frames.
Description
MAX resending times for physical information decides

maximum number of resending times for RIL3_RR
PHYSICAL INFORMATION message. This parameter
is one of the BTS configuration parameters.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
5 ~ 35
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
303
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Number of blocks reserved for AGCH

(BsAgBlkRes)
304
Full name
Number of blocks reserved for AGCH
Abbreviation
BsAgBlkRes
3GPP Name
BS_AG_BLKS_RES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0
Description
The number of blocks used for AGCH in 51-MultiFrame. It is recommended that this value of the cells
in the same local area is identical.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Lapdm timer for controlling SDCCH

channel (T200_0, 5ms)
Full name
lapdm timer for controlling the SDCCH channel.
Abbreviation
T200_0
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description
T200 is the timer used on various control channels in

LAPDm protocol of BTS. There are 7 kinds of T200.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1 ~ 7
Unit
5 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on
service
None
Lapdm timer for controlling facch/full

rate channel (T200_1, 5ms)
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling facch/full rate channel
Abbreviation
T200_1
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description

Managed object
Cell
305
Value range
1 ~ 7
Unit
5 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on
service
None
Lapdm timer for controlling

FACCH/half rate channel (T200_2,
5ms)
306
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling FACCH/half rate channel
Abbreviation
T200_2
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description

Managed object
Cell
Value range
1 ~ 7
Unit
5 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on
service
None
Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH

with tch sapi0 channel (T200_3,
10ms)
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with tch sapi0

channel
Abbreviation
T200_3
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description

Managed object
Cell
Value range
1 ~ 7
Unit
10 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on
service
None
307

with sdcch channel (T200_4, 10ms)
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with sdcch channel
Abbreviation
T200_4
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description

Managed object
Cell
Value range
1 ~ 7
Unit
10 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on
service
None
Lapdm timer for controlling SDCCH

sapi3 channel (T200_5, 5ms)
308
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling SDCCH sapi3 channel
Abbreviation
T200_5
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description

Managed object
Cell
Value range
1 ~ 7
Unit
5 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on
service
None

with TCH sapi3 channel (T200_6,
10ms)
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with TCH sapi3

channel
Abbreviation
T200_6
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description

Managed object
Cell
Value range
1 ~ 7
Unit
10 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related
tures
None
fea-
Related parameters
None
309
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on
service
None
Optional Parameters
The interface of optional parameters is shown in Figure 39.
FIGURE 39 OPTIONAL PARAMETERS
Early category classmark sending

control (ECSC)
310
Full name
Early category classmark sending control
Abbreviation
ECSC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
According to GSM specification, MS transmits

appended class mark information (Classmark 3)
to the network through the CLASSMARK CHANGE
message as soon as possible.
Early category classmark sending control determines
whether the network supports ECSC function.
Network broadcasts the parameter information
to MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message.
Description
If there is a cell in another frequency band in the

adjacent cell for handover or the current cell itself
is extended GSM cell and the function of early
category classmark sending control is enabled,
set ECSC as Yes, otherwise set as No.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
IMSI attach/detach allowed

(ImsIadAllowed)
Full name
IMSI attach/detach allowed
Abbreviation
ImsIadAllowed
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
311
IMSI attach/detach allowed determines whether

cell allows IMSI Attach/Detach procedure. IMSI
detach occur when MS reports switch-off or when
the SIM card is taken out from the MS.
The network (normally VLR) marks Detach flag
in subscriber information table. Such procedure
assists the network to prevent unnecessary paging
broadcast message to MS. Likewise, the IMSI Attach
occur when the MS reports switch-on or reinserting
of the SIM card. After successful IMSI attach, MS
requests for Location Update (LU) for inconsistent
LAI in SIM card with that of serving cell.
The network (normally VLR) marks Attach flag
in subscriber information table.
This parameter is included in Control channel
information and is used for RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message.
Description
This parameter of each cell in the same

location area shall be identical.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell bar access (CellBarAccess)
312
Full name
Cell bar access
Abbreviation
CellBarAccess
3GPP Name
CELL_BAR_ACCESS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
PLMN carriers can determine if to allow MS to

access a specific cell (for example the cell in test
or the cell for absorbing traffic only).
Description
Network broadcasts Cell bar access information

INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Call re-establishment allowed

(CallReestablish)
Full name
Call re-establishment allowed
Abbreviation
CallReestablish
3GPP Name
RE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

For the call drop caused by radio link failure
resulted from burst interference or high building,
MS could originate call re-establishment process
to restore the call. However, the network
determines if to allow reestablishment by enabling
Call re-establishment allowed.
Description

INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4, message.
Call re-establishment allowed is one of the
network function parameters.
Management
Object
Cell
313
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink discontinuous transmission

allowed (DtxDwlink)
Full name
Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed
Abbreviation
DtxDwlink
3GPP Name
DTX
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 48.058 V5
DTX mode is an optional downlink feature
of GSM System.
The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode means
that the system does not transmit signals during the
speech intermission of the subscriber conversation.
This parameter participates in determining to
use DTX mode in downlink direction.
Actually, whether DTX is used in downlink direction
(in CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and MODE
MODIFY message sent to BTS) is determined
together by this parameter and the DTX indication
in downlink direction in ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message and HANDOVER REQUEST message of MSC.
314
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Yes: used
No: not used
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGO-04-02-003 Discontinuous Transmission Downlink
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink discontinuous transmission

(DtxUplinkBcch)
Full name
Uplink discontinuous transmission
Abbreviation
DtxUplinkBcch
3GPP Name
DTX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode means
that the system does not transmit signals during the
speech intermission of the subscriber conversation.
This parameter controls how MS uses the DTX
mode. System broadcasts RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message to all MSs in the
cell. In addition, it may be necessary to notify MSs
of older versions (of the first stage) through the
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message on
SACCH. For MSs of newer versions, the RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message contains
Uplink discontinuous transmission. This parameter
is one of the network function parameters.
MS could use DTX;

MS should use DTX;
MS should not use DTX.
Description
If both the BTS equipment and TRAU support the

DTX mode, set the parameter as 1 (employ DTX).
Otherwise set it as 2 (not employ DTX).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 2
315
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-02-004 Discontinuous Transmission Uplink
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Emergency call allowed

(EmergencyCall)
Full name
Emergency call allowed
Abbreviation
EmergencyCall
3GPP Name
EC
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Generally, a valid SIM card is required for any MS in
GSM Network to get various network services. But
the operators could decide if to allow MS emergency
call service for the MS without SIM card or with
SIM card whose access level is disabled by current
cell, for example the police station. Select Yes for
Emergency call allowed to enable this function.
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in the
cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3, and 4 message. It is one of
the network function parameters.
316
No: Emergency call for MSs whose access level is

0 ~ 9 is not allowed. For MSs whose access level
is 11 ~ 15, if its corresponding access control
bit is T, the emergency call is also not allowed.
Yes: Allow emergency call for all MSs.
Description
GSM specifications define emergency call phone

number as 112, which is different from Chinese
emergency call, but 112 is generally connected
to the automatic voice service to inform the
users about the number of various special
services. Hence, EC shall be set as No, that
is to allow the emergency call.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-01-03-001 Emergency Call Handling
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell bar qualify (CellBarQualify)

Full name
Cell bar qualify
Abbreviation
CellBarQualify
3GPP Name
CBQ CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter preferably selects certain cells in the
cell selection process according to capacity, traffic
and functional difference in overlapping areas.
This function can be implemented by configuring
CellBarQualify. CellBarQualify is used to limit
cell priority in special case. Network broadcasts
the parameter information to all MSs in the cell
through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3
and TYPE4 messages. It is one of the cell selection
parameters. The validity of this parameter depends
upon cell reselection parameter indication.
Description
Select 'No' for Cell Bar Access and 'No' for Cell
bar qualify, that is, the cell priority is defined
as 'Normal'. MS preferably enter some types of
cells. Set the priority of this cell type as 'Normal',
while the priorities of other cells to 'Low'. In
some cases, such as micro cellular application,
and dual-frequency networking, this setting
will not affect the cell reselection.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
317
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Access Control (AccessControl)

Full name
Access Control
Abbreviation
AccessControl
3GPP Name
AC CN, Access Control Class N
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

All MSs in GSM system have an access class (15
classes in total). The MSs that are in the class
ranging between 0 and 9 are common ones. The
MSs that are in the class ranging between 11 and
15 are special MSs (no access class 10). Therefore,
the system can disable the MSs with certain access
classes to access the cell (for example during the
installation and commissioning or the congestion
control). This information can reach MS inside the
cell in RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2,
2bis, 3 and 4 messages through Access control. It
is also one of the system control parameters.
The degree of congestion for any CCCH or processor
overload during congestion control can be reduced
by temporarily prohibiting one type or multiple
types of subscribers from accessing the system (for
subscribers of access levels 0 ~ 9). In general, the
system shows the following overload conditions:
Description
318
RACH overload should be detected in the CCCH

LOAD INDICATION message and processed
by BSS according to the GSM08.58.
AGCH overload should be detected in the
DELETE INDICATION message. At that moment,
the number of IMMEDIATE REJECT messages or
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT messages that BSS
fails to send reaches a certain number.
PCH overload should be detected in the CCCH
LOAD INDICATION message, and BSS only
notifies MSC and does not do any handling.
Other overload, such as MTP overload, can be

detected in the OVERLOAD message.
Input the control level, and user can perform

Add or Delete operation.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 9, 11 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-01-001 MS Access Control
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
HBTS proofread support

(HBTSScanSupport)
Full name
HBTS proofread support
Abbreviation
HBTSScanSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It indicates the switch of searching frequency.
Management
Object
S8001
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
319
Relevant
parameters
Relationship

Related
interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on
service
None
RSSI threshold (RSSlThrd)

Full name
RSSI threshold
Abbreviation
RSSlThrd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
RSSI threshold
Management
Object
S8001
Value Range
10 ~ 120
Unit
None
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
Relationship
320

Related
interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on
service
None
Proofread freqband type

(GSM1900Support)
Full name
Proofread freqband type (GSM1900Support)
Abbreviation
GSM1900Support
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It indicates if GSM900 frequency band is supported.
Management
Object
S8001
Value Range
GSM900/DCS1800/GSM850
0 indicates unsupported; 1 indicates supported.
Unit
None
Default value
GSM900/DCS1800/GSM850
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
Relationship

This parameter value has influence on the value of
range of HBTS BARANG.
Related
interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on
service
None
Range of HBTS BARANG

Full name
Range of HBTS BARANG
Abbreviation
HBTSRange
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
321
HBTSRangeLow and HBTSRangeHigh are configured in

pair. You can set multiple ranges.
Description
HBTSRangeLow: the lower absolute RF channel id;

HBTSRangeHigh: the upper absolute RF channel id.
Input the range value and you can do the add or
delete operation.
Management
Object
S8001
Value Range
0 ~ 124, 128 ~ 251, 512 ~ 885, 975 ~ 1023
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) and

Preofread freqband type (GSM1900Support)
Relationship
If "Proofread freqband type" = 0, Range of HBTS

BARANG is [0,124], [128,251], [512,885], or
[975,1023]. If "Proofread freqband type" = 1, Range
of HBTS BARANG is [0,124], [128,251], [512,810],
or [975,1023].
Related
interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on
service
None
Cell Selection Parameters

The interface of cell selection parameters is shown in Figure 40.
322
FIGURE 40 CELL SELECTION PARAMETERS
Additional reselection parameter

indication (AdditionReselPI)
Full name
Additional reselection parameter indicator
Abbreviation
AdditionReselPI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The cell selection and reselection of MS depends
on the C1 and C2 parameters, according to the
definition in the GSM specification. Network carriers
decide whether to use C2 as the cell reselection
parameter. Additional reselection parameter
indication is to notify MS whether C2 criterion is
adoptable during the cell reselection.
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.
Additional reselection parameter indication is
one of the cell selection parameters.
Description
No: If SI4 Rest Octets of SYSTEM INFORMATION

TYPE4 exist, then MS takes off cell reselection
parameter PI and the parameters related to
C2 calculation from SI4 Rest Octets.
323
Yes: MS should obtain the PI parameter related

to the cell reselection and parameters related
to C2 calculation from SI7/8 Rest Octets of
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4.
Generally, the system messages 7 and 8 are seldom

used. Normally this parameter is No. It shall be
Yes when the system adopts the system messages
7 and 8, and the cell reselection uses C2.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell reselection parameter indication

(CellReselPI)
Full name
Cell reselection parameter indication
Abbreviation
CellReselPI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Cell reselection parameter indication notifies the MS
if to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter and if
there is the related parameter for calculating C2.
It indicates whether the related parameter for
calculating cell reselection standard C2 is contained
in SYSTEM INFORMATION message and whether
C2 standard is adopted in the cell reselection. The
successive Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset
and Penalty time are invalid, and MS takes C1 as
the cell reselection standard when this value is No.
Description
324
This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell in

RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4
messages. Cell reselection parameter indication

is one of the cell selection parameters.
No: MS should take C1 as the standard for cell

reselection. Parameters CellBarQualify,
ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, and
PenaltyTime are invalid.
Yes: MS should calculate C2 according to
parameters extracted from cell-broadcasting
system messages, and take C2 as the
standard for cell reselection.
Enable this parameter, if related cell adopts C2 as

the cell reselection standard. Otherwise, disable it.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset,

2db)
Full name
Reselection offset
Abbreviation
ReselOffset
3GPP Name
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
325
The cell reselection due to radio channel quality

takes C2 as the standard. C2 is formed according to
C1 parameter, and some special offset parameters,
to add the special influence as to enable MS to
enter some cells in priority. Usually, such measures
allow balancing the traffic on the network.
Besides C1, there are three factors affecting
C2: Cell reselection offset, Temporary
offset, and Penalty time.
Cell reselection offset is a magnitude value,
which indicates the human modified value of C2.
Calculate a modified value of C2 to encourage
or prevent MS accessing a certain cell, so as
to implement balance network.
to all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It is
one of the cell selection parameters. Whether this
parameter is valid depends on CellReselPI.
The setting of ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, and
PenaltyTime has the following three cases:
In case of large traffic or poor communication

quality inside a cell due to certain causes, MS
is expected not to work in that cell (that is,
MS has certain repulsion to that cell).
Penalty time can be set as 31 in such cases.
Temporary offset is invalid, and the numerical
value of C2 equals C1 minus this parameter
Cell reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 value
corresponding to the cell is decreased, and
reduces the possibility that MS reselecting
the cell. Besides, the proper value of this
parameter Cell reselection offset can be set
according to the repulsive nature of cell. The
more is the repulsive nature, the larger is
the Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in case
of a smaller Cell reselection offset.
For cells with small traffic and low equipment

utilization, normally MS is encouraged to work in
that cell (that is, certain propensity to that cell).
Cell reselection offset must be set between
0 ~ 10 (corresponding to 0 ~ 20 dB) in this
case, according to tendency of the cell. The
more is the tendency, the larger is the Cell
reselection offset. Vice versa in case of a
smaller Cell reselection offset. It is usually
better to set the Temporary offset same as Cell
reselection offset, or a little higher than Cell
reselection offset. The main function of Penalty
time is to avoid frequent cell reselection of MS.
The common recommended setting is 1 (20
seconds) or 2 (40 seconds) (the 1800 cell of
dual-frequency network is such a case).
Description
326
For cells with ordinary traffic, usually

ReselOffset should be set as 0 and
PenaltyTime as 31. Thus, C2 is equal to C1,
that is, without human factors on the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Temporary offset (TemporaryOffset,

10dB)
Full name
Temporary offset
Abbreviation
TemporaryOffset
3GPP Name
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2:
Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penalty
time. Temporary offset indicates the temporary
modification value for C2. Temporary means that
it only acts on C2 for a period and the period
depends on parameter Penalty time.
Description

INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It
is one of the cell selection parameters. The
validity of this parameter depends upon Cell
reselection parameter indication.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
10 dB
327
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Penalty time (PenaltyTime, 20s)

Full name
Penalty time
Abbreviation
PenaltyTime
3GPP Name
PENALTY_TIME
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2:
Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penalty
time. Temporary offset indicates the temporary
modification value for C2. Temporary means that
it only acts on C2 for a period and the period
depends on parameter Penalty time.
328
Description

INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It
is one of the cell selection parameters. The
validity of this parameter depends upon Cell
reselection parameter indication.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
20 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell reselecting hysteresis level

(ReselHysteresis, 2dB)
Full name
Cell reselecting hysteresis level
Abbreviation
ReselHysteresis
3GPP Name
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Whenever MS moves across the two cell
boundary-regions with different location
area codes, it initiates Location Update (LU)
procedure in IDLE mode.
C2 values obtained at the boundary for two adjacent
cells are different because of fading characteristic of
radio channel. It causes MS to select cell frequently.
In this case, LU interval is more than cell reselection
interval. This affects call success rate, due to
unreachable paging response to calling party.
This increases the signaling flow on the network
and causes radio resources to be fully utilized.
In addition, it decreases call completion rate
of the system, as MS cannot respond to
paging during location update.
GSM specification sets a specific parameter, Cell
Reselecting Hysteresis (CRH), to solve this problem.
MS will activate the cell reselection according to this
parameter only when the signal level of adjacent
cell (whose location zone is different from that of
local cell) is greater than that of local cell, and
meanwhile the value difference must be greater
than that required by the parameter.
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.
Cell reselecting hysteresis level is one of the
cell selection parameters.
Description
Define Cell reselecting hysteresis level to 4 or 5 and

make certain adjustments in following cases:
329
Increase cell reselection parameters of adjacent

cells with different LAC. Signaling traffic overload
often occurs due to large demand of services.
When the adjacent cells in different location
areas have large overlapped coverage, it is
suggested to increase the CRH parameter.
If the adjacent cells with different LACs are
poor in overlapped coverage, that is, there
is coverage gap, or the adjacent place is an
area with few slow moving objects such as the
expressway, the CRH parameter shall be set as
1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
New setup cause indication (NECI)
330
Full name
New setup cause indication
Abbreviation
NECI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The serving channels in the GSM system can be

classified into channels with full rate and channels
with half rate according to GSM specifications.
Common GSM system supports channels with
full rate. The network operators decide if the
network support half rate service.
The new setup reason denotes the NECI to notify
MS if the area supports the half rate service. The
parameter notifies MS through the RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. NECI
is one of networks functional parameters.
Description
No: half rate service access is not

supported by this cell.
Yes: half rate service access is supported by this cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Power offset indication

(PowerOffsetInd)
Full name
Power offset indication
Abbreviation
PowerOffsetInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
331
This parameter decides if to add offset value for

Control channel MAX power level parameter while
sending access request message on RACH for Class
3 MS of GSM1800. The necessity of offset value
depends on Power offset indication, that is, this
parameter decides if Power offset indication is valid.
This parameter also affects MS calculating cell
selection and cell reselection standards C1 and C2.
Description

INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Power offset (PowerOffset, 2db)

Full name
Power offset
Abbreviation
PowerOffset
3GPP Name
POWER OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

According to the GSM specification, for Class 3 MS
of GSM 1800, the transmission power for sending
access request message on RACH is to the value of
Control channel MAX power level plus a modified
value. Power offset specifies the modified value.
It determines if this parameter is valid.
Description
332
This parameter also affects the calculation of cell

selection standard C1 and cell reselection standard
C2. Network broadcasts the parameter information
INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 3
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Service Process Additional

Parameters
The interface of service process additional parameters is shown in
Figure 41.
333
FIGURE 41 SERVICE PROCESS ADDITIONAL PARAMETERS
Directed retry indication (DrInd_0)

Full name
Directed Retry
Abbreviation
DrInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates whether to use directed
retry feature. Network assigns corresponding
service channel for MS in an adjacent cell, if there
is no service channel available in serving cell.
334
Description
Directed retry indication defines a special handover

process that can reduce the call drop ratio. Directed
retry falls into intra-BSC directed retry and inter-BSC
directed retry. The former one does not need the
participation of MSC, while the latter one does.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-01-002 Directed Retry
Relevant
rameters
paInter directed retry indication (DrInd_1)
Relationship
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure Inter

Directed retry indication (DrInd_1).
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Inter directed retry indication

(DrInd_1)
Full name
Inter directed retry indication
Abbreviation
DrInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to use inter directed retry, that is,

inter-BSC directed retry.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
Directed retry indication (DrInd_0)
Relationship
When DrInd_0 is Yes, you can configure this

parameter.
335
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Queue allowed when assign

(QueueInd_0)
Full name
Queue allowed when assign
Abbreviation
QueueInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter decides if to allow queuing in assignment process. Cell improves the call drop rate with
the use of such techniques.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-01-003 Queuing
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(QueueInd_1)
336
Full name
Abbreviation
QueueInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter decides if queuing can be performed

during a handover process and when there are no
available channels in the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-01-003 Queuing
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Preemption allowed when assign

(PreemptionInd_0)
Full name
Preemption allowed when assign
Abbreviation
PreemptionInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It decides if forced disconnection is allowed during

the assignment. The priority in the assignment request or handover is valid and the preemption is
valid. Those connections with low priority can be
forcefully disconnected (handover) to allocate their
resources to other assignments or handover request
with higher priority. Assignment request indicate the
call status.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
337
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Preemption allowed when handover

(PreemptionInd_1)
338
Full name
Preemption allowed when handover
Abbreviation
PreemptionInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It decides if forced disconnection is allowed during

the handover. The priority in the assignment request or handover is valid and the preemption is
valid. Those connections with low priority can be
forcefully disconnected (handover) to allocate their
resources to other assignments or handover request
with higher priority. A Handover request indicates
the call status.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
When assigned forced handover

(ForcedHoInd_0)
Full name
When assigned forced handover
Abbreviation
ForcedHoInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if the low priority subscribers can be forcefully handover to other cell, so that
high priority subscribers can obtain channels. This
parameter represents if forced handover is allowed
during assignment.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
339
When handover forced handover

(ForcedHoInd_1)
Full name
When handover forced handover
Abbreviation
ForcedHoInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if the low priority subscribers can be forcefully handover to other cell, so that
high priority subscribers can obtain channels. This
parameter represents if forced handover is allowed
during handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Number of candidate cells for

handover (CandidateNum)
340
Full name
Number of candidate cells for handover
Abbreviation
CandidateNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter decides maximum number of candidate cells for handover that can be contained in
BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message from BSC to
MSC.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 16
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Fast average indication (FastAvg)

Full name
Fast average indication
Abbreviation
FastAvg
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Network may not perform handover or power
control if less measurement data is available during
call process. The average calculating process for
these processes is enabled only when the measured
data reaches a certain window size.
Common average process does not take place,
for the five measured values BSC receives. BSC
directly calculates the average of the 5 measured
values if the fast average process is adopted.
Description
There are three cases resulting in insufficient data

for calculating the average value, that is, call
establishment period, after handover and after
power control. After performing power control
once, former measured values are discarded in
situations where they could result in an error
control (measured values without the influence
on handover control are still existing).
341
In addition, old measured values are discarded

after the handover has occurred, preventing
them from causing error control (the forward and
backward cells are in the same BSC).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
BCCH switch allowed (CanBcchExch)
342
Full name
BCCH switch allowed
Abbreviation
CanBcchExch
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter decides if the cell allows BCCH switch.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
SDCCH dynamic configuration

allowed (CanSdcchDyn)
Full name
SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed
Abbreviation
CanSdcchDyn
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter decides if the cell allows SDCCH dynamic configuration.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-02-003 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
343
Minimal resource threshold

(ResourceThs, %)
Full name
Minimal resource threshold
Abbreviation
ResourceThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Minimum resource threshold allowed by the cell,

which is used to calculate dynamic cell priority.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGO-02-02-002 Dynamic Handover Priority Algorithm
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Base-band hopping TRX exchange

support (Info_0_3)
344
Full name
Base-band hopping TRX exchange support
Abbreviation
Info_0_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to support automatic baseband hopping.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Allowed FACCH call setup after

emergency call (FacchCallInd_0)
Full name
Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call
Abbreviation
FacchCallInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
BSC can allocate the suitable TCH channel when an

MS attempts to access the network, and there is no
SDCCH available in the cell. That is the so-called
FACCH call establishment.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGB-03-01-004 Immediate TCH Assignment
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGB-01-03-001 Emergency Call Handling

None
345
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allowed FACCH call setup when

page respond (FacchCallInd_1)
346
Full name
Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond
Abbreviation
FacchCallInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-01-004 Immediate TCH Assignment
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allowed call setup on FACCH

(FacchCallInd_2)
Full name
Allowed call setup on FACCH
Abbreviation
FacchCallInd_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allowed call reestablished on FACCH

(FacchCallInd_3)
Full name
Allowed call reestablished on FACCH
Abbreviation
FacchCallInd_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
347
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
System Parameters
The interface of system parameters is shown in Figure 42.
348
FIGURE 42 SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Interference averaging period

(InterfAvgPrd)
Full name
Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd)
Abbreviation
InterfAvgPrd
3GPP Name
INTAVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
Description
BTS needs to measure interference on the unallocated traffic channels. BTS calculates the average
of recent interference values on periodic basis and
converts it into corresponding interference band information. BTS then, transfers to BSC in the RF RESOURCE INDICATION message to consider it as a factor in channel allocation strategy. This parameter is
one of the BTS configuration parameters.
349
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
31
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-03-02-001 Idle Channel Measurement
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Interference Band Boundary (InterfB

oundary_0 ~ InterfBoundary_5)
Full name
Interference Band Boundary
Abbreviation
InterfBoundary_0 ~ InterfBoundary_5
3GPP Name
LIMITn
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

BTS needs to measure interference on the
unallocated traffic channels. BTS calculates the
average of recent interference values on periodic
basis and converts it into corresponding interference
band information. BTS then, transfers to BSC in the
RF RESOURCE INDICATION message to consider it
as a factor in channel allocation strategy.
The interface boundaries are used to help the
conversion of the interference level (average)
value into corresponding interference band
information. Altogether six boundaries determine
five interference bands. In fact, it is unnecessary
to set interference boundary 0 and interference
boundary 5. One of them represents infinity and the
other represents negative infinity. This parameter,
describing the remaining four boundaries, is one
of the BTS configuration parameters.
Description
350
Generally, -85 dBm ~ -115 dBm is used for

interference boundaries 1 ~ 4.
Management
Object
Cell
Assuming the value of interference boundary is L, then,
L=0: -110 dBm

L=1: -109 dBm
......
L=63: -47 dBm

L=other value: reserved
Interference band boundary0, value range: 0

Interference band boundary1 ~ Interference band
boundary4, value range: 0 ~ 63
Value Range
Interference band boundary5, value range: 63
Unit
None
Default value
Interference band boundary0 ~ Interference band

boundary5: [0, 10, 15, 20, 25, 63]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-03-02-001 Idle Channel Measurement
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Radio link timeout on MS side

(MsRadioLKTmOut)
Full name
Radio link timeout on MS side
Abbreviation
MsRadioLKTmOut
3GPP Name
RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
351
This parameter is the maximum value of

radio link counter S at Ms side, transmitted
on BCCH or SACCH by BSS.
Description
Radio link counter S is used to evaluate radio link

failure. When MS cannot decode SACCH message
(BFI=1), S decrements. When MS successfully
receives SACCH message (BFI=0), S increases by
2. If S is decreased to 0, it indicates radio link
fault, call shall be reestablished or released.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
60, 64
Unit
None
Default value
64
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Radio link failure criterion

(ConFailCriterion)
352
Full name
Radio link failure criterion
Abbreviation
ConFailCriterion
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The network side (BTS) may judge whether the radio

link fails according to two criteria: One is based on
the uplink SACCH error rate and the other is based
on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL. Radio link
failure criterion determines the method that the BTS
uses as the standard to judge connection failure.
If SACCH error rate is used as the standard to
judge connection failure, BTS uses the same value
of Radio link timeout and the same process as MS
does. Thus, BTS avoids inconsistent judgment
standards in the uplink and downlink directions.
Meanwhile, the Receiving level threshold and
Receiving quality threshold parameters are invalid.
If the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used
as the standard to judge connection failure,
BTS will use the two parameters: Receiving
level threshold (RxLevThs) and Receiving
quality threshold (RxQualThs).
The value range is as follows:
1: Uplink SACCH Error Rate Based (in order

to ensure the same judgment standard in
the uplink and downlink directions)
2: RXLEV/RXQUAL Measurement Based
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 2
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Radio link timeout on BSS side

(BsRadioLKTmOut)
Full name
Radio link timeout on BSS side
Abbreviation
BsRadioLKTmOut
3GPP Name
RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT
353
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter is the maximum value of radio link

counter S at BSS side, transmitted on PBCCH by BSS
under the leading of packet system message 2.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
60, 64
Unit
None
Default value
64
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Receiving level threshold (RxLevThs)

Full name
Receiving level threshold
Abbreviation
RxLevThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The network side (BTS) may judge if the radio link
fails according to two criteria: One is based on the
uplink SACCH error rate and the other is based
on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detects
one of the following conditions: The uplink receiving
level is smaller than a certain threshold; The
uplink receiving quality is greater than a certain
threshold. This only applies, if the measured value
of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the standard to judge
a connection failure. Receiving level threshold
specifies the threshold of receiving level.
Description
354
This parameter is invalid if uplink SACCH

error rate is used as the standard to judge
connection failure (Radio link failure criterion
is 1). Receiving level threshold is one of the

configuration parameters of BTS.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Receiving quality threshold

(RxQualThs)
Full name
Receiving quality threshold
Abbreviation
RxQualThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
GSM 12.21
355
The network side (BTS) may judge if the radio link

fails according to two criteria. One is based on
uplink SACCH error rate, and the other is based
on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detects
one of the following conditions: The uplink receiving
level is smaller than a certain threshold; The
uplink receiving quality is greater than a certain
threshold. This only applies, if the measured value
of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as a standard to judge
a connection failure. Receiving quality threshold
specifies the receiving threshold quality.
Description
If the uplink SACCH error rate is used as the

standard to judge a connection failure, this
parameter is invalid. This parameter is one of
the configuration parameters of BTS.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 7
0: corresponding BER range < 0.2%

1: 0.2% ~ 0.4%
2: 0.4% ~ 0.8%
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
6: 6.4% ~ 12.8%
7: > 12.8%
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Radio link failure checking period

(RxLevQualprd)
356
Full name
Radio link failure checking period
Abbreviation
RxLevQualprd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
GSM 12.21
Description
Period to detect radio linkd failure at network side

(in the unit of SACCH multiframe), including the detection of channel strength (dBm) and signal quality
received in each channel.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 63
Unit
SACCH multiframe
Default value
63
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Other Parameters
The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 43.
357
Preprocessing indication
(Preprocess)
Full name
Preprocessing
Abbreviation
Preprocess
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The survey report contains the large amount
(message amount) of Abis interface information.
Preprocess of the survey report can be transferred to
BTS to reduce the burden of Abis interface link. After
preprocess, BTS averages the survey data of MS by
its own, and reports to BSC in a lower frequency.
Average reporting period can be two, three or
four SACCH multi-frames (480 ms). That is,
the frequency decreases from the original twice
per second to once per two seconds, so the
message amount of Abis interface decreases.
However, the decrease of message amount
still depends on if the message length before
preprocess is same as that after preprocess. One
disadvantage of preprocess is that the handover
control and power control are not in time, which
increases the possibility of disconnection rate. This
parameter determines whether to use preprocessing
and the preprocessing period.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 4
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
358
0: Do not use preprocessing

2: Use preprocessing, the average reporting
period is 2 SACCH multi-frames
Other values: reserved
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Reserved rate of EMLPP (EmlppThs)

Full name
Reserved rate of EMLPP
Abbreviation
EmlppThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines eMLPP channel reserved time,

that is, the proportion of eMLPP channel in all available channels in the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Use cell EMLPP Threshold

(UseCellEmlppThs)
Full name
Use cell EMLPP Threshold
Abbreviation
UseCellEmlppThs
359
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines if eMLPPThs is used. If yes,

you shall select cell property, otherwise to select BSC
property.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Frequency offset Correct support

(Info_0_1)
360
Full name
Frequency offset Correct support
Abbreviation
Info_0_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates whether frequency offset correction is

supported.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Max power on handover Command

support (Info_0_2)
Full name
Max power on handover Command support
Abbreviation
Info_0_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates whether maximum power on handover

command is supported.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
361
MR Report Time Bmp

(MrRptTimeBmp)
Full name
MR Report Time Bmp
Abbreviation
MrRptTimeBmp
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter provides a check function about 0
~ 23 time points. You can enable measurement
data report at different points. Each time point
indicates a hour, within 0~23 hours.
Description
Only after checking corresponding time and

enabling the report function about measurement
report data, MR data can be reported.
Management
Object
Cell
checked, unchecked
Value Range
362
Checked: it indicates that measurement report

shall be enabled within this time duration.
Unchecked: it indicates that measurement
report shall be disabled within this time duration.
Unit
None
Default value
Unchecked
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell Support Encryption Mode

(CipherMode)
Full name
Cell Support Encryption Mode
Abbreviation
CipherMode_0~CipherMode_7
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Cell Support Encryption Mode is the encryption mode

supported by BTS. The required encryption algorithm
is contained in BSSAP CIPHER MODE COMMAND or
BSSAP ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or BSSAP HANDOVER
COMMAND message sent by the MSC side. By checking this parameter, BSC can learn if the cell supports
this required encryption algorithm to give a proper
response.
Management
Object
Cell
8 kinds, non cipher mode, A5/1~A5/7 cipher mode.
Value Range
Value range: Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
[Yes, No, No, No, No, No, No, No]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGB-06-02-001 Support of A5/1 and A5/2 Ciphering

Algorithm
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Channel Select Strategy

Full name
Channel Select Strategy
Abbreviation
ChanSelectStrategy
3GPP Name
None
363
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is based on IMSI resource allocation.
Management
Object
Cell
Level 1 ~ 15, value range is:
According to channel select order of MSC, when
prefer TCHF and cell congest change to prefer TCHH
Prefer TCHF, when cell congest change to prefer
TCHH
Prefer TCHH
Only TCHF
Value Range
Only TCHH
According to channel select order of MSC, not
consider if cell congest
According to channel select order of MSC, when
prefer TCHF and cell congest, change to prefer TCHH
if AMR-HR supported
Prefer TCHF, not consider if cell congest
Prefer TCHF, when cell congest, change to prefer
TCHH if AMR-HR supported
Unit
None
Default value
Level 1 ~ 15, default value is: According to channel

select order of MSC, when prefer TCHF and cell
congest change to prefer TCHH
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
GPRS Basic Parameters

In the Basic Params 1 tab, if user select 'GPRS Support' for 'GPRS
Support (PsSupport)', the GPRS parameter tabs will appear.
The interface of GPRS basic property parameters is as shown in
Figure 44.
364
FIGURE 44 GPRS BASIC PARAMETERS
SGSN ID (SGSNID)
Full name
SGSN ID
Abbreviation
SGSNID
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
SGSN serial number assigned by internal BSC, which

is assigned while user creates SGSN. This serial number cannot be modified and can be deleted after creation.
Management
Object
Cell
365
Value Range
1 ~ 16
Unit
None
Default value
Depends on the actual configuration.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-05-02-007 Flex Gb Interface
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

NSEI (NSEI)
Full name
NSEI
Abbreviation
NSEI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In GPRS protocol stack, every unique BSSGP Virtual
Connection (BVC) that is NSEI+BVCI for each GPRS
cell belongs to Network Service Entity (NSE). NSEI
uniquely identifies every NSE. ZXG10 iBSC supports
several NSEs for future expandability option.
Only after user configures NSE in relevant
configuration at Gb interface will this parameter's
value be displayed.
366
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Depends on the NSE configuration at Gb interface
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

BVCI (BVCI)
Full name
BVCI
Abbreviation
BVCI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC) provides an
approach for communication between different
BSSGP entities. The peer-to-peer Point-to-Point
(PTP) or Point-to-Multipoint (PTM) or inter-signaling
entity transmission of BSSGP PDUs lies on BVC.
Description
Each virtual connection has one identifier, that

is, BVCI. It enables the network service layer at
the bottom layer to route BSSGP PDUs to the
peer entity very effectively. One NSE carries
only one signaling BVC (BVCI=0).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
2 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

367
RAC (RAC)
Full name
RAC (RAC)
Abbreviation
RAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
368
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
Service will be affected. If this parameter is inconsistent with the data at CN side, new service cannot
be established in corresponding cell.
UPU unit (UpuUnit)

Full name
UPU Unit
Abbreviation
UpuUnit
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is corresponding with the board position in physical

configuration
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Depends on the actual selection.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

DSP No. (DSP)

Full name
DSP ID
Abbreviation
DSP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter depends on physical configured DSP,

if all DSPs are configured, DSP number is within range
of 9~22, otherwise it is configured DSP number.
Management
Object
Cell
369
Determined by user configured DSP quantity.

If all DSPs on UPPB are configured, DSP
number shall be within 9~22, otherwise it
shall be configured DSP number.
Value Range
If all DSPs on UPPB/2 board are configured, DSP

number shall be within 9~13, 17~21, 25~29,
otherwise it shall be configured DSP number.
Unit
None
Default value
Minimum DSP number configured by user
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service


370
Additional reselect parameter indictor

(AddResPI2)
Full name
Additional reselection parameter indicator
Abbreviation
AddResPI2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The cell selection and reselection of MS depends
on the C1 and C2 parameters, according to the
definition in the GSM specification. Network carriers
decide if to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter.
Additional reselection parameter indication
is to notify MS if C2 criterion is adoptable
during the cell reselection.
System broadcasts through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages to MS in
the cell. It is one of the cell selection parameters.
Description
No: If SI4 Rest Octets of SYSTEM INFORMATION

TYPE4 exist, then MS takes off cell reselection
parameter PI and the parameters related to
C2 calculation from SI4 Rest Octets.
Yes: MS should obtain the PI parameter related
to the cell reselection and parameters related
371
to C2 calculation from SI7/8 Rest Octets of

SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4.
Generally, system information TYPE 7 and TYPE
8 are rarely used, this parameter must be set
as No, otherwise some MS (for example NEC)
are not able to access the network.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)

Full name
SI13 sending position
Abbreviation
Si13Locate
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used at MS side. SI13
sending position indicates the scheduling
position of SI13 on BCCH.
SI13 is related to the GPRS services. SI13 can
be sent on either of the following two positions:
BCCH Norm position (in this case, it occupies
the BCCH block with TC = 4; TC = ((FN DIV 51)
mod (8))), BCCH Ext position (in this case, it
occupies the AGCH block with TC = 0).
Description
372
When SI13 is transmitted on BCCH Ext position, it

occupies one fixed AGCH block with TC = 0. SI13 is
sent with low success rate on the BCCH Ext position,
because SI13 has to compete with other messages,
such as IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message, for
delivery opportunity. For this case, the parameter
value of Access Allowed Reserved Blocks must be
set greater than 0. Otherwise, SI13 will not be sent.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
BCCH Norm, BCCH Ext
Unit
None
Default value
BCCH Norm
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Route area color code (RaColor)

Full name
Route area color code
Abbreviation
RaColor
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcast
to the MS in SI3, SI4, SI7 and SI8. RACOLOR is
similar to the BCC function in the GSM system. In
some cases, such as inter-BSC cell reselection,
the GPRS network assigns different RACOLOR
values to adjacent cells with the same route
area code to ensure that MS can initiate the
Routing Area Updating process.
Description
In this way, when MS receives different RaColor

values in the cells with the same routing area code,
it initiates the Routing Area Updating process
similar as when it spans two different routing areas.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
373
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Min number of idle CS channel

(CsChansThs)
Full name
Min number of idle CS channel
Abbreviation
CsChansThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
DBS uses this parameter on BSC MP. It indicates
minimum threshold of the number of IDLE channels
under the CS status, when the network converts
the switchable channel to the PS channel.
Description
System may fail to convert a dynamic switchable

channel to a PS channel, if the number of idle CS
channels is lower than the threshold. When a PS +
CS channel in the CS status is released, it can be
converted and used by PS if the total number of idle
channels in the cell is greater than this threshold.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
374
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Packet access priority threshold

(PriAcThr)
Full name
Packet access priority threshold
Abbreviation
PriAcThr
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcast to the

MS in the PSI13 and SI13 messages, indicating the
priority level of MS packet access allowed by the cell.
as similar to the function of ACCESS CLASS.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
No package access, Allow priority 1, Allow priority

1-2, Allow priority 1-3, Allow priority 1-4, Allow priority
Unit
None
Default value
Allow packet access with the priority level 1-4
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
375
Packet System Information Send

Speed (SendSpeed)
Full name
Packet System Information Send Speed
Abbreviation
SendSpeed (PSI2, PSI3, PSI3BIS, PSI4, PSI5, PSI13,

PSI3ter, PSI8, PSI3quater)
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used for global process on BRP.
Packet System Information Send Speed indicates
whether various types of PSI messages are sent
at high rate. As there are limited packet system
messages (16) sent at high rate, and the number
of sent messages often varies due to different
content lengths of different types of packet system
messages, the user can only roughly specify the
sending rate of each type of system message.
376
Description
Before sending the message, the global process

dynamically specifies the sending rate of each
packet system message type according to the user
requirement and the system limitation.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
9 types, Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
[Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Overload report period on PRACH

(OvLoadPer, s)
Full name
Overload report period on PRACH
Abbreviation
OvLoadPer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Parameters used by FUC at BTS side. The interval of

PRACH overload period reported by BTS and informed
by BSC.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on service
None
Link error counter (RLTimeout)

Full name
Link error counter
Abbreviation
RLTimeout
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is used by BTS. BSC informs this parameter to BTS through O&M message, explaining
measurement counter while BTS can't correctly decode GPRS data.
377
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on service
None
PRACH receive signal level threshold

(PrachBusyT)
Full name
PRACH receiving signal level threshold
Abbreviation
PrachBusyT
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BTS uses this parameter information. PRACH
channel overload is one of the reasons for overload
control. The busy ratio of random access burst
decides the PRACH overload.
Description
If a bursts level exceeds the value specified by

PRACH receive signal level threshold, the burst
is considered as a busy burst.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
Value Range
378
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
63
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Average measuring bursts number

on PRACH (MeaAvgSlot)
Full name
Average measuring bursts number on PRACH
Abbreviation
MeaAvgSlot
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
BTS uses this parameter. It indicates the bursts number on PRACH. PRACH channel overloads if receiving
signal levels of AvgSlots BPs are lower than PrachBusyT. It is a parameter used by BTS. The BTS needs to
be synchronized when modifying the parameter.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
379
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Buffer threshold of paging message

(PccchIndTh_0, %)
380
Full name
Buffer threshold of paging message
Abbreviation
PccchIndTh_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Paging message buffer is overloaded threshold for

packet paging channel PPCH. The judgment scheme
is as follows: i.Calculate the paging message buffer
corresponding to a paging channel. ii.Divide the message number stored in the buffer by the maximum
storage amount. iii.Multiply the obtained percentage
by 100. Compare the result with the threshold. If
the result exceeds the threshold, then the overload
can be decided.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Queue length threshold in

64 multiframe paging period
(PccchIndTh_1, %)
Full name
Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging period
Abbreviation
PccchIndTh_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
FUC on BTS uses this parameter information. It
indicates overload threshold in PCCCH (PRACH,
PPCH) threshold. This parameter is an array
with 3 elements, in the unit of %.
Description
PccchIndTh[0]: paging message buffer is

overloaded for packet paging channel PPCH. Its
decision mechanism is to first calculate paging
message body buffer corresponding to one
paging channel, then message total quantity
saved in this buffer divided by maximum storage
to gain a percentage, multiplied by 100, then
compared with this threshold, if it exceeds
it will be considered as overload;
PccchIndTh[1]: paging group overload
threshold of packet paging channel. Its decision
mechanism is to first accumulate the message
ready to issue in buffer queue for each paging
group pair, then divided by accumulation of
maximum storage in buffer queue corresponding
to each paging group, multiplied by 100,
compared with this threshold, if it exceeds the
threshold, it will be considered as overload;
PccchIndTh[2]: PRACH overload threshold.
Its decision mechanism is to first divide total
blocks quantity of this PRACH by busy blocks
on a PRACH, multiplied by 100, compared
with this threshold, if it exceeds the threshold,
it will be considered as overload.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
381
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PRACH overload threshold ratio

(PccchIndTh_2, %)
Full name
PRACH overload threshold ratio
Abbreviation
PccchIndTh_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Total block quantity on this PRACH divided by busy

blocks on a PRACH, multiplied by 100, then compared
with this threshold, if it exceeds this threshold, it will
be considered as overload.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

382
DTM support (DTMSupport)

Full name
DTM support
Abbreviation
DTMSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS

CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It indicates
if the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode (DTM) which
allows A class MS to initialize packet request flow in
dedicated mode.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
383
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

ZGB-03-05-006 Class A, B, C mobile stations
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame

(GttpLapdmNum)
384
Full name
Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame
Abbreviation
GttpLapdmNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates the maximum of GTTP

Lapdm frames.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CCN mode support (CCNActive)

Full name
CCN Support
Abbreviation
CCNActive
3GPP Name
CCN_ACTIVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description
This parameter indicates if the cell supports CCN

mode. CNN mode refers to cell alternating notificaiton. When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does
cell reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET
CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification
shall be delivered to network in normal case. After
network receives this message, it can send specific
system message about standby cell to MS.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-02-02-010 Network-assisted Cell Change
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Cell support system message status

flow (SIStatusInd)
Full name
Cell support system message status flow
Abbreviation
SIStatusInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
385
Description
This parameter indicates if the cell supports system

message status flow, broadcasted to MS in SI13 and
PSI13. It describes if the network supports PSI (SI)
Status process. MS informs its network side which
PSI (SI) subsets are required for received PSI (SI)
message by sending Packet PSI (SI) Status message
on PACCH. This parameter is used in CCN mode, to
assist finishing NACC fast cell reselection
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None

(Exc_Acc)
386
Full name
Abbreviation
Exc_Acc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,

and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter information is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of
local and neighboring cells. The network uses Allow
SOLSA MS to access to prevent MS from residing in
the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support

(SpgcSuport)
Full name
CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support
Abbreviation
SpgcSuport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
A parameter used at the MS side and the FUN side.

System broadcasts to MS through PSI3 and SI13
messages. CCCH SplitPgCycle support indicates if
to support the SplitPgCycle function on CCCH.
Split_Pg_Cycle means sending the PACKET IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT, PACKET PAGING and PACKET
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages on multiple blocks.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
387
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Extended paging support

(EpageMode)
Full name
Extended paging support
Abbreviation
EpageMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if to support extended paging. Extended paging means that MS still can receive
and analyze the message within 3 intervals after the
blockes indicated by its paging group.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
PSI status support (PsiStatInd)
388
Full name
PSI status support
Abbreviation
PsiStatInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used at the MS side and on
the BRP. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1
message, and indicates whether the network
supports PACKET PSI STATUS message.
Description
This function is optional. When PsiStatInd = 1,

MS can send the PACKET PSI STATUS message
to the network and indicate the current value of
the PSI message stored on it. Later, the network
sets PSI message for this MS on the PACCH to
speed up the subsequent flow of MS. Otherwise
MS has to listen to the PSI message only at the
time points scheduled by the network.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell support extendable uplink TBF

(Ext_UTBF)
Full name
Cell support extendable uplink TBF
Abbreviation
Ext_UTBF
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
389
This parameter indicates if the cell supports

extended uplink TBF. After BSS receives CV=0
uplink block, if the cell supports extended uplink
TBF, it enters into extended uplink TBF status.
At this time, it continues assign uplink block
resource to MS. If new uplink data is required to
send during extended uplink, re-establishment
of uplink TBF is not required.
Description
This function requires extended uplink function

shall be supported at MS side.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-05-014 Delayed TBF Release in UL
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Uplink delay time (UIDelayTime, ms)
390
Full name
Uplink delay time
Abbreviation
UlDelayTime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates uplink delay time, to describe uplink TBF

delay time. When uplink TBF is released, if extended
uplink TBF function is not supported, this timer starts,
access to uplink delay state, to wait for downlink LLC
arrival. Release uplink TBF after timer is timeout.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 4000
Unit
ms
Default value
1000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Downlink delay time (DIDelaytime,

ms)
Full name
Downlink delay time
Abbreviation
DlDelaytime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates downlink TBF delay time. When downlink

TBF is released, this timer starts, access to delay
state, to wait for new downlink LLC frame. Release
downlink TBF after timer is timeout.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
500 ~ 4000
Unit
ms
Default value
2000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-05-013 Delayed TBF Release in DL
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
391
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Extend uplink TBF time

(ExtUITBFTime, ms)
392
Full name
Extend uplink TBF time
Abbreviation
ExtUITBFTime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates extended uplink TBF delay time. When

uplink TBF is released, if extended uplink TBF function is supported, this timer starts, access to extended uplink TBF state, to wait for new uplink LLC
frame. Release uplink TBF after timer is timeout.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 3000
Unit
ms
Default value
1500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Interval number of GPRS

TBF downlink's RRBP
(GPRSDIRrbpInterVal)
Full name
Interval number of GPRS TBF downlinks RRBP
Abbreviation
GPRSDIRrbpInterVal
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Interval that downlink Gprs TBF requires MS to send

Packet Downlink Ack/Nack.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
3 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
Interval number of EGPRS

TBF downlinks RRBP
(EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal)
Full name
Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink's RRBP
Abbreviation
EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
393
Description
Interval that downlink EGPRS TBF requires MS to

send EGPRS Packet Donwlink Ack/Nack.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
6 ~ 60
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
Interval number of GPRS TBF

uplinks ACK (GPRSUIAckInterVal)
394
Full name
Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink's ACK
Abbreviation
GPRSUlAckInterVal
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Interval that uplink Gprs TBF network sends Packet

Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
3 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
Interval number of EGPRS TBF

uplinks ACK (EGPRSUIAckInterVal)
Full name
Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink's ACK
Abbreviation
EGPRSUlAckInterVal
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Interval that uplink Egprs TBF network sends Packet

Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
3 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
395
Single Block Assign Offset

(SBAssOffset)
Full name
Single block assign offset
Abbreviation
SBAssOffset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Uplink two-phase access. The MS initiates channel

request, and network allocates single resource block
to the MS. This parameter indicates the searching
range of this resource block.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
6 ~ 12
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Polling retry times (PollingRetryTime)
396
Full name
Polling retry time
Abbreviation
PollingRetryTime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Send polling request to MS from network side. If no

any reponse is received from the MS. The system can
send the max number of polling. The MS instance is
released after reaching the max number.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
3 ~ 12
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Uplink measure report period

(Ulmeasureperiod, ms)
Full name
Uplink measurement report period
Abbreviation
Ulmeasureperiod
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is used by UPPB, describing uplink

measurement report period reported by BTS and
handled by BSC.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
400 ~ 2000
Unit
ms
Default value
800
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
397
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on service
None
Calculating period of load on PPCH

(LoadPer, s)
Full name
Calculating period of load on PPCH
Abbreviation
LoadPer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This paramter is used by FUC at BTS side, describing

period to calculate PPCH channel load.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 16
Unit
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on service
None
PSI1 send period (Psi1RepPer)
398
Full name
PSI1 send period
Abbreviation
Psi1RepPer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
A parameter used at the MS side and the FUN side.

System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and
SI3 messages of local and adjacent cells. PSI1 send
period indicates the sending period and destination of
the PSI1 message in a cell. PSI1 contains information of cell reselection, PRACH control, control channel description, and possible global power control parameters. As long as PBCCH exists, the message is
always sent at high repetition rate.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 15
0:
to
1:
to
The PSI1 repeat period is equal

1 multiframe
The PSI1 repeat period is equal
2 multiframes
......
Value Range
15: The PSI1 repeat period is equal

to 16 multiframes
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Selective granularity (USFGranulari

ty)
Full name
Selective granularity
Abbreviation
USFGranularity
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
399
Description
It is assigned to the MS in PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message, indicating the uplink block allocation
granularity of the GPRS MS from the network when
the cell uses "dynamic allocation".
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 1
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
0: allocation granularity is 1 for uplink block

1: allocation granularity is 4 for uplink block
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Extended uplink dynamic allocation

support (ExUpDynSupport)
400
Full name
Abbreviation
ExUpDynSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if cell supports extended uplink dynamic allocation. While using this function,
the MS only need listen USF allocation with the least
timeslot, so you can determine to send uplink block
on all allocated uplink timeslot.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-03-02-007 Extended Dynamic Allocation
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
ABIS time slots reserved for packet

service (Info_1_0)
Full name
ABIS time slots reserved for packet service
Abbreviation
Info_1_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
To ensure PS can get required resource, the number

of Abis timeslots alloated to PS service is 1 by
default, and modification is not recommended.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
401
The maximum of ABIS for GPRS

user (Info_1_8)
Full name
The maximum of ABIS for GPRS user
Abbreviation
Info_1_8
3GPP
Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value
Range
At most one ABIS, At most two ABIS, At most four ABIS
Unit
None
Default
value
At most four ABIS
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
ABIS time slots reserved for packet service (Info_1_0)
Relationship
402
When there is sufficient Abis resource, it indicates the

maximum number of Abis resource bounded for channels
newly allocated for the GPRS user.
If the Abis timeslot resource is insufficient, Abis timeslot

is allocated according to "ABIS time slots reserved for
packet service (Info_1_0)".
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
GPRS initial downlink allocation by

multislot class 1 (Info1_1_4)
Full name
GPRS initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1
Abbreviation
Info1_1_4
3GPP
Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
It indicates whether initial channel allocation in downlink
is based on multislot capability 1 (i.e. uplink 1 downlink 1)
or based on the actual multislot capability of MS specified
in downlink assignment.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Yes/No
Value
Range
Yes: Allocate according to multislot capability 1

No: Allocate according to actual multislot capability
Unit
None
Default
value
Yes
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

403
C/I (Sc)
Full name
C/I
Abbreviation
Sc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSC uses MEAN_BEP as C/I to indicate radio
transmission quality, and adjusts block allocation
according to radio transmission quality. Divide
MEAN_BEP into 7 grades, and each grade
corresponds to a weight. The weight is
dynamically added to the weight calculated
from UMTS QoS parameters, as the evidence
of allocating shared block.
Allocation weight that corresponds to MEAN_BEP
grade is as follows:
MEAN_BEP grade MEAN_BEP value Allocation weight
0 0 ~ 4 -3*Sc
1 5 ~ 9 -2*Sc
2 10 ~ 13 -Sc
3 14 ~ 17 0
Description
404
4 18 ~ 21 Sc
5 22 ~ 26 2*Sc
6 27 ~ 31 3*Sc
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 8
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-01-02-002 C/I based Packet Scheduling
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
ARP (Sa)
Full name
ARP
Abbreviation
Sa
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block
by ARP parameters (priority level).
Allocation weight that corresponds to
ARP is as follows:
ARP Allocation weight
1 2*Sa
2 Sa
Description
3 0
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 8
Unit
None
Default value
405
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-01-02-001 Support ARP in Packet Scheduling
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
THP (St)
Full name
THP
Abbreviation
St
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block by
THP parameters included in interactive service.
Allocation weight that corresponds to
THP is as follows:
THP Allocation weight
0 0
1 St
2 2*St
3 3*St
4 4*St
5 5*St
6 6*St
7 7*St
406
Description
8 8*St
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 8
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS queuing support (PsQueueInd)

Full name
PS queuing support
Abbreviation
PsQueueInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
If PFC is suppoted, iBSC allocates radio resource
according to signature QoS parameters from user
side. When QoS guarantee rate for user signature
is unsatisfied (including through grabbing), and
the QoS parameter allows queuing, and if this
parameter is enabled, iBSC allocates radio resource
to user according to Best Effort, and insert the
user into the queue, to wait for allocation of radio
resource. Queuing time can be gotten through PFC
process; otherwise if this parameter is disabled,
access to this service is directly refused.
Description
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure

PsMaxQueueInstNum.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

Max PS queue count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)
Relationship
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure Max

PS Queue Count (PsMaxQueueInstNum).
407
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Max PS queue count

(PsMaxQueueInstNum)
Full name
Max PS Queue Count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)
Abbreviation
PsMaxQueueInstNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This paramter indicates the number of allowed

queues in the cell. When the user number in queue
reaches this value, the service that shall be queued
shall be refused to access.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 16
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
408

PS queuing support (PsQueueInd)
When PsQueueInd is Yes, you can configure this
parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS preemption support
(PsPreemptionInd)
Full name
PS preemption support
Abbreviation
PsPreemptionInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When PFC is supported, iBSC allocates radio resource

according to signature QoS parameters from user
side. When signed QoS guarantee rate can't be satisfied and user own QoS parameter allows preemption. When this parameter is enabled, this user can
preempt radio resource with low priority.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3G NACC support (Support3GCCN)

Full name
3G NACC support
Abbreviation
Support3GCCN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
409
Description
This parameter indicates if NACC to 3G cell is supported.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-02-02-011 Inter-BSC NACC
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS prompt CS support
(PSPrmpCSSupport)
410
Full name
PS prompt CS support
Abbreviation
PSPrmpCSSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates when dynamic channel with

preferred PDCH is occupied, to determine if the channel can be preempted by PS service.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Max resource for POC service

(POCSrcThs,%)
Full name
Max resource for POC service
Abbreviation
POCSrcThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the percent of current PS resource

occupied by POC service.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
411

(Info1_1_16)
Full name
Abbreviation
Info1_1_16
3GPP
Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
This parameter indicates whether the instance can be
transformed from the delay status to the extended uplink
status.
Description
The transformation details are: If MS supports extended

uplink status, then stop the delay timer and start uplink
block allocation to enter the extended uplink status.
This parameter is supported from version 6.20.200f.
Management Object
412
Cell
Value
Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default
value
No
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
0: No; 1: Yes
Max Num of resend packet

assignment (Info1_1_8)
Full name
Max Num of resend packet assignment
Abbreviation
Info1_1_8
3GPP
Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
When the number of times of resending assignment
messages exceeds the maximum number of times of
resending packet assignment messages specified at
background, the TBF Release message is resent to notify
MS to release TBF.
During the service process, if CTRL_ACK is lost, then
judge the assignment type that MAC is waiting for. If the
assignment type is consistent with that MAC is waiting
for, then the number of resending assignment messages
increments and the uplink/downlink assignment message
is resent. If it exceeds the maximum number of
resending assignment messages but the assignment
acknowledgement message from MS is still not received,
then the TBF Release message is issued from network and
TBF is released. If the assignment type is inconsistent
with that MAC is waiting for, then the assignment timer is
cleared and the assignment message will not be resent.
Description

Management Object
Cell
Value
Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default
value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
413
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Resource adjust for CS preempt

(Info1_1_17)
Full name
Resource adjust for CS preempt
Abbreviation
Info1_1_17
3GPP
Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
When events, such as CS preemption, that require

releasing PS channel occur, the control plane judges
whether the timeslot to be released is important
timeslot or unique timeslot after receiving the dynamic
channel conversion message. If the timeslot is not
important or unique, then the control plane initiates
resource adjustment and sends the resource assignment
message to the user plane. The user plane then sends
packet uplink/downlink assignment message or timeslot
reallocation message to MS.
Management Object
414
Cell
Value
Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default
value
No
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
0: No; 1: Yes
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Subcell selection of PS channel

allocation (PSALLOCSC_0)
Full name
Subcell selection of PS channel allocation
Abbreviation
PSALLOCSC_0
3GPP
Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
After subcell is configured, user can control the subcell

selection strategy by this parameter. The strategy
includes preferring the first subcell, preferring the second
subcell, and only selecting the first subcell.
Management Object
Cell
Prefer subcell 1, Prefer subcell 2, Only subcell 1
Value
Range
Unit
None
Default
value
Prefer subcell 1
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
0: Prefer subcell 1
1: Prefer subcell 2
2: Only subcell 1
415
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
RXLEV threshold in subcell 1

(PSALLOCSC_1)
Full name
Abbreviation
PSALLOCSC_1
3GPP
name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
After subcell is set, this parameter is used to control

the level threshold for choosing the first subcell. When
PS channel is in the second subcell, if the level is less
than PSALLOCSC_1 and TA is more than PagBlkRes, it is
necessary to move to the first subcell.
Managed
object
Cell
0 ~ 63
Value
range
...
416
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 ~ -108 dBm;
62: -49 ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default
value
20
Change
mode
Offline
Related
features
None
Related
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

(PSALLOCSC_2)
Full name
Abbreviation
PSALLOCSC_2
3GPP
name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
After subcell is set, this parameter is used to control the

level threshold for selecting the second subcell. When PS
channel is in the first subcell, if the level is more than
PSALLOCSC_2 and TA is less than PagBlkRes, then it is
necessary to move to the second subcell.
Managed
object
Cell
0 ~ 63
Value
range
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 ~ -108 dBm;
...
62: -49 ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default
value
40
Change
mode
Offline
Related
features
None
Related
parameters
None
Relationship
None
417
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
GPRS Cell Options

Parameters
The interface of GPRS cell optional parameters is shown in Figure
48.
FIGURE 48 GPRS CELL OPTIONS PARAMETERS
T3168
418
Full name
T3168
Abbreviation
T3168
3GPP Name
T3168
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Parameter used at the MS side.It belongs to the

GPRS cell option parameters, and it is broadcast to
the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages.
Description
T3168 indicates the maximum time to wait for

PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message after MS
sends PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message
(or PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message with
Channel Request Description IE).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0.5 ~ 4.0 (Step length is 0.5)
Unit
Default value
4.0
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
T3192
Full name
T3192
Abbreviation
T3192
3GPP Name
T3192
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Parameter used at the MS side.
During the packet downlink transmission, if RLC
data block is the final downlink data block to be
transmitted, the network sends the RLC data block
with the Final Block Identifier (FBI) domain as
1. It contains an effective RRBP field to initialize
the release of the downlink TBF.
For each RLC data block that receives FBI with
value 1 and contains effective RRBP domain:
Description
In acknowledged mode, the MS sends

PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message
whose FAI domain is 1 on the uplink block
specified by the RRBP domain.
419
In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the

PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in
the uplink block specified as per RRBP field.
Then MS starts the T3192 timer.
T3192 releases the resources, stop discreet

listening to the PDCCH channel when it expires, and
turns to the paging channel for discreet listening.
Within the protection period of T3192, if the MS
receives the PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT
or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message
from the network, T3192 will stop and turn to
the packet transmission status.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
500, 1000, 1500, 0, 80, 120, 160, 200
Unit
ms
Default value
500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
T3142(s)
Full name
T3142(s)
Abbreviation
T3142
3GPP Name
T3142
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V7.2.0

Description
Management
Object
420
This timer starts if the MS receives immeidate

assignment refusal or DTM refusal during packet
access. This timer does not function if the MS in
original cell does not allow to initiate access request
but the MS does cell reselection prior to the timer
timeout.
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
T3172(s)
Full name
T3172(s)
Abbreviation
T3172
3GPP Name
T3172
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V7.2.0

Description
This timer starts if the MS receives PACKET ACCESS

REJECT message during packet access. The MS
disables packet access if this timer is timeout. The
MS changes to idle status if this timer is timeout
prior to receiving assignment message. After this
timer timeout, the MS does not disable packet
access in this cell, but shall not take channel request
as paging response except the MS receives paging
request message.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
421
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
DRX mode holding time

(DrxTimeMax, s)
Full name
DRX mode holding time
Abbreviation
DrxTimeMax
3GPP Name
DRX_TIMER_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. System
broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and
SI13 messages, and indicates the value
of DRX_TIMER_MAX.
422
Description
When changing from the packet transmission mode

to the packet idle mode, the MS should first enter the
non-DRX mode. Minimum values of this parameter
and DRX_TIMER_MAX parameters determine the
time length for MS to stay in the Non-DRx mode.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-05-010 GPRS non-DRX Mode
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
MAX blocks transmission in each TS

(BsCvMax)
Full name
Max blocks transmission in each TS
Abbreviation
BsCvMax
3GPP Name
BS_CV_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13,
and SI13 messages.
This parameter decides the time of T3198 used by
the MS as the sending party (= time represented
by BS_CV_MAX), the time of T3200 used by
the MS in the non-DRX mode (= 4 x the time
represented by BS_CV_MAX), and the value of
N3104max (=3 x (BS_CV_MAX+3) x Number
of timeslots assigned in the uplink).
Description
All uplink data blocks sent by MS contain the

COUNT DOWN VALUE (CV) field. The network
can use this field to calculate the data blocks
to be sent on current uplink TBF.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
423
Packet control acknowledgment type

(CtraCKType)
Full name
Packet control acknowledgment type
Abbreviation
CtraCKType
3GPP Name
CONTROL_ACK_TYPE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description
This parameter is used on RLC/MAC layer of BRP and

at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1,
PSI13, and SI13 messages. Packet control acknowledgment type indicates the default format for MS to
send PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
4 access bursts, RLC/MAC control block
Unit
None
Default value
RLC/MAC control block
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
Access burst type (AccessType)
424
Full name
Access burst type
Abbreviation
AccessType
3GPP Name
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13, and
SI13 messages. Access burst type indicates
whether to use the 8-bit or 11-bit access burst in
PRACH and PTCCH/U, and the PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message.
Description
The main difference between the two types

is that the 11-bit access burst can take more
content than the 8-bit access burst.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
8 bits, 11 bits
Unit
None
Default value
8 bits
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-05-005 8/11 bit Access Burst
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
N3102 decrease step (PanDec)

Full name
N3102 decrease step
Abbreviation
PanDec
3GPP Name
PAN_DEC
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. They belong
to the GPRS cell option parameters, and they are
broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
messages, indicating the values of parameters
of PAN_DEC, PAN_INC and PAN_MAX. After
each cell reselection, the MS will set the initial
value of N3102 as the PanMax value.
1. When the MS receives the PACKET UPLINK

ACK/NACK message to move V(S) forward, it
adds PanInc to N3102 (but the maximum value
shall not exceed PanMax).
2. When the MS detects the stall condition (V(S) =

Description
V(A) + W(S)), T3182 will start. When it receives
425
the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message that

enables V(S) < V(A) + W(S), T3182 stops. If
T3182 expires, the MS will subtract PanDec from
N3102. When the condition satisfies N3102 < 0,
the MS will take cell reselection as abnormal release. When one of PanDec, PanInc, and PanMax
is zero, N3102 is invalid.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
N3102 increase step (PanInc)

Full name
N3102 increase step
Abbreviation
PanInc
3GPP Name
PAN_INC
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0



Description
426


Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
N3102 MAX (PanMax)

Full name
N3102 Max
Abbreviation
PanMax
3GPP Name
PAN_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0


Description

427
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit
None
Default value
32
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
GPRS Phone Init Coding

Full name
Abbreviation
GPRSInitattselt_0 ~ GPRSInitattselt_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates the default-coding mode for

GPRS MS initial access, under different Abis interface link bandwidths. This is a four-dimensional array, indicating GPRS uplink init coding scheme, GPRS
downlink init coding scheme, GPRS uplink max coding scheme, and GPRS downlink max coding scheme.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Unit
428
GPRS uplink init coding scheme: CS1,

CS2, CS3, CS4;
GPRS downlink init coding scheme: CS1,
CS2, CS3, CS4;
GPRS uplink max coding scheme: CS1,
CS2, CS3, CS4;
GPRS downlink max coding scheme:
CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4.
None
Default value
[CS2, CS2, CS4, CS4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGB-03-05-002 Initial Coding Scheme per Cell Settable
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS phones init code can be

changed (InitAttachExch_0)
Full name
GPRS phones init code can be changed
Abbreviation
InitAttachExch_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if GPRS phones default code

can be changed dynamically.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
429
GPRS NC Survey
Parameters
The interface of GPRS NC survey parameters is shown in Figure
49.
FIGURE 49 GPRS NC SURVEY PARAMETERS
Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)

Full name
Packet Idle mode
Abbreviation
NcRepPerI
3GPP Name
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

broadcasts the parameter information to MS
through SI2Quater and PSI5 messages. This
parameter indicates the period of MS reporting cell
reselection survey in packet IDLE mode. When
NetworkCtrlOrder is NC0, the parameter information
is not necessary to broadcast through PSI5 message.
430
Description
This parameter also can be sent to MS

through PMO message.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44
Unit
Default value
61.44
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-02-02-012 Network Controlled Cell Reselection
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Packet transmission mode

(NcRerPerT, s)
Full name
Packet transmission mode
Abbreviation
NcRerPerT
3GPP Name
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

NC measurement parameter, which is broadcasted
to MS in system message SI2Quater and PSI5
message. This parameter indicates the period
of MS reporting cell reselection survey in packet
transmission mode. When NetworkCtrlOrder is
NC0, the parameter information is not necessary
to broadcast through PSI5 message.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44
Unit
Default value
3.84
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
ZGO-02-02-012 Network Controlled Cell Reselection
Fea-
431
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None

(MeaOrder)
Full name
Abbreviation
MeaOrder
3GPP Name
MEASUREMENT_ORDER
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

broadcasts the parameter information to MS
through PSI1 message. Extended measurement
report order is to indicate the survey report
command of MS in a cell.
432
Description
This parameter indicates if PSI5 is sent.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Network control order (CtrlOrder)

Full name
Network control order
Abbreviation
CtrlOrder
3GPP Name
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

the network control survey parameters, and it is
broadcast to the MS in the PSI5, PSI13, SI3, and
SI2quater messages, indicating the network control
command used in the cell. If the parameter equals
to NC0, then NC survey parameters (NC hold time
in non-drx mode, and Cell Reselection Survey
Report Period) can be ignored; if the parameter
is NC1 or NC2 and NC measurement parameters
are ignored, use the default value.
Description
NC0: MS controls cell reselection, and

there is no survey report.
NC1: MS controls cell reselection and
sends the survey report.
NC2: The network controls cell reselection
and MS sends the survey report.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
NC0, NC1, NC2
Unit
None
Default value
NC0
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
433
NC hold time in non-drx mode

(NcNoDrxPer, s)
Full name
NC hold time in non-drx mode
Abbreviation
NcNoDrxPer
3GPP Name
NC_ NON_DRX_PERIOD
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

belongs to network control survey and is used at MS
side. System broadcasts the parameter information
to MS through SI2Quater and PSI5 message.
This parameter indicates the minimal time for an
MS to stay in the non-DRX mode after sending
an NC survey report. When NetworkCtrlOrder is
NC0, the parameter information is not necessary
to broadcast through PSI5 message.
434
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
No non-DRX mode, 0.24, 0.48, 0.72, 0.96, 1.20,

1.44, 1.92
Unit
Default value
0.48
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None

(ExMeaOrder)
Full name
Abbreviation
ExMeaOrder
3GPP Name
EXT_MEASUREMENT_ORDER
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

broadcasts to MS through PSI5 message. This
parameter indicates whether the MS performs
extended survey. In addition, it indicates how to
interpret the other extended survey parameters
(Type of extended measurement report and Report
period of extended measurement).
Description
EM0: MS performs no extended survey

EM1: MS must send the extended survey
report to the network
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
EM0, EM1
Unit
None
Default value
EM0
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
435
Type of extended measurement

report (ExtRepType)
Full name
Type of extended measurement report
Abbreviation
ExtRepType
3GPP Name
EXT_REPORTING_TYPE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to the
extended survey parameters, and it is broadcast to
the MS in the PSI5 message, indicating the type of
the extended survey report of MS. System sends the
parameter information through the PSI5 message
when Extended measurement report order is EM1.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Type1, Type2, Type3
Unit
None
Default value
Type 1
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
436
Type1: This type of report must be extended if

the frequency points for the extended survey
are among the six strongest carrier frequencies,
even if the BSIC decoding is successful. The
report should cover the receiving signal level
and the successfully decoded BSIC (if any).
Type2: This type of report must be extended
if all the frequency points for the extended
survey are located in the six strongest carrier
frequencies, the BSIC decoding is successful
and the NCC part is allowed for survey. The
report should cover the receiving signal level
and the successfully decoded BSIC.
Type3: Use this type of report to report
all the frequency points for the extended
survey. No BSIC decoding is necessary. The
report should contain the receiving signal
level. Besides, the interference of each carrier
frequency shall be reported.
None
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Report period of extended

measurement (ExtRepPer, s)
Full name
Report period of extended measurement
Abbreviation
ExtRepPer
3GPP Name
EXT_REPORTING_PERIOD
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to the extended survey parameters and it is broadcast to the
MS in the PSI5 message, indicating the interval of
extended survey report. System sends the parameter information through the PSI5 message when Extended measurement report order is EM1.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
60, 120, 240, 480, 960, 1920, 3840, 7680
Unit
Default value
1920
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
437
The size of test report's slip window

(Wnd)
Full name
The size of test report's slip window
Abbreviation
Wnd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When NC2 network controls the cell reselection, this

parameter is used. When the number of measurement reports reaches this parameter setting value,
average processing is done for measurement report.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 8
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allowed report number of the same

cell in slip window (AllowedRepNum)
438
Full name
Allowed report number of the same cell in slip window
Abbreviation
AllowedRepNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When NC2 network controls the cell reselection, this

parameter is used. When adjacent cell receives average level, and the number of valid measurement report received in slip window is lower than setting
value, this calculation shall be punished.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 6
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS Power Control

Parameters
The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in Figure
50.
439
FIGURE 50 GPRS POWER CONTROL PARAMETERS
Filter period in the packet idle mode

(T_AVG_W, s)
Full name
Filter period in the packet idle mode
Abbreviation
T_AVG_W
3GPP Name
T_AVG_W
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to the

global power control and GPRS power control parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13
and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the filter period of the signal intensity for power control in
the packet idle mode.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 31
0: filter period is 2(0/2)/6 multiframes

......
440
Value Range
Unit
Default value

26 ~ 31: filter period is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Filter period in packet transmission

mode (T_AVG_T, s)
Full name
Filter period in packet transmission mode
Abbreviation
T_AVG_T
3GPP Name
T_AVG_T
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description

and SI3 messages. This parameter indicates the filter period of the signal intensity for power control in
the packet transmission mode.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 31

......
Value Range
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-

26 ~ 31: reserved
None
441
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PSI4 sending mark (Psi4Send)
442
Full name
PSI4 sending mark
Abbreviation
Psi4Send
3GPP Name
INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description
This parameter belongs to global power control and

is used at MS side. It belongs to the global power
control parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in
the PSI1 message. This parameter indicates whether
to broadcast the optional PSI4 message. This message contains a list of channels that interferes with
the survey.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(PcMeasChan)
Full name
Abbreviation
PcMeasChan
3GPP Name
PC_MEAS_CHAN
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description

and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the
position where the downlink power strength is surveyed for uplink power control.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
BCCH, PDCH
Unit
None
Default value
BCCH
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Power control parameter (Alpha)

Full name
Power control parameter
Abbreviation
Alpha
3GPP Name
ALPHA
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
443
Description

and SI13 messages. This parameter determines the
MS transmission power control Alpha ().
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 10
Parameters controlled by MS transmitting
power is Alpha(), then,
0: = 0.0
1: = 0.1
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
10: = 1.0
11 ~ 15: = 1.0
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Filter constant of power control

(N_AVG_I)
444
Full name
Filter constant of power control
Abbreviation
N_AVG_I
3GPP Name
N_AVG_I
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description

and SI13 messages. This parameter is a filter constant used to optimize the interference signal intensity in power control.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS Cell Reselection

Parameters
The interface of GPRS cell reselection parameters is shown in
Figure 51.
445
FIGURE 51 GPRS CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS
Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset_0,

2db)
Full name
Reselection offset
Abbreviation
ReselOff_0
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

to MS via system message by BTS. In the
GPRS system, C32 is used as the standard for
cell reselection. Similar to the C2 standard in
GSM, there is a cell reselection offset parameter
(ReselOff) for calculation of the C32 standard. This
parameteris not necessary to append in packet
system message when the offset value is 0 dB.
446
Description

Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 31
0: -52 dB
1: -48 dB
......
22: +12 dB
......
31: +48 dB
Value Range
For -52 dB ~ -12 dB and 12 dB ~ 48 dB, the step

is 4 dB; for -12 dB ~ 12 dB, the step is 2 dB.
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-02-02-009 Support of C31 and C32 Criteria
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Cell reselection offset2

(ReselOffset_1, 2db)
Full name
Reselection offset 2
Abbreviation
ReselOff_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

on PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as
the standard for cell reselection. Similar to the
C2 standard in GSM, there is a cell reselection
offset parameter (ReselOff) for calculation
of the C32 standard. This parameteris not
necessary to append in packet system message
when the offset value is 0 dB.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
447
0 ~ 31
0: -52 dB
1: -48 dB
......
22: +12 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
pa-
31: +48 dB
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Temporary offset of cell reselection

(TempOffset_0, db)
Full name
Abbreviation
TempOffset_0
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

in GSM system. The effective time depends
on Penalty Time parameter.
448
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, Infinite
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Temporary offset of cell reselection2

(TempOffset_1, db)
Full name
Reselection temporary offset 2
Abbreviation
TempOffset_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

on PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used
as the standard for cell reselection. There is a
temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative
offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective
time depends on Penalty Time parameter.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, Infinite
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
449
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(PenalTime_0, 10s)
Full name
Abbreviation
PenalTime_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

in GSM system. The effective time depends
on PenalTime of cell reselection.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 31
0: 10 s
1: 20 s
......
Value Range
Unit
10 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
450
31: 320 s
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Penalty time of cell reselection2

(PenalTime_1, 10s)
Full name
Penalty time of cell reselection 2
Abbreviation
PenalTime_1
3GPP Name
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

depends on PenalTime of cell reselection.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 31
0: 10 s
1: 20 s
......
Value Range
Unit
10 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
pa-
31: 320 s
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
451
Interval of reselecting the same cell

(T_Resel_0, s)
Full name
Interval of reselecting the same cell
Abbreviation
T_Resel_0
3GPP Name
T_RESEL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

to MS via system message by BTS. When MS
performs a cell reselection that causes abnormal
release of this cell, it is not allowed to reselect
this cell again within the T_RESEL period, unless
there is no other cells for selection. It is not
necessary to broadcast this parameter to MS
through PSI3 message when the time represented
by this parameter is 5 s (default value).
452
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Interval of reselecting the same cell2

(T_Resel_1, s)
Full name
Interval of reselecting the same cell 2
Abbreviation
T_Resel_1
3GPP Name
T_RESEL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

PACCH. When MS performs a cell reselection that
causes abnormal release of this cell, it is not allowed
to reselect this cell again within the T_RESEL period,
unless there is no other cells for selection. It is
not necessary to broadcast this parameter to MS
through PSI3 message when the time represented
by this parameter is 5 s (default value).
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(HCS_Thr_0)
Full name
Abbreviation
HCS_Thr_0
453
3GPP Name
HCS_THR
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to
MS via system message by BTS. Threshold
of HCS signal level identifies the HCS signal
strength threshold of the cell.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
Value Range
0: -110 dBm
1: -108 dBm
......
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Threshold of HCS signal level2

(HCS_Thr_1)
454
Full name
Threshold of HSC signal level 2
Abbreviation
HCS_Thr_1
3GPP Name
HCS_THR
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH.
Threshold of HCS signal level identifies the HCS
signal strength threshold of the cell.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
Value Range
0: -110 dBm
1: -108 dBm
......
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
HCS Priority
Abbreviation
PrioClass_0
3GPP Name
PRIORITY_CLASS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS
via system message by BTS. This parameter
specifies the HCS priority of the cell.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
455
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
HCS priority2 (PrioClass_1)

Full name
HCS Priority 2
Abbreviation
PrioClass_1
3GPP Name
PRIORITY_CLASS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH.
This parameter specifies the HCS priority of the cell.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
456
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
C31 hysteresis (C31_Hyst_0)

Full name
C31 hysteresis
Abbreviation
C31_Hyst_0
3GPP Name
C31_HYST
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It is
broadcasted to MS through system message by
BTS, indicating whether to use the CellReselHys
parameter on the C31 standard.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
C31 hysteresis2 (C31_Hyst_1)

Full name
C31 hysteresis 2
Abbreviation
C31_Hyst_1
457
3GPP Name
C31_HYST
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed
to MS on PACCH, indicating whether to use the
CellReselHys parameter on the C31 standard.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis

(ReselHys_0, db)
458
Full name
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis
Abbreviation
ReselHys_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

to MS via system message by BTS.
MS needs to go through location updating process
after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell
reselection, if the original cell and destination cell
are in different locations. C32 values obtained at
the boundary for two adjacent cells are different
because of fading characteristic of radio channel.
It causes MS to select cell frequently.
The interval between the two cell reselections
of MS is not less than 15 s. However, 15 s
is extremely short time in terms of location
updating. This increases the signaling flow on the
network and causes radio resources to be fully
utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion
rate of the system, as MS cannot respond to

expressway, the CRH parameter should be set
as 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
459
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis2

(ReselHys_1, db)
Full name
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis 2
Abbreviation
ReselHys_1
3GPP Name
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform
MS on PACCH.
MS needs to go through location updating process
after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell
reselection, if the original cell and destination cell
are in different locations. C32 values obtained at
the boundary for two adjacent cells are different
because of fading characteristic of radio channel.
It causes MS to select cell frequently.
The interval between the two cell reselections
of MS is not less than 15 s. However, 15 s
is extremely short time in terms of location
updating. This increases the signaling flow on the
network and causes radio resources to be fully
utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion
rate of the system, as MS cannot respond to
Description
460

expressway, the CRH parameter should be set
as 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Routing reselection hysteresis

(RaReselHys_0, db)
Full name
Routing reselection hysteresis
Abbreviation
RaReselHys_0
3GPP Name
RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

to MS through system message by BTS. This
parameter specifies extra hysteresis value used in
selecting a cell in another routing area when MS is
in STANDBY or READY mode. It is not necessary to
broadcast this parameter through the PSI3 message
when the value of this parameter is the same as
that of GPRS cell reselection hysteresis.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit
dB
Default value
461
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Routing reselection hysteresis2

(RaReselHys_1, db)
Full name
Routing reselection hysteresis 2
Abbreviation
RaReselHys_1
3GPP Name
RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

to MS on PACCH. This parameter specifies extra
hysteresis value used in selecting a cell in another
routing area when MS is in STANDBY or READY
mode. It is not necessary to broadcast this
parameter through the PSI3 message when the
value of this parameter is the same as that of
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
462
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(RadAcRetry_0)
Full name
Abbreviation
RadAcRetry_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
to MS through system message by BTS, which
indicates whether MS is allowed to attempt to
access another cell (if it exists).
If there is abnormal release in the packet
transmission, the MS will discard all running
TBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells,
it should perform abnormal cell reselection,
and establish TBF after initializing new cell. If
other suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect the
original cell within T_RESEL seconds.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
463
Random access attempt permitted2

(RadAcRetry_1)
Full name
Random access attempt permitted 2
Abbreviation
RadAcRetry_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
to MS on PACCH, indicating whether MS is allowed
to attempt to access another cell (if it exists).
If there is abnormal release in the packet
transmission, the MS will discard all running
TBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells,
it should perform abnormal cell reselection,
and establish TBF after initializing new cell. If
other suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect the
original cell within T_RESEL seconds.
464
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Usage of cell reselection offset

(C32_Qual_0)
Full name
Usage of cell reselection offset
Abbreviation
C32_Qual_0
3GPP Name
C32_QUAL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It is
broadcasted to MS through system message
by BTS, which indicates whether to use the
exceptional rule when adopting ReselOff.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Usage of cell reselection offset2

(C32_Qual_1)
Full name
Usage of cell reselection offset 2
Abbreviation
C32_Qual_1
3GPP Name
C32_QUAL
465
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

to the MS on PACCH, indicating whether to use the
exceptional rule when adopting ReselOff.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS access minimum signal level1

(RxLevAsMin_0)
Full name
GPRS access minimum signal level 1
Abbreviation
RxLevAsMin_0
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description
466
It indicates the minimum receiving level for the

MS to access the GPRS system. To prevent the
MS from accessing the system at a low receiving
signal level (usually, the poor communication quality
cannot guarantee normal communication process
after access) and from unreasonably wasting radio
resources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM
system that the receiving level be greater than
a threshold level for MS to access the network,
that is, MS Minimal Level to Access.

Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS access minimum signal level2

(RxLevAsMin_1)
Full name
GPRS access minimum signal level 2
Abbreviation
RxLevAsMin_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
467

MS on PACCH.
It indicates the minimum receiving level for the
MS to access the GPRS system. To prevent the
MS from accessing the system at a low receiving
signal level (usually, the poor communication quality
cannot guarantee normal communication process
after access) and from unreasonably wasting radio
resources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM
system that the receiving level be greater than
a threshold level for MS to access the network,
that is, MS Minimal Level to Access.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Priority threshold (Prio_Thr, db)
468
Full name
Priority threshold
Abbreviation
Prio_Thr
3GPP Name
PRIO_THR
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
Description
System broadcasts the parameter information to MS

through SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This parameter
relates to GPRS access minimal signal level in calculation of C4 standard.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, Infinite
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
HCS exist (HCS_Exist_0)

Full name
HCS exist
Abbreviation
HCS_Exist_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. This
parameter indicates whether the HCS parameters
(PriorityClass and HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MS
ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving
cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells
use Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
469
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
HCS exist2 (HCS_Exist_1)

Full name
HCS exist 2
Abbreviation
HCS_Exist_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
be informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter
indicates whether the HCS parameters (PriorityClass
and HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC
exist parameters of other cells if serving cell does
not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use
Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).
470
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS MAX initial access signal

level1 (MsTxMaxCch_0)
Full name
Abbreviation
MsTxMaxCch_0
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Network controls the MS transmit power during
communication with BTS. The network controls
MS power using power command. MS outputs
transmit power closest to the specified power
value if unavailable. The power before MS receives
the network power control information (the
power used in random access), depends on this
parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell selection
and reselection by MS, involved in calculation of
C1 and C2 values. If this parameter is too large,
the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacent
channel; If it is too small, the MS access success
rate at the edge of cell will be very low.
To set it, observe the following principle: Under the
precondition that the MS at the cell boundary is
guaranteed with certain access success rate, the MS
access level should be reduced as much as possible.
Generally, it is recommended to set this parameter
as 5 (for GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).
The value is same as that in the appendix.
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
471
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS MAX initial access signal

level2 (MsTxMaxCch_1)
Full name
GPRS MAX initial access signal level 2
Abbreviation
MsTxMaxCch_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

MS on PACCH.
Network controls the MS transmit power during
communication with BTS. The network controls
MS power using power command. MS outputs
transmit power closest to the specified power
value if unavailable. The power before MS receives
the network power control information (the
power used in random access), depends on this
parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell selection
and reselection by MS, involved in calculation of
C1 and C2 values. If this parameter is too large,
the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacent
channel; If it is too small, the MS access success
rate at the edge of cell will be very low.
To set it, observe the following principle: Under the
precondition that the MS at the cell boundary is
guaranteed with certain access success rate, the MS
access level should be reduced as much as possible.
Generally, it is recommended to set this parameter
as 5 (for GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).
Description
472


Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
LSA ID (LSA_Id)
Full name
LSA Mark
Abbreviation
LSA_Id
3GPP Name
LSA ID
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,

SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In addition,
system broadcasts the parameter information in PSI3
and Psi3bis messages of the neighboring cells. LSA
ID specifies LSA identifier of the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 16777215
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
473
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
LSA offset (LSA_Offset)
474
Full name
LSA Offset
Abbreviation
LSA_Offset
3GPP Name
LSA_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
Description
System broadcasts the parameter information to MS

through SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This parameter
defines the offset value for LSA reselection between
two cells with the same LSA priority.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 4, 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS Channel Parameters

The interface of GPRS channel parameters is shown in Figure 52.
FIGURE 52 GPRS CHANNEL PARAMETERS
PAGCH reserved blocks (PagBlkRes)

Full name
PAGCH reserved blocks
Abbreviation
PagBlkRes
3GPP Name
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message.
This parameter indicates the number of blocks
where neither packet paging nor PBCCH can
appear in a 52-frame multiframe. On these blocks,
only PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH can appear.
Network sends the uplink assignment message
with priority on these fixed blocks to speed up
the establishment of the uplink TBF.
Description
After sending the channel request on PRACH

channel, MS waits for the uplink assignment
message on all PCCCH channels of the same
timeslot as the PRACH channel.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 10
475
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PBCCH reserved blocks (PbcchBlks)

Full name
PBCCH reserved blocks
Abbreviation
PbcchBlks
3GPP Name
BS_PBCCH_BLKS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

the PCCCH structure parameters, and it is broadcast
to the MS in the PSI1 message. This parameter
indicates the number of blocks assigned as PBCCH
in a 52-frame multiframe (altogether 12 blocks).
476
Description
PBCCH blocks are used at the same time by the

packet system messages sent at high rate and
low rate. A message that is sent at high rate has
higher priority. This parameter must be configured
together with the PSI1_REPEAT_PERIOD parameter
in the PSI1 message to ensure that the block
resources are available for the packet system
messages, sent both at high and low rates.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
PBCCH occupies 1 block in multi-frame, PBCCH occupies 2 blocks in multi-frame, PBCCH occupies 3
blocks in multi-frame, PBCCH occupies 4 blocks in
multi-frame
Unit
None
Default value
PBCCH occupies four blocks in the multiframe.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PRACH reserved blocks (PrachBlks)

Full name
PRACH reserved blocks
Abbreviation
PrachBlks
3GPP Name
BS_PRACH_BLKS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

to the PCCCH organization parameters, and it
is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message.
This parameter indicates the number of fixed
blocks reserved for the PRACH channel in the
PDCH channel that bears PCCCH.
Description
These blocks must be identified by USF = FREE.

MS can use this parameter or USF = FREE to
carry out the PRACH assignment.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
477
Interval range of packet access

attempt (TxInt)
Full name
Interval range of packet access attempt
Abbreviation
TxInt
3GPP Name
TX_INT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

PRACH control parameters, and it is broadcast to
the MS in the PSI1 message. Whenever establishing
a new connection, MS sends a channel request
message to the network through PRACH channel.
As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the
success rate of MS access, the network allows MS
to send multiple channel request messages before
it receives the packet assignment message. If MS
does not get any response for the previous channel
request message, it can resend a channel request
message after waiting for a random period. Interval
range of packet access attempt is used to determine
the time length of random waiting. It is the number
of delay timeslot randomly connected.
478
Description
The random access time is determined by Interval

range of packet access attempt (TxInt) and Interval
period of packet access attempt (S).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50
Unit
None
Default value
32
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Interval period of packet access

attempt (S)
Full name
Interval period of packet access attempt
Abbreviation
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Number of slots to spread transmission belongs to
PRACH control. Network broadcasts to MS through
PSI1 message. Whenever establishing a new
connection, MS sends a channel request message
to the network through PRACH channel.
As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the
success rate of MS access, the network allows the
MS to send multiple channel request messages
before receiving the packet assignment message.
When the previous channel request message
is not responded, MS will wait for a random
period to re-send the channel request message.
Parameter S decides the random waiting time.
It is used to calculate the minimum timeslot
number between two channel requests.
Description
The random access time is determined by Interval

range of packet access attempt (TxInt) and Interval
period of packet access attempt (S).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217
Unit
Default value
109
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
479
MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans)

Full name
MAX Times of Attempt
Abbreviation
MaxRetrans
3GPP Name
MAX_RETRANS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

PRACH control parameters, and it is broadcast to the
MS in the PSI1 message. This parameter indicates
maximum attempts of random access allowed on
PRACH for MS with radio priorities of 1 ~ 4.
Description
This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The first

array element corresponds to maximum number of
attempts allowed for radio priority 1, and so on.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1, 2, 4, 7
Unit
None
Default value
[4, 4, 4, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass)
480
Full name
Access control level
Abbreviation
AccCtrlClass
3GPP Name
ACC_CONTR_CLASS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
It indicates MS access control level to access cell.

Common MS has the class 0 ~ 9 and special MS
has the class 11 ~ 15. Class 10 does not exist.
System can prohibit MS with some access class
to enter the cell according to this parameter.
System allows access of a mobile with access
class, N = 0, 1 9, 11 15. It allows emergency
calls when the eleventh digit = EC. To faciliate
programming, C10 is constantly 0.
If the Nth bit of the access control level is 0 (0
indicates access allowed, 1 indicates access not
allowed), then it is allowed to access a MS with
AccCtrlClass =N (N=0, 1, 9, 11, 15). Bit 11=
EC represents that Emergency Call is available.
This parameter consists of two bytes (16 bits).
The first byte: C15, C14, C13, C12, C11, C10, C9, C8
The second byte: C7, C6, C5, C4, C3, C2, C1, C0
When Cn = 0, the MS of which the access

level is n is not forbidden to access the
cell (n=0, 1, ..., 9, 11, ...,15)
When Cn = 1, the MS of which the access
level is n is forbidden to access the cell
(n=0, 1, ..., 9, 11, ...,15)
C10 is constantly 0.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
[No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Access Persist Level (PersistLev)

Full name
Access Persist Level
Abbreviation
PersistLev
481
3GPP Name
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

to the PRACH control parameters, and it is
broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message. The
network sets a level threshold P I (I = 1, 2, 3,
4) for MS of various radio priorities.
For each attempt of packet access, MS abstracts a
random value R with even distribution probability
from the set {0, 1..., 15}. System allows MS to
initiate an attempt of packet access only when
P I is lower than or equal to R.
Description
This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The

first element corresponds to the access persist
level of radio priority 1, and so on.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16
Unit
None
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Subscriber occupying other

preference channel support
(HybridOccuSupp)
482
Full name
Subscriber occupying other preference channel support
Abbreviation
HybridOccuSupp
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether to support subscriber occupying other preference channel. It indicates this kind of preference channel is busy, other
channels are idle, and determines whether to occupy
this preference channel.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGO-03-02-009 Flexible Priority Handling of Packet

Data Channel
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS subscriber moving out of

other preference channel support
(AllowPsMove)
Full name
PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel

support
Abbreviation
AllowPsMove
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether to support subscriber moving out of other preference channel. It
indicates whether the user that occupies other channels can be moved out.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
483
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-

Data Channel
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CS subscriber moving support

(AllowCsMove)
Full name
CS subscriber moving support
Abbreviation
AllowCsMove
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether support switching

some CS subscriber cell to other timeslot, to leave
blank for original timeslot for getting larger PS available timeslot group.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-

Data Channel
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
484
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Congeneric service threshold for

PS-moving (SfPreferBusyThs)
Full name
Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving
Abbreviation
SfPreferBusyThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
During this application, on the gained preferential

channel on this side, it is better that existing QoS
quota / total available QoS quota is lower than allocated result for this percentage, to calculate target evaluation target function in combination with
un-congeneric occupying threshold.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-

Data Channel
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
485
Un-congeneric service threshold for

PS-moving (OpPreferBusyThs)
Full name
Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving
Abbreviation
OpPreferBusyThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
During this application, on the gained preferential

channel on opposite side, it is better that existing
QoS quota / total available QoS quota is lower than
allocated result for this percentage, to calculate target evaluation target function in combination with
un-congeneric occupying threshold.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-

Data Channel
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
EDGE Parameters
In the Basic Params 1 tab, if user select 'Support EDGE' for 'Support GPRS(PsSupport)', the EDGE Params tab will appear.
The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 53.
486
FIGURE 53 EDGE PARAMETERS
EGPRS packet channel request

access program support
(EgprsPacketChreq)
Full name
EGPRS packet channel request access program support
Abbreviation
EgprsPacketChreq
3GPP Name
EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS

CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It indicates
if the cell supports EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST access flow. If the cell supports EGPRS and
this flow, the EGPRS terminal is able to originate
EGPRS packet access flow on RACH or PRACH (if
PBCCH exists).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
487
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGO-03-05-003 EGPRS Packet Channel Request on

CCCH
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Uplink LA+IR quality control support

(IrSupportUp)
488
Full name
Uplink LA+IR quality control support
Abbreviation
IrSupportUp
3GPP Name
RESEGMENT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description
It indicates if the cell supports "uplink IR quality control". If it does, the network could set the RESEGMENT in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK, PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT and PACK TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message as FALSE to inform MS system of using
IR quality control mode, and MS uplink retransmission could not be segmented.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGO-03-05-002 EGPRS Link Adaptation
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGO-03-05-006 Incremental Redundancy in UL

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
Take Preemptive transmit bit function

(PreemptiveTrans)
Full name
Take Preemptive transmit bit function
Abbreviation
PreemptiveTrans
3GPP Name
PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

It indicates whether the cell employs the
"Preemptivetrans bit" function. If the cell supports
that function, network indicates MS whether
to send the RLC data of PENDING-ACK when
there is no data in NACK status and no new RLC
data block to be transmitted or the transmission
window is full by PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION
in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message.
Description
Yes: Use preemptive transmission. MS should

not send the data block in PENDING-ACK
status. But for the last piece of current
TBF, even if its status is PENDING ACK,
it should be transmitted.
No: Do not use preemptive transmission. MS
should send the oldest data in PENDING-ACK
status, then the second oldest data. If all
data in PENDING-ACK status have been
sent, repeat from the oldest one.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
489
Average filter period for uplink BEP

(BEPperiodUp)
Full name
Bep_Period2 of uplink
Abbreviation
BEPperiodUp
3GPP Name
BEP_PERIOD
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Description
This parameter is internal parameter of PCU. The

meaning of this parameter is the same as BEPPeriodDown, but it is to caculate the uplink measurement
data inside of PCU.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
Average filter period for downlink

BEP (BEPperiodDown)
490
Full name
Bep_Period2 of downlink
Abbreviation
BEPperiodDown
3GPP Name
BEP_PERIOD
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in

GRPS CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13.
In EGPRS system, EGPRS MS will determine to
report the MEAN_REP_AV (average error bit rate
of the radio block) and CV_BEP_AV (variance
coefficient of radio block error bit rate) under
the whole TBF, or the measurement data per
time slot MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7).
Description
The specification defines the calculation formula of

these measurement data (refer to 05.08 10.2.3.2.1).
There is an oblivion factor e in the formula, whose
value is defined by the average period of BEP filter.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None

(LinkQuameaMode)
Full name
Abbreviation
LinkQuameaMode
3GPP Name
LINK_QUALITY_MEASUREMENT_MODE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
491
Description
This parameter is sent to MS in Downlink Assignment

message. It indicates the measurement report mode
of EGPRS MS in the cell. EGPRS measurement could
be performed based on each impulse, which is to
measure by the granularity of BURST. The feature of
rapid EGPRS measurement makes the network side
be able to respond the change of radio environment
quickly, so as to choose the most proper coding mode
and perform power control.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
EDGE initial downlink allocation by

multislot class 1 (Info1_1_0)
Full name
EDGE initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1
Abbreviation
Info1_1_0
3GPP
Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates whether initial channel allocation

in downlink for EDGE user is according to the actual
multislot capability. If it is, then one or multiple timeslots
are allocated according to the actual multislot capability
in initial channel allocation; otherwise, only one timeslot
is allocated in initial channel allocation.
492
Management Object
Cell
Value
Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default
value
No
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
0: No; 1: Yes
EGPRS Phone Init Coding

(EGPRSInitAttSelt)
Full name
EGPRS Phone Init Coding
Abbreviation
EGPRSInitAttSelt_0 ~ EGPRSInitAttSelt_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This is a four-dimensional array, representing EGPRS

uplink initial coding scheme, EGPRS downlink initial
coding scheme, EGPRS uplink max coding scheme,
and EGPRS downlink max coding scheme.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5, MCS6, MCS7,

MCS8, MCS9
Unit
None
Default value
[MCS6, MCS6, MCS9, MCS9]
493
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-03-05-001 Modulation and Coding Scheme 1~9
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
EGPRS phones init code can be

changed (InitAttachExch_1)
494
Full name
EGPRS phones init code can be changed
Abbreviation
InitAttachExch_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if the coding method of GPRS/EGPRS MS

in cell could be changed dynamically.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-03-05-001 Modulation and Coding Scheme 1~9
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Chapter
Cell Object Parameters

This chapter describes cell object parameters, including power
control, handover, and reselection parameters.
Table of Contents
TRX Parameters .............................................................. 495
Power Control Parameters................................................. 521
Handover Control Parameters............................................ 553
UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ................................. 632
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ......................................... 648
Adjacent Cell Parameters.................................................. 702
Frequency Hopping System Parameters .............................. 756
TRX Parameters
TRX parameters are displayed in two sub-interfaces. If the site is
an IP access site, an IP Params tab is added to the TRX information interface.
TRX Information Parameters

The interface of TRX parameters is as shown in Figure 54.
495
FIGURE 54 TRX INFORMATION PARAMETERS
TRX ID (TrxId)
Full name
TRX ID
Abbreviation
TrxId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
TRX number in the cell. According to GSM specifications, one cell can have 64 carriers at most. This
parameter is consistent with the TRX ID of SDR base
station.
Management
Object
TRX
1 ~ 60
The following lists the maximum number of
TrxIds of each site type.
Value Range
496
OB06: 48
BS20: 48
BS21: 48
BS21V20: 48
BS30: 48
BS30V12: 48
B8112: 54
M8202: 54
M8206: 54
B8018: 54
S8001: 1
SDR: 60
Chapter 5 Cell Object Parameters
Unit
None
Default value
Sort in order.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

all current services of corresponding TRX will be interrupted immediately.
Sub cell ID (SubCellId)

Full name
Sub cell ID
Abbreviation
SubCellId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
If it is cell with dual frequencies, this parameter describes the subCell of the dual-frequency cell in which
the TRX is; if it is not dual-frequency cell, this parameter is First Subcell. It is unmodifiable after being
created.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is No,

value range is the first subcell;
When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is Yes, value
range is the first subcell and the second subcell.
Unit
None
Default value
First subcell
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
The value of "Use Subcell or not" has influence on

the value range of this parameter.
497
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
TRX type (TrxType)

Full name
TRX type
Abbreviation
TrxType
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Common TRX is suitable for common cell. After
adding the function of supporting extended cell,
a third type of TRX is added -- Expand TRX,
realizing large coverage range.
Description
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
Common TRX, Extended TRX
Unit
None
Default value
Common TRX
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-01-001 Extended Cell Coverage
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
498
In common cell, TRX Type shall be

configured as Normal TRX;
When subcell is not supported under extended
cell, TRX Type shall be configured as Extended
TRX; when subcell is supported under extended
cell, subcell 1 shall be configured as Extended
TRX, and no special requirements for subcell 2.
Channel ID
range of TSC.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

Priority (TrxPriority)
Full name
Assign Priority of the Trx
Abbreviation
TrxPriority
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes priorities for allocating carriers of the same type. 1 represents the highest priority. Select channels on carriers with high priority
when allocating channels.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
1 ~ 5
Unit
None
Default value
When "BCCH
default value
When "BCCH
default value
Carrier (BcchMark)" is No,

is 3;
Carrier (BcchMark)" is Yes,
is 1;
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-03-02-002 Enhancement on Channel Allocation
Relevant
rameters
paBCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)
Relationship
The value of BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) has

influence on the default value of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)

Full name
BCCH carrier frequency
Abbreviation
BcchMark
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
One and only one BCCH carrier frequency must be

configured in a cell.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
Yes/No
499
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Priority (TrxPriority)
Support FHS
Relationship
This parameter's value influences the default value

of the "TrxPriority" parameter. It also influences the
value range of the "Support FHS" parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
Static power level (PwRreduction)
500
Full name
Static power level
Abbreviation
PwRreduction
3GPP Name
static RF power step
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.005 V5.14.0
Description
This parameter represents the static power level of

transceiver. Usually a static power control is added
on the basis of TRX transmission power specified by
Static power level. Namely, a restriction is added
based on the maximum transmission power, thus to
get the actual maximum transmission power Pn of
the TRX. The dynamic power control is implemented
based on the maximum transmission power Pn.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
Max output power, Max output power - 2 dB, Max

output power - 4 dB, Max output power - 6 dB, Max
output power - 8 dB, Max output power - 10 dB, Max
output power - 12 dB, Max output power + 1.5 dB,
Max output power + 1 dB, Max output power + 0.5
dB
Unit
None
Default value
Max output power
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
ZGB-04-02-002 Static BTS Power Control
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Power level (PowerClass)

Full name
Power level
Abbreviation
PowerClass
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter can configure the power level of

carrier, which can be converted to the actual power
value. It is used to calculate path loss and CI value
in the measurement report.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
1 ~ 8
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Support FHS
Full name
Support FHS
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
hopping
501
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

This parameter indicates if frequency-hopping
is supported. When this parameter is set as
'Base band freqhop', 'BhGroupId' is added to the
interface. When this parameter is set as 'RFID
freqhop', 'Frequency' disappears from the interface
and 'FhsId' is added to the interface.
Description
Note: S8001 only has one frequency, and does

not support frequency-hopping.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is No, the

value range is No, base band freq-hopping,
and RFID freq-hopping.
If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is Yes, the value
range is No and base band freq-hopping.
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGO-04-03-004 Baseband Frequency Hopping
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
ZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping
BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)

The value of BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) has
influence on the value range of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

BhGroupId
502
Full name
BhGroupId
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Select the BhGroupId if the frequency hopping

mode is baseband frequency hopping. After
multiple TRXs configures the same frequency group
id, the frequencies for these TRXs will be added
into the frequency hopping system identified by
BhGroupId. In the process of hopping, it uses the
same MA frequency list.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
BhGroupId in frequency hopping system
Relationship
Related
interfaces
Impact on
service
Select the BhGroupId if the frequency hopping

mode is baseband frequency hopping.
Um Interface
Service will be affected. If the parameter is
modified, all current services of corresponding TRX
FhsID
Full name
FhsID
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Select the FhsID if the configured frequency hopping

mode is RF hopping. This trx uses the MA frequency
list configured in frequency hopping system.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
FhsID in frequency hopping system
Relationship
Select the FhsID if the configured frequency

hopping mode is RF hopping.
503
Related
interfaces
Um Interface
modified, all current services of corresponding TRX
Impact on
service
Frequency
Full name
Frequency
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Select the frequency point of this transceiver.
Management
Object
TRX
TCH frequency point can be at a different frequency
band from BCCH frequency point.
Frequency band (FreqBand) is GSM900:

Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequency
point is 1 ~ 124;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is EXT900: Value
range of BCCH transceiver's frequency point
is 0 ~ 124 and 975 ~ 1023;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is DCS1800:
point is 512 ~ 885;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is PCS1900:
point is 512 ~ 810;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is GSM850:
point is 128 ~ 251;
TCH frequency point has nothing to do with

Frequency band (FreqBand).
Value Range
504
When TCH transceiver is at GSM900, the

value range is 1 ~ 124;
When TCH transceiver is at EXT900, the value
range is 0 ~ 124 and 975 ~ 1023;
When TCH transceiver is at DCS1800, the
When TCH transceiver is at PCS1900, the
When TCH transceiver is at GSM850, the
value range is 128 ~ 251.
Unit
None
Default value
Based on the set frequency
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)

Relationship
Based on frequency setting at subsequent BTSs, the

system automatically fills it in the 'ARFCN list' box.
The value of the FreqBand parameter influences the
value range of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

Channel Information Parameters

The channel information interface is shown in Figure 55.
FIGURE 55 CHANNEL INFORMATION PARAMETERS
Channel ID
Full name
Channel ID
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Number to identify timeslot.
505
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Normal TRX",

eight timeslot numbers are displayed on the
interface, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Extended TRX",
four timeslot numbers are displayed on the
interface, such as 0, 2, 4, and 6.
Unit
None
Default value
Same as value range
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
TRX type (TrxType)

The value of the 'TRX type (TrxType)' parameter
influences the value range of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
TS Channel Combination
Full name
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines combined types of
timeslot channel. The correlation with the
following parameters is as follows:
CBC supported (SmsCbUsed).

If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is 'No',
that is, CBC is not supported, the system
automatically finds all timeslot channel
combinations in the cell. If CBC channel
exists, it is changed to SDCCH.
If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is 'Yes', that
is, CBC is supported, the system automatically
finds all timeslot channel combinations in the
cell. If a non-BCCH channel is found for a
carrier, it is changed to SDCCH+CBCH.
Description
506
Support GPRS (PsSupport)

If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is 'No',
that is, GPRS is not supported, the system
automatically changes all timeslot channels
whose type is PS in the cell to TCH.
Common control channel configuration (CcchConf)

If CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses one
physical channel, combined with SDCCH",
then in the channel parameters, channel
combination of timeslot 0 must be one of the
following two combinations: 'BCCH+SDCCH/4'
and 'BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH'.
When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses
one physical channel, not combined with
SDCCH", then in the channel parameters,
channel combination of timeslot 0 must
be one of the following two combinations:
'FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH' and 'BCCH+CCCH'.
two physical channel, not combined with
channel combination of timeslot 0 and timeslot
2 is one of the following two combinations:
three physical channel, not combined with
channel combination of timeslot 0, 2, and
4 is one of the following two combinations:
When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses four
physical channel, not combined with SDCCH",
then in the channel parameters,channel
combination of timeslot 0, 2, 4, and 6 is
one of the following two combinations:
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
TCH/F
Change mode
Offline
TCH/F;
TCH/H(0,1)+FACCH/H(0,1)+SACCH/TH(0,1);
SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8;
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH;
BCCH+SDCCH/4;
BCCH+CCCH;
BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH;
SDCCH+CBCH;
PBCCH+PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH
507
ZGO-03-02-008 EDGE on BCCH-TRX Configurable

ZGB-03-02-005 GPRS-only (without voice)
Timeslots Configurable
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGB-03-02-006 Voice-only Timeslots Configurable

ZGB-03-05-003 PBCCH, PPCH, PAGCH, PRACH
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

all current services of corresponding channel will be
TSC
508
Full name
TSC
Abbreviation
TSC
3GPP Name
TSC
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.002 V5.13.0
Description
This parameter represents Training Serial Code (TSC)

of the timeslot. There are eight types of TSC, with
low mutual dependency. It is used for reference of
delay compensation for adaptive balance circuit at
receiving side. For the timeslot where BCCH is, this
parameter must be equal to BCC of the cell.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

MAIO
Full name
MAIO
Abbreviation
MAIO
3GPP Name
Mobile Allocation Index Offset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

During communication, the carrier number adopted
on air interface is an element of the MA set. Mobile
Allocation Index (MAI) (0 MAI n-1) is a variable
for determining a definite element in the MA set.
According to the FH algorithm in GSM 05.02
specification, MAI is function of the following
aspects: TDMA Frame Number (FN) or Reduced
TDMA Frame Number (RFN), frequency Hopping
Serial Number (HSN), and Mobile Allocation Index
Offset (MAIO). MAIO is an initial offset of MAI and
is used for preventing several channels to contend
for the same carrier at the same moment.
Description
Generally, several basic FH units (timeslot or

TDMA frame) constitute an FH group. They have
the same MA and HSN and the only difference
among them is MAIO. Thus the same MA and HSN
are put in FHS/MA table. When the FH group
corresponding to the timeslot has no frequency
hopping, MAIO of the timeslot is invalid.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

ZGO-04-03-003 Flexible MAIO Management
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

509
Dynamic TS
Full name
Dynamic TS
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
YES: Representing dynamic timeslot; NO: Representing fixedly configured timeslot.
Management
Object
TS1 number
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

Ps Service Preference Property
510
Full name
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Indicate whether to do channel packet service preference or the type to do service preference
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
No preference, GPRS preference, EDGE preference,

EDGE exclusion
Unit
None
Default value
No preference
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-

Data Channel
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PDCH Precedence
Full name
PDCH Precedence
Abbreviation
PDCHPrecedence
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This timeslot is used as PDTCH firstly. It is only configured for dynamic timeslot.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

511
TSC
Full name
TSC
Abbreviation
TSC
3GPP Name
training sequence Code
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.002 V5.13.0
Description
It is training serial code (TSC). TSC value in BCCH

channel shall be same as BCC value.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PDCH
512
Full name
PDCH
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is same as the property of "PDCH Priority" parameter. It is a shortcut method, uniformly configuring 8
timeslots simultaneously for the carrier.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS service preference
Full name
PS service preference
Abbreviation
PDCHPrecedence
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if the channel prefers to be PS channel.

It is only valid for dynamic timeslot.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
No preference, GPRS preference, EDGE preference, EDGE dedicated, EGPRRS2-A preference, and
EGPRRS2-A dedicated.
Unit
None
Default value
No preference
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
513
Dynamic TS
Full name
Dynamic TS
Abbreviation
Changeable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It indicates if TCH can be dynamically allocated to CS

or PS.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
IP Parameters
IP parameter interface is as shown in Figure 56.
514
FIGURE 56 IP PARAMETERS
BIPB Unit
Full name
BIPB Unit
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is corresponding with the board position in physical

configuration
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
Depends on the actual configuration of BIPB unit.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
515
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

DSP Sunit
Full name
DSP Sunit
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It corresponds to the DSP supporting IP in BIPB board

configured by physical mode.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
Determined by user configured DSP quantity
Unit
None
Default value
Minimum DSP number configured by user
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

DspMarkSeq
516
Full name
DspMarkSeq
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Mark sequence of carrier on DSP, DSP channel number will be calculated based on this mark by service.
For VTCD board, each DSP can mark (configure) 16
carriers at most; for VTCD/2 board, it can be configured with 28 carriers.
Management
Object
None
Value Range
0 ~ 15; 0 ~ 27
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

Port No.
Full name
Port No.
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
IP access. Port number shall be allocated for each

carrier, and the number will be determined by the
port actually configured.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
1 ~ 3072
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
517
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

Panel Parameters
The panel parameter interface is shown in Figure 57.
FIGURE 57 PANEL PARAMETERS
TRX mode
518
Full name
TRX mode
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It sets the working mode of carrier to be single carrier or dual carriers, and determines whether to use
4-way diversity in uplink and whether to use DPCT or
DDT in downlink.
Management
Object
BTS rack
Dual carrier
Single carrier with 4-ways diversity reception
Single carrier with 4-ways diversity
reception and DPCT
Single carrier with 4-ways diversity
reception and DDT
Single carrier
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Dual carrier
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Support antenna hop

Delay count
The 'Support antenna hop' parameter is enabled
only when this parameter is set to be 'Dual carrier'.
Relationship
The 'Delay count' parameter is enabled only when

this parameter is set to be 'Single carrier with
4-ways diversity reception and DDT'.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Delay count
Full name
Delay count
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It defines the symbol used on delayed transmitting.
Management
Object
BTS rack
Value Range
1 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
519
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paTRX mode
This parameter is valid when the 'TRX mode'
parameter is 'Single carrier with 4-ways diversity
reception and DDT'.
Relationship
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
IRC
Full name
IRC
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management
Object
BTS rack
Value Range
Not checked, checked
Unit
None
Default value
Not checked
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
It determines whether to use IRC.
520
Not checked: Do not use IRC

Checked: Use IRC
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Support antenna hop

Full name
Support antenna hop
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes whether antenna
hop is supported.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
No: indicates antenna hop is not supported;

Yes: indicates antenna hop is supported;
TRX mode
Relationship
This parameter is valid when the 'TRX mode'

parameter is 'Dual carrier'.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Power Control Parameters

There are four tab-interfaces for basic power control parameters.
If the cell supports GPRS, a GPRS Power Control tab is also displayed.

The interface of power control parameters is shown in Figure 58.
521
FIGURE 58 POWER CONTROL PARAMETERS

(UlRapidPcInd)
522
Full name
Abbreviation
UlRapidPcInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines the availability of

the rapid power control process. Rapid power
control process is an optional process of BSC. It
reduces the interference of the whole BSS radio
system and satisfies the dynamic power control
requirement for rapid moving MS.
Description
The amplitude of power control used by rapid power

control process each time is no longer a fixed
value, but an integer multiple of cell parameter
power control step (increase and decrease).
the rapid power control process.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-02-002 Dynamic MS Power Control
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(DlRapidPcInd)
Full name
Abbreviation
DlRapidPcInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
523

the rapid power control process. Rapid power
control process is an optional process of BSC. It
reduces the interference of the whole BSS radio
system and satisfies the dynamic power control
requirement for rapid moving MS.
Description
The amplitude of power control used by rapid power

control process each time is no longer a fixed
value, but an integer multiple of cell parameter
power control step (increase and decrease).
the rapid power control process.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-04-02-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Power Control PwrDesrLimit

Full name
Power Control PwrDesrLimit
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is set for preventing MS from call
drop due to fast power control. It corresponds to
different quality level. For example, PwrDecrLimit
[0] determines the maximum power decrease
limit for calls with receiving quality level 0 (Bit
Error rate (BER) <0.2%). This parameter is
valid for both uplink and downlink.
Description
524
This parameter is an array of eight elements, with

element length of one byte. PwrDecrLimit [n]
determines the maximum power decrease limit
available for calls with quality level n. The value
range of each element is 0 ~ 38 dB.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 38
Unit
None
Default value
[24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Power Survey Parameters

The interface of power survey parameters is shown in Figure 59.
FIGURE 59 POWER SURVEY PARAMETERS

(PwrCtrlReportPrd)
Full name
Abbreviation
PwrCtrlReportPrd
525
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Power control is performed at BTS side and BSC implements relevant performance statistics. BTS uses
this parameter to decide the periodicity to send the
preprocessed power measurement to BSC as an input for power control analysis. This parameter is in
the unit of SACCH multi-frame.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 254
Unit
SACCH multiframe
Default value
240
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink level Sample count (PcUlLevWindow)

Full name
Uplink power level
Abbreviation
PcUlLevWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In GSM system, BSC determines whether to perform
power control according to measurement data.
BSC uses the average value of measurement
data to avoid adverse influences caused by
abrupt changes in measurement data due to
complex radio transmission.
526
Description
BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window

size for the average value of uplink signal
strength, i.e. to calculate the average value
of the number of used samples.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink level Weight (PcUlLevWeight)

Full name
Uplink level Weight
Abbreviation
PcUlLevWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Speech data is unavailable for silent period during
conversation. GSM specifications recommend
Discontinuous Transmission Mode (DTX) to
control optimal usage of network resources
during such silent periods.
In the DTX mode, the measurement data reported
to BSC fall into two types. One is the average
of the measurement results of all timeslots in a
measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and
the other is the average of the measurement
results of some special timeslots in a measurement
period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to optionally
select one type of measurement data and use
the data to calculate the average value.
The first type of measurement data is more accurate
since it is the average value of measurement results
of all timeslots. The second type of measurement
data is less accurate since it is the average value of
measurement results of some timeslots. Thus BSC
should use different weights for the two types of
data when averaging the measurement results.
Description
This parameter determines the weight for the

first type of measurement data when averaging
uplink signal strength for power control.
Weight for the second type of measurement
data is set to 1 by default.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 3
527
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink level Sample count (PcDlLevWindow)

Full name
Downlink power level
Abbreviation
PcDlLevWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

size for the average value of downlink signal
strength, i.e. to calculate the average value
of the number of used samples.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
528
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink level Weight (PcDlLevWeight)

Full name
Downlink level Weight
Abbreviation
PcDlLevWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description: According to GSM Specifications,
discontinuous transmission (DTX) refers to the
process in which the system does not transmit
signals in the voice intermittent period during
the subscriber communication process.
Description

downlink signal strength for power control.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
529
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink quality Sample count (PcUlQualWindow)

Full name
Uplink quality level
Abbreviation
PcUlQualWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

size for the average value of uplink signal
quality, i.e. to calculate the average value of
the number of used samples.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink quality Weight (PcUlQualWeight)
530
Full name
Uplink quality Weight
Abbreviation
PcUlQualWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines the weight for

the first type of measurement data when
averaging uplink signal quality for power control.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink quality Sample Count (PcDlQualWin

dow)
Full name
Downlink quality level
Abbreviation
PcDlQualWindow
531
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

size for the average value of downlink signal
quality, i.e. to calculate the average value of
the number of used samples.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink quality Weight (PcDlQualWeight)
532
Full name
Downlink quality Weight
Abbreviation
PcDlQualWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None

Description

downlink signal quality for power control.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Power Adjustment Threshold

Parameters
The interface of power adjustment threshold parameters is shown
in Figure 60.
533
FIGURE 60 POWER ADJUSTMENT THRESHOLD PARAMETERS
Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevTh

sThs), Value P (PcULInclLevThsP), and Value
N (PcULInclLevThsN)
Full name
Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
Abbreviation
PcULInclLevThsThs/PcULInclLevThsP/PcULInclLevThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
According to GSM specifications, power control decisions depend upon received average value series
of uplink signal strength. The decision process is as
follows: For the latest N average values of uplink signal strength, if P of the N values fall below relevant
threshold value, increase MS (uplink) transmission
power to improve the uplink signal strength.
Management
Object
Cell
Increase uplink level can be divided into four
kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
534
Value Range
Threshold: 0 ~ 63; Value P: 1 ~31; Value N: 1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
[22, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
ZGO-04-02-002 Dynamic MS Power Control
Fea-
ZGO-04-02-008 AMR Power Control
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Increase downlink level Threshold (PcDLInclLevT

hsThs), Value P (PcDLInclLevThsP), and Value
N (PcDLInclLevThsN)
Full name
Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value

N
Abbreviation
PcDLInclLevThsThs/PcDLInclLevThsP/PcDLInclLevThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

According to GSM specifications, power control
decisions depend upon received average value
series of uplink signal strength.
Description
The decision process is as follows: For the latest

N average values of downlink signal strength, if
P of the N values fall below relevant threshold
value, increase BTS (downlink) transmission power
to improve the downlink signal quality.
Management
Object
Cell
Increase downlink level can be divided into four
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[26, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGO-04-02-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control
None
Relationship
None
535
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevT

hsThs), Value P (PcULRedLevThsP), and Value
N (PcULRedLevThsN)
Full name
Decrease uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value

N
Abbreviation
PcULRedLevThsThs/PcULRedLevThsP/PcULRedLevThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

N average values of uplink signal strength, if P
of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission power
to improve the uplink signal strength.
Management
Object
Cell
Decrease uplink level can be divided into four
536
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[30, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Decrease downlink level Threshold (PcDLRedLev

ThsThs), Value P (PcDLRedLevThsP), and Value
N (PcDLRedLevThsN)
Full name
Decrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, and

Value N
Abbreviation
PcDLRedLevThsThs/PcDLRedLevThsP/PcDLRedLevThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

N average values of downlink signal strength, if
P of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink) transmission power
to improve the downlink signal strength.
Management
Object
Cell
Decrease downlink level can be divided into four
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[34, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
537
Increase uplink quality Threshold (PcULInclQualT

hsThs), Value P (PcULInclQualThsP), and Value
N (PcULInclQualThsN)
Full name
Increase uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value

N
Abbreviation
PcULInclQualThsThs/PcULInclQualThsP/PcULInclQualThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

N average values of uplink signal quality, if P
of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, increase MS (uplink) transmission power
to improve the uplink signal quality.
Management
Object
Cell
Increase uplink quality can be divided into four
538
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[2, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Increase downlink quality Threshold (PcDLInclQ

ualThsThs), Value P (PcDLInclQualThsP), and
Value N (PcDLInclQualThsN)
Full name
Increase downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and

Value N
Abbreviation
PcDLInclQualThsThs/PcDLInclQualThsP/PcDLInclQualThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

N average values of downlink signal quality, if P of
the N values rise above relevant threshold value,
increase BTS (downlink) transmission power to
improve the downlink signal quality.
Management
Object
Cell
Increase downlink quality can be divided into four
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[2, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
539
Decrease uplink quality Threshold (PcULRedQ

ualThsThs), Value P (PcULRedQualThsP), and
Value N (PcULRedQualThsN)
Full name
Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value

N
Abbreviation
PcULRedQualThsThs/PcULRedQualThsP/PcULRedQualThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

N average values of uplink signal quality, if P
of the N values fall below relevant threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission power
Management
Object
Cell
Decrease uplink quality can be divided into four
540
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[0, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Decrease downlink quality Threshold (PcDLRed

QualThsThs), Value P (PcDLRedQualThsP), and
Value N (PcDLRedQualThsN)
Full name
Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and

Value N
Abbreviation
PcDLRedQualThsThs/PcDLRedQualThsP/PcDLRedQualThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

N average values of downlink signal quality, if
P of the N values fall below relevant threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink) transmission power
Management
Object
Cell
Decrease downlink quality can be divided into four
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[0, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Other Parameters
The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 61.
541
Power increasing step (PwrIncStep, db)

Full name
Power increasing step
Abbreviation
PwrIncStep_0 ~ PwrIncStep_3
3GPP Name
Pow_Incr_Step
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
It describes increase step, the value of each power

control variation. It applies to both uplink and downlink directions.
Management
Object
Cell
Power increase step can be divided into four
Value Range
Value range is 2, 4, and 6.
Unit
dB
Default value
It can be divided into four types: FR, HR, AMR FR,

and AMR HR. The default value is 2.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
542
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Power decreasing step (PwrRedStep, db)

Full name
Power decreasing step
Abbreviation
PwrRedStep_0 ~ PwrRedStep_3
3GPP Name
Pow_Red_Step
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
It describes decrease step, the value of each power

control variation. It applies to both uplink and downlink directions.
Management
Object
Cell
Power decrease step can be divided into four
Value Range
Value range is 2 and 4.
Unit
dB
Default value

Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink power control allowed (PwrControlUl)

Full name
Uplink power control
Abbreviation
PwrControlUl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
543
Description
This parameter determines to enable or disable MS

uplink power control in the cell. This power control is
only effective to TCH/F.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink power control allowed (PwrControlDl)
544
Full name
Downlink power control
Abbreviation
PwrControlDl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to enable or disable BTS downlink power control in the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

Cell enable power dynamic sharing or not (PwrDynShare)
If it is SDR BTS and this parameter is set to Yes,

you can set PwrDynShare.
Relationship
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

Full name
MAX power level of MS
Abbreviation
MsTxPwrMax_0 ~ MsTxPwrMax_3
3GPP Name
MS_TXPWR_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

MS sets the specified output transmission power
according to the power control header extracted
from the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possible
output power even if the power command sends
maximum output power. During BSC power
control, this parameter determines the maximum
transmission power available for MS in the cell.
BSC also uses it to calculate PBGT value.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
MAX power level of MS can be divided into four
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value

Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
545
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)

Full name
MIN power level of MS
Abbreviation
MsTxPwrMin_0 ~ MsTxPwrMin_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

maximum output power. During BSC power
control, this parameter determines the minimum
transmission power (that is, lower limit of power
control) available for MS in the cell.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
MIN power level of MS can be divided into four
546
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value

Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin)

Full name
Min Power level of BS
Abbreviation
BsTxPwrMin_0 ~ BsTxPwrMin_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter controls the transmission power during communication between MS and BTS. SACCH carries the command with 2 header bytes information
(power control byte and timing advance byte) from
BSC to BTS. When BSC performs power control, this
parameter determines the BTS's minimum transmission power in the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
MIN power level of BS can be divided into four
types: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Value range is 0 ~ 15
The maximum power level of BTS is Pn, then,
0: Pn
1: Pn-2 dB;
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value

Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
15: Pn-30 dB
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnterval)

Full name
MIN interval of power control
Abbreviation
PcMinInterval_0 ~ PcMinInterval_3
3GPP Name
None
547
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter specifies the minimum interval of

power control. Usually, MS still sends two measurement reports with the original power to BSC after
enabling the power control. Signal level information
contained in the reports is inaccurate and can be
ignored (information such as adjacent cell information is still valid). Thus a minimum interval of power
control is needed and signal level information during
the interval can be ignored.
Management
Object
Cell
MIN interval of power control can be divided into
four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Value Range
Unit
SACCH multiframe
Default value

Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS Power Control Parameters

The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in Figure
62.
548
FIGURE 62 GPRS POWER CONTROL PARAMETERS
Expected signal intensity of MS (SS_BTS)

Full name
Expected signal intensity of MS
Abbreviation
SS_BTS
3GPP Name
SSb
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used to control open loop
uplink power control. During the uplink open-link
power control, MS uses the GCH parameter
in calculating transmission power, which is
based on the following formula:
GCH = G0 -PBTS -SSb -48
Description
This parameter decides the SSb parameter.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
0: -110 dBm
1: -109 dBm
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
63 -47 dBm
Fea-
549
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink power control strategy (UlPwCtrl)

Full name
Uplink power control strategy
Abbreviation
UlPwCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines GPRS uplink power control strategy, including the following four modes: No
control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control, Control based on quality.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control,

Control based on quality
Unit
None
Default value
Non-control
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink power control strategy (DlPwCtrl)
550
Full name
Downlink Power Control policy
Abbreviation
DlPwCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines GPRS downlink power

control strategy, including the following four modes:
Control based on quality.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range

Control based on quality
Unit
None
Default value
Non control
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink power control mode (PwCtrlMode)

Full name
Downlink Power Control Mode
Abbreviation
PwCtrlMode
3GPP Name
BTS_PWR_CTRL_MODE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter determines the BTS downlink power

control mode. BTS has two power control modes: A
and B. Mode A may be used for any allocation mode,
while mode B can only be used for the fixed allocation
mode.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
A, B
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
551
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Power control level (PwCtrlLev)
552
Full name
Power Control Level
Abbreviation
PwCtrlLev
3GPP Name
Power control level
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter determines GPRS power control precision, which describes nominal output power and
power control precision (dB) sent by MS under each
power control level.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(P0, 2db)
Full name
Abbreviation
P0
3GPP Name
P0
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter is an optional downlink power control parameter contained in assignment message. If
P0 exists, power control is used. Otherwise, it is
not used. The value of Power descending of PDCH
to BCCH in a mode can not be modified in packet
transmission mode unless re-assignment or new assignment is established and such an assignment does
not contain PDCH of any previous assignment.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 15
0: P0=0 dB
1: P0=2 dB;
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
15: P0=30 dB.
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Handover Control
Parameters
There are seven sub-interfaces for handover control parameters.
553
Handover Pretreatment Parameters

The interface of handover pretreatment parameters is shown in
Figure 63.
FIGURE 63 HANDOVER PRETREATMENT PARAMETERS
Number of zero allowed in AV (ZeroAllowed)

Full name
Number of zero allowed in AV
Abbreviation
ZeroAllowed
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
According to GSM specifications, MS can report to
BSS the measurement data of at most six adjacent
cells with strongest signal strength. Thus the
measurement results might not be consecutive. For
cells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm,
the measurement data are not reported.
To avoid the negative impact of 0 on averaging,
suppose occasional 0 is allowed and is not used in
averaging, but excessive occurrences of 0 indicate
that the signals of this adjacent cell are too poor.
Description
554
If the number of zeroes in used for average

calculation exceeds Number of zero allowed in
AV, then measurement average equals to sum of

reported values divided by Neighboring cell .
To be specific, during averaging, if the count of
0s in the sampling count exceeds ZeroAllowed,
these sampling values are hardly reliable, and
the measurement average will be the sum of
the reported values divided by NCellWindow. If
the count of 0s in the reported values does not
exceed ZeroAllowed, these sampling values
are much reliable and the measurement average
will be the sum of the reported values divided
by (NCellWindow - the count of 0s).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink power level Sample count

(HoUlLevWindow)
Full name
Uplink power level
Abbreviation
HoUlLevWindow
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

In the GSM system, BSC makes handover decision
according to the measurement data. To avoid
the negative impact of burst measurement values
resulting from complicated radio transmission, BSC,
when making handover decision, no longer uses
the original measurement data but uses a series
of average values of the measurement data.
Description
This parameter is the window size (number

of sample values) used to calculate average
value of uplink signal intensity.
555
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink power level Weight (HoUlLevWeight)

Full name
Uplink level Weight
Abbreviation
HoUlLevWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
556
This parameter determines the weight for the first

type of measurement data when averaging uplink
signal strength for handover. Weight for the second
type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink power level Sample count

(HoDlLevWindow)
Full name
Downlink power level
Abbreviation
HoDlLevWindow
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description
This parameter represents the window size (i.e. the

number of sample values) used to calculate the
average value of downlink signal intensity.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
557
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink power level Weight (HoDlLevWeight)

Full name
Downlink level Weight
Abbreviation
HoDlLevWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
558
Description

type of measurement data when averaging downlink
signal strength for handover. Weight for the second
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink quality Sample count (HoUlQualWindow)

Full name
Uplink quality level
Abbreviation
HoUlQualWindow
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description
This parameter represents the window size

(number of sample values) used to calculate
average value of uplink signal quality.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
559
Uplink quality Weight (HoUlQualWeight)

Full name
Uplink quality Weight
Abbreviation
HoUlQualWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
560
Description

type of measurement data when averaging uplink
signal quality for handover. Weight for the second
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink quality Sample count (HoDlQualWin

dow)
Full name
Downlink quality level
Abbreviation
HoDlQualWindow
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description
This parameter represents the window size (i.e.

the number of sample values) used to calculate
the average value of downlink signal quality.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink quality Weight (HoDlQualWeight)

Full name
Downlink quality Weight
Abbreviation
HoDlQualWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
561

Description

type of measurement data when averaging downlink
signal quality for handover. Weight for the second
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Distance (DistanceWindow)
562
Full name
Distance
Abbreviation
DistanceWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description
This parameter represents the window size (number

of sample values) used to calculate average value of
distance (timing advance) between MS and BTS.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Neighboring cell (NCellWindow)

Full name
Neighboring cell
Abbreviation
NCellWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description
This parameter represents the window size (number

of sample values) used to calculate average value
of signal intensity for adjacent cells.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
563
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Handover Threshold Parameters

The interface of handover threshold parameters is shown in Figure
64.
FIGURE 64 HANDOVER THRESHOLD PARAMETERS
Uplink receive level Threshold (HoUlLevThs),

Value N (HoUlLevN), Value P (HoUlLevP)
564
Full name
Uplink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
HoUlLevThs / HoUlLevN / HoUlLevP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions
depend upon received average value of uplink
and downlink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For the latest N
average values of uplink signal strength, if P of the N
values fall below relevant threshold value, perform
handover to improve the uplink signal strength.
Parameter "HoUlLevThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "HoUlLevN" defines the related
N value, and parameter HoUlLevP defines the
related P value. If this handover condition is met, an
internal handover is usually performed in the cell.
Description
Usually the value of "HoUlLevThs" shall be less than

the threshold for uplink power control (increase).
That is, perform power control first. If power
control does not work, perform handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm

63: > -48 dBm
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[15, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGB-02-02-001 Basic Handover
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGB-02-02-002 Basic Handover Decision Criteria

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink receive level Threshold (HoDlLevThs),

Value N (HoDlLevN), Value P (HoDlLevP)
Full name
Downlink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
HoDlLevThs / HoDlLevN / HoDlLevP
565
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

depend upon received average value of uplink and
downlink signal strength. The decision process
is as follows: For the latest N average values of
downlink signal strength, if P of the N values fall
below relevant threshold value, perform handover
to improve the downlink signal strength.
Parameter HoDlLevThs defines the related
threshold, parameter HoDlLevN defines the
related N value, and parameter HoDlLevP
defines the related P value.
Description
Usually the value of "HoDlLevThs" shall be less than

the threshold for downlink power control (increase).
That is, perform power control first. If power control
does not work, perform handover. This parameter
can be set to 15 by default (i.e. -96 dBm ~ -95
dBm), which is 3 dB larger than the minimum access
level value (RxLevAccessMin) of the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
566
Unit
None
Default value
[15, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink receive quality Threshold (HoUlQualThs),

Value N (HoUlQualN), Value P (HoUlQualP)
Full name
Uplink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
HoUlQualThs / HoUlQualN / HoUlQualP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

is as follows: For the latest N average values
of uplink signal quality, if P of the N values rise
above relevant threshold value, perform handover
Parameter HoUlQualThs defines the related
threshold, parameter HoUlQualN defines the
related N value, and parameter HoUlQualP
Description
Usually the value of "HoUlQualThs" shall be

greater than the threshold for uplink power control
(increase). That is, perform power control first. If
power control does not work, perform handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 7
0: BER<0.2%
1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%
......
6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%
7: 12.8%<BER
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[4, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
567
Downlink receive quality Threshold

(HoDlQualThs), Value N (HoDlQualN),
Value P (HoDlQualP)
Full name
Downlink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
HoDlQualThs / HoDlQualN / HoDlQualP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

is as follows: For the latest N average values of
downlink signal quality, if P of the N values rise
above relevant threshold value, perform handover
Parameter HoDlQualThs defines the related
threshold, parameter HoDlQualN defines the
related N value, and parameter HoDlQualP
Description
In general, the Downlink receive quality Threshold

shall be larger than downlink power control
(increase) threshold, i.e. perform power control
first, then perform handover if power control fails.
Management
Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 7
0: BER<0.2%
1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%
......
6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%
7: 12.8%<BER
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[4, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
568

None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value N

(IntraHoUlLevN) / Value P (IntraHoUlLevP)
Full name
Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value N / Value P
Abbreviation
IntraHoUlLevN / IntraHoUlLevP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

and downlink signal strength. The decision
process is as follows: For the latest N average
values of uplink signal strength, if P of the N
values rise above relevant threshold value, then
perform handover. The handover is due to strong
uplink co-frequency interference.
Parameter "IntraHoUlLevThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "IntraHoUlLevN" defines the
related N value, and parameter "IntraHoUlLevP"
defines the related P value. If this handover
condition is met, an internal handover is
usually performed in the cell.
Description
Usually the value of "IntraHoUlLevThs"

shall be more than the threshold for uplink
power control (decrease).
Management
Object
Cell
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
569
Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value N

(IntraHoDlLevN) / Value P (IntraHoDlLevP)
Full name
Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value N / Value P
Abbreviation
IntraHoDlLevN / IntraHoDlLevP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

The decision process is as follows: For the latest N
average values of downlink signal strength, if P of
the N values rise above relevant threshold value,
then perform handover. The handover is due to
strong downlink co-frequency interference.
Parameter "IntraHoDlLevThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "IntraHoDlLevN" defines the
related N value, and parameter "IntraHoDlLevP"
defines the related P value. If this handover
condition is met, an internal handover is
usually performed in the cell.
Description
Usually the value of "IntraHoDlLevThs" shall

be less than (or equal to) the threshold for
downlink power control (decrease).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Value N: 1 ~ 20
570
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Good C/I Threshold (GoodCiThs), Value N

(GoodCiN), Value P (GoodCiP)
Full name
Good C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
GoodCiThs / GoodCiN / GoodCiP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
If system adopts concentric technology, then
handover decisions also depend upon good
Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of special
layer TRX frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging is
on common layer TRX frequency and P of the latest
N C/I values raise above the good C/I threshold,
then perform handover from common layer TRX
frequency to special layer TRX frequency.
Description
Parameter "GoodCiThs" defines the related

threshold, parameter "GoodCiN" defines the
related N value, and parameter GoodCiP
Management
Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 255
0: < -127 dB
1: > -126 dB
......
255: 128 dB
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[133, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
571
Bad C/I Threshold (BadCiThs), Value N (BadCiN),

Value P (BadCiP)
Full name
Bad C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
BadCiThs / BadCiN / BadCiP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
If system adopts concentric technology, then
handover decisions also depend upon good
Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of special
layer TRX frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging
is on special layer TRX frequency and P of the
latest N C/I values fall below the bad C/I threshold,
then perform handover from special layer TRX
frequency to common layer TRX frequency.
Description
Parameter "BadCiThs" defines the related threshold,

parameter "BadCiN" defines the related N value, and
parameter "BadCiP" defines the related P value.
Management
Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 255
0: < -127 dB
1: > -126 dB
......
255: 128 dB
Value N: 1 ~ 20
572
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[130, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Rapid handover Threshold (RapidHoThs) / Value

N (RapidHoN)
Full name
Rapid handover Threshold / Value N
Abbreviation
RapidHoThs / RapidHoN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
During fast fading handover, some parameters
shall be used. If the measured signal intensity
of a call is less than rapid handover threshold,
then it triggers handover of existing cell to
most probable candidate cell.
RapidHoN counter defines the minimum times
for which the measured signal intensity of a
call is less than the threshold.
Description
"RapidHoThs" may be set as 15 (that is, -96dBm ~

-95dBm) by default, the same as the level threshold
of ordinary handover. Parameter "RapidHoN" should
be set to ensure that rapid handover is faster
than the ordinary signal level handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm

63: > -48 dBm
Value Range
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[10, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGO-02-02-001 Handover between Macro- and Micro-cells
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
573
Distance handover Value N (DistanceN) / Value

P (DistanceP)
Full name
Distance handover Value N/Value P
Abbreviation
DistanceN / DistanceP
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

N average values of TA (distance), if P of the N
values rises above relevant threshold value, then
perform handover. The handover is due to MS
being out of the cell service range.
Description
Parameter "DistanceN" defines the relevant

N value, and parameter "DistanceP" defines
the relevant P value.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Value N: 1 ~ 20

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PBGT handover Value N (PBGTHoN) / Value P

(PBGTHoP)
574
Full name
PBGT handover Value N/Value P
Abbreviation
PBGTHoN / PBGTHoP
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
Value_N and Value_P in PBGT handover. In PBGT

handover, if there are P values of PBGT in N PBGT
satisfying the handover determination condition, the
PBGT handover conditions are satisfied.
Management
Object
Cell
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Handover Condition Parameters

The interface of handover condition parameters is shown in Figure
65.
575
FIGURE 65 HANDOVER CONDITION PARAMETERS
Max time advance threshold between MS and

BTS (DistanceThs)
Full name
Max time advance threshold between MS and BTS
Abbreviation
DistanceThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

576
Description

N average values of TA (distance), if P of the N
values rises above relevant threshold value, then
perform handover. The handover is due to MS
being out of the cell service range.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Common cell: 0 ~ 63; Extended cell: 0 ~ 219
Unit
None
Default value
63
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(HoMinInterval, s)
Full name
Abbreviation
HoMinInterval
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter specifies the interval value for which
MS waits before the actual inter-cell handover
occurs. Such a timer is more predominant for
MS at the boundary regions between two cells,
where inter-cell handovers occur frequently.
This parameter helps restrict frequent inter-cell
handover and guarantees call quality.
Inter-cell handover takes place when the timer
exceeds the defined interval value from the
last inter-cell handover of MS. This parameter
affects only the inter-cell handover, but not
common intra-cell or inter-cell concentric handover.
In addition, micro-cell has its own handover
policy, so this parameter is only effective for
macro-cell layer and its above layer.
Description
For macro-cell, the default value can be 5; for

micro-cell, the default value can only be 0.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
577
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Handover back penalty (HoBackPenalty)

Full name
Handover back penalty
Abbreviation
HoBackPenalty
3GPP Name
No
3GPP reference
No
Description
This parameter describes the time limit for handover

back to the original cell. In other words, after
handover is performed from cell A to cell B, it is not
allowed to perform handover from cell B back to cell
A within the time limit.
This parameter is supported from V6.20.21.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 60
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Prior layer selecting parameter on signal

level/quality (LayerPriority)
578
Full name
Prior layer selecting parameter on signal level/quality
Abbreviation
LayerPriority
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter decides the priority to select and
sequence the candidate cells for handover. Received
signal level and signal quality decides the candidate
cells for handover. Three options are available:
First hand over to adjacent cells at the upper

layer of the local cell, then to those at the same
layer, and finally to other adjacent cells;
First hand over to adjacent cells at the same
layer of the local cell, then to those at the upper
layer, and finally to other adjacent cells;
All adjacent cells are treated in the same way.
This parameter determines to select one of

above three methods. During handover control
process, this parameter has higher priority
than normal adjacent cells.
Value range:
1 (UPPER_LAYER): adjacent cell at above layer

first, same layer next,other adjacent cells finally;
2 (SAME_LAYER): adjacent cell at same
layer first, above layer next, other
adjacent cells finally;
3 (SAME_LAYER): All adjacent cells are
treated in the same way.
Description
Note: In general, micro cell adopts option 1

Macro cell adopts option 2.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
579
Handover to same layer other band neighbor cell

for PBGT permitted (PbgtHoLayer_0)
Full name
Handover to same layer other band neighbor cell for

PBGT permitted
Abbreviation
PbgtHoLayer_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes if Handover to same layer

other band neighbor cell for PBGT is permitted.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover to neighbor cell with no layer relation

for PBGT permitted (PbgtHoLayer_1)
580
Full name
Handover to neighbor cell with no layer relation for

PBGT permitted
Abbreviation
PbgtHoLayer_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes if Handover to neighbor

cell with no layer relation for PBGT is permitted.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

permitted (PbgtHoLayer_2)
Full name

permitted
Abbreviation
PbgtHoLayer_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes if handover to upper layer

neighbor cell for PBGT is allowed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
581

permitted (PbgtHoLayer_3)
Full name

permitted
Abbreviation
PbgtHoLayer_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes if handover to under layer

neighbor cell for PBGT is allowed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0)
582
Full name
Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0)
Abbreviation
HoPatternInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
TA of the destination cell is same as that of the source

cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-02-02-003 Handover Mode
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1)
Full name
Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1)
Abbreviation
HoPatternInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
TA of the destination cell is unknown.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
583
Pseudo-synchronization (HoPatternInd_2)
Full name
Pseudo-synchronism (HoPatternInd_2)
Abbreviation
HoPatternInd_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
MS is able to calculate TA of the destination cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3)
584
Full name
Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3)
Abbreviation
HoPatternInd_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines the TA available for BSC.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
ZGB-02-02-003 Handover Mode

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(DLRapidHoThs)
Full name
Abbreviation
DLRapidHoThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
After getting a series of measurement reports, you can
do the decisions for downlink rapid handover.
Description
The downlink rapid moving is one reason to cause

handover. The decision process is as follows: do the
handover if the latest downlink level values (without
average processing) is higher than the sum of relevant
threshold values and offset values. The handover
reason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoThs
defines the threshold value.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
585
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Downlink rapid handover N (DLRapidHoN)

Full name
Downlink rapid handover N
Abbreviation
DLRapidHoN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
586

reason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoN defines
the value N.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

(DLRapidHoOffset_0)
Full name

(DLRapidHoOffset_0)
Abbreviation
DLRapidHoOffset_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

reason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoOffset_0
defines the offset threshold value for downlink rapid
handover if the train speed is higher than 250km/hr.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

(DLRapidHoOffset_1)
Full name
Abbreviation
DLRapidHoOffset_1
3GPP Name
None
587
3GPP
reference
None
Description

handover if the train speed is 150 ~ 250 km/hr.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

(DLRapidHoOffset_2)
588
Full name
Abbreviation
DLRapidHoOffset_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None

Description

handover if the train speed is lower than 150km/hr.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Downlink rapid handover enable (HoControl_23)

Full name
Downlink rapid handover enable
Abbreviation
HoControl_23
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter determines if downlink rapid handover

is allowed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
589
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover Control Parameters

The interface of handover control parameters is shown in Figure
66.
FIGURE 66 HANDOVER CONTROL PARAMETERS
Allow SDCCH handover (HoControl_0)
590
Full name
Allow SDCCH handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines if allow SDCCH handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-02-02-004 SDCCH/SDCCH Handover
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to uplink

interference (HoControl_1)
Full name
Allow intra-cell handover due to uplink interference
Abbreviation
HoControl_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines if allow intra-cell handover attempt due to uplink interference.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
591
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to downlink

interference (HoControl_2)
Full name
Allow intra-cell handover due to downlink interference
Abbreviation
HoControl_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cell

handover attempt due to downlink interference.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow handover due to distance (HoControl_3)
592
Full name
Allow handover due to distance
Abbreviation
HoControl_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow handover due to distance..
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow standard PBGT handover (HoControl_4)

Full name
Allow standard PBGT handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_4
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow standard

PBGT handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
593
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(HoControl_5)
Full name
Abbreviation
HoControl_5
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow automatic handover based on traffic.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel

due to downlink interference (HoControl_8)
594
Full name
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due

to downlink interference
Abbreviation
HoControl_8
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow intracell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink
interference.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel

due to uplink interference (HoControl_9)
Full name
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due

to uplink interference
Abbreviation
HoControl_9
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cell

handover in super TRX channel due to uplink interference.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
595
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX

channel due to PBGT (HoControl_10)
Full name
Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel

due to PBGT
Abbreviation
HoControl_10
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow adjacent

cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(HoControl_11)
596
Full name
Abbreviation
HoControl_11
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow dynamic

adjustment of handover priority.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow rapid handover (HoControl_12)

Full name
Allow rapid handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_12
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow rapid

handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
597
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(HoControl_13)
Full name
Abbreviation
HoControl_13
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow MacroMicro delay handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow Micro-Micro delay handover (HoControl_14)
598
Full name
Allow Micro-Micro delay handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_14
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines if to allow Micro-Micro delay handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow force transfer handover (HoControl_16)

Full name
Allow force transfer handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow forced

transfer handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-02-02-003 Directed-Shift Handover
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
599
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Allow quality handover in uplink (HoControl_19)

Full name
Allow quality handover in uplink
Abbreviation
HoControl_19
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether quality handover

in uplink is allowed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Allow level handover in uplink (HoControl_20)

Full name
Allow level handover in uplink
Abbreviation
HoControl_20
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether level handover in

uplink is allowed.
Management
Object
600
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Allow quality handover in downlink (HoControl_21)

Full name
Allow quality handover in downlink
Abbreviation
HoControl_21
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether quality handover

in downlink is allowed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
601
Allow level handover in downlink (HoControl_22)

Full name
Allow level handover in downlink
Abbreviation
HoControl_22
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether level handover in

downlink is allowed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
The priority of the handover from Macro cell to

Micro cell (MacroMicroHoPrio)
602
Full name
The priority of the handover from Macro cell to Micro

cell
Abbreviation
MacroMicroHoPrio
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether the macro-micro

handover decision has higher priority than the PBGT
handover decision.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Other Parameters
The interface of other parameters is shown in Figure 67.
Penalty time for handover failure (HoFailPenalTi

me)
Full name
Penalty time for handover failure
Abbreviation
HoFailPenalTime
603
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines the penalty time for destination cell if MS fails to handover to the destination cell.
During the penalty time, inter-cell handover within
BSC will not occur. This parameter determines penality duration.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Difference of dynamic priority (DynPrioOffset)
604
Full name
Difference of dynamic priority
Abbreviation
DynPrioOffset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines a tolerable dynamic priority

difference between the destination cell and local cell
during a handover when using direction-based handover algorithm. During handover, if the first cells
dynamic handover priority is higher than that of the
second cell but the second cell is in MS moving direction, then the direction-based handover algorithm
works if the difference between the two cells handover priorities is within the tolerable difference. MS
is handover to the second cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PBGT difference (PbgtOffset)

Full name
PBGT difference
Abbreviation
PbgtOffset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines a tolerable power budget difference between destination cell and the local cell
during a handover. During handover, if the first cells
PBGT is higher than that of the second cell but the
second cell is in MS moving direction, then the direction-based handover algorithm works if the difference between the two cells PBGTs is within the tolerable difference. MS is handover to the second cell.
This parameter indicates the allowable difference.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 20
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
605
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(TrafficHoLayrCtl)
Full name
Abbreviation
TrafficHoLayrCtl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Layer selecting parameter on service quality
handover. This parameter, together with Frequency
control value for handover on traffic, decides
the adjacent cells frequency band and layer
selected during traffic handover.
When traffic handover condition is satisfied, as for
the layer relation, four choices are available for
call selection and candidate cell arrangement. This
parameter decides which choice shall be selected.
When implementing traffic-based handover control
in traffic process, this parameter has higher
priority than that of adjacent cells.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
606
0: N, Not defined;
1: SAME, Adjacent cell and this cell are in the
same layer (PBGT handover is possible);
2: UPPER, Adjacent cell is upper layer of this
cell (when this cell is micro-cell);
3: LOWER, Adjacent cell is lower layer of this
cell (when this cell is macro-cell)
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(TrafficHoFreqCtl)
Full name
Abbreviation
TrafficHoFreqCtl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines the control value of
layer for traffic handover, i.e. which frequency
band should be handover to.
GSM900 frequency band P-GSM (ARFCN

= 1 ~ 124)
EXT900 frequency band E-GSM (ARFCN
= 0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)
DCS1800 frequency band DCS1800
(ARFCN = 512 ~ 885)
PCS1900 frequency band PCS1900
(ARFCN = 512 ~ 810)
GSM850 frequency band (ARFCN = 128 ~ 251)
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, PCS1900, GSM850
Unit
None
Default value
GSM900
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
607
Threshold of traffic for handover (TrafficThs, %)

Full name
Threshold of traffic for handover
Abbreviation
TrafficThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
If TCH occupation rate of a cell is greater than this

parameter value (number of occupied TCH channels
/ number of total TCH channels, not including blocked
idle channels), then it indicates the cell is too busy,
and traffic handover is triggered for the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
70
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(PbgtHoParam_0,s)
608
Full name
Abbreviation
PbgtHoParam_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
To more effectively control traffic distribution in the

cell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision,
add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at different
layers within certain duration, which is lag time for
PBGT between different layers.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 300
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(PbgtHoParam_1)
Full name
Abbreviation
PbgtHoParam_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at upper
layer within certain duration.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 48
Unit
None
Default value
24
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
609
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(PbgtHoParam_2)
Full name
Abbreviation
PbgtHoParam_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at lower
layer within certain duration.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 48
Unit
None
Default value
24
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(PbgtHoStartThs)
610
Full name
Abbreviation
PbgtHoStartThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When the current cell's downlink level is less than

the start level threshold for PBGT handover, the
PBGT handover decision is performed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover from macro to micro (MacroMicroStar

tThs)
Full name
Handover from macro to micro
Abbreviation
MacroMicroStartThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When the current cell's downlink level is less than

or equal to the start level threshold for macro-micro
handover, the macro-micro handover decision is
performed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
611
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

(TrafficHysteresisTm, s)
Full name
Abbreviation
TrafficHysteresisTm
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When there are many traffic handovers initiated in

the current cell, the interval between two traffic
handovers must be larger than the hysteresis time
specified by this parameter.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
Second
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover Algorithm Parameters

The interface of handover algorithm parameters is shown in Figure
68.
612
FIGURE 68 HANDOVER ALGORITHM PARAMETERS
Traffic handover threshold (TrafficLevThs)

Full name
Traffic handover threshold
Abbreviation
TrafficLevThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is used for traffic handover. For the

original handover condition that adjacent cells level
must be higher than that of this cell, modify it so that
adjacent cells level must be higher than this threshold. In this way, traffic handover can be improved
greatly. This threshold must be less than the PBGT
threshold in reverse direction. Otherwise, it may result in toggle handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 48
Unit
None
Default value
24
Change mode
Offline
613
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Level offset during penalty (PenaltyLevOffset)

Full name
Level offset during penalty
Abbreviation
PenaltyLevOffset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is used to perform an offset on the

downlink level of this cell in the penalty period.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink interference quality offset (QOffSetUl)
614
Full name
Uplink interference quality offset
Abbreviation
QOffSetUl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Check the relation between level and quality to
judge whether there is any interference in service
judgment channel when handover occurs in the cell.
rxqual-ul >= QoffSetUl + FQSS (RXLEV_UL+SOffSetUl) or rxqual-dl >= QOffSetDl + FQSS
(RXLEV_DL+SoffSetDl). Where, rxqual-xx is uplink/downlink quality, QoffSetxx is uplink/downlink
quality offset, RXLEV_XX is uplink/downlink level,
SoffSetxx is uplink/downlink level offset.
Description
After interference is confirmed, when service

party requests channel from database, which shall
tell original occupation condition of database,
then the database select proper channels
based on this information.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 2
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Uplink interference level offset (SOffSetUl)

Full name
Uplink interference level offset
Abbreviation
SOffSetUl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
615

Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink interference quality offset (QOffsetDl)
616
Full name
Downlink interference quality offset
Abbreviation
QOffSetDl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None

Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 2
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Downlink interference level offset (SOffSetDl)

Full name
Downlink interference level offset
Abbreviation
SOffSetDl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
617

Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Invalid intra-handover time (TMaxiHo)
618
Full name
Invalid intra-handover time
Abbreviation
TMaxiHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
If MS performs handover continuously in the cell,

it indicates great interference in this position and
no appropriate channel is available.
In such a case, MS should be forbidden to perform
handover within a certain time. The judgment
method is as follows: If handover occurs within
the invalid intra-handover time, then the previous
handover is considered to have no influence on
interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1
and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the
invalid intra-handover time, the previous handover
is considered valid and clear the counter to 0.
Description
If the counter value reaches the value of MAX count

of invalid intra-handover parameter, then it indicates
not to attempt handover within a certain period.
Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
16
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MAX count of invalid intra-handover (MaxiHo)

Full name
MAX count of invalid intra-handover
Abbreviation
MaxiHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
619
If MS performs handover continuously in the cell,

it indicates great interference in this position and
no appropriate channel is available.
In such a case, MS should be forbidden to perform
handover within a certain time. The judgment
method is as follows: If handover occurs within
the invalid intra-handover time, then the previous
handover is considered to have no influence on
interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1
and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the
invalid intra-handover time, the previous handover
is considered valid and clear the counter to 0.
Description
If the counter value reaches the value of MAX count

of invalid intra-handover parameter, then it indicates
not to attempt handover within a certain period.
Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(MaxLossThs)
620
Full name
Abbreviation
MaxLossThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Directed handover is performed only for one

designated cell and it is restricted by a tolerable
level difference MaxLevDiff. This level difference
is lower than PBGT handover threshold in reverse
direction, thus to avoid oscillating handover.
Directed handover should not cause congestion
in the destination cell. Therefore, HoForceResThs
is set. Perform forced handover only when the
destination cell's resource is less than the threshold.
Select users with small path loss and small TA for
forced handover. Users perform handover when
their path loss are less than MaxLossThs and TA is
less than MaxTAThs. This algorithm applies to cases
such as dual-frequency networking, 900M cell and
1800M cell share the same site address.
When MAX time advance threshold on force
handover (MaxTAThs) is 63, the forced handover
decision is made only according to the path
loss. When MAX path loss threshold on force
handover (MaxLossThs) is 150, the forced handover
decision is made only according to TA.
The N value of force handover parameter and
P value of force handover parameter are used
for decision in actual situations. In other words,
handover conditions are met if HoForceP of HoForceN
measurement reports satisfy requirement.
The path loss L = BS_TXPWR - AV_RXLEV_DL
BS_TXPWR is transmission power of the carrier
where occupied timeslot locates. It depends
on the carriers maximum transmission power,
static attenuation power, and power control.
AV_RXLEV_DL is the downlink-receiving level.
Therefore, forced handover shall meet the
following requirements:
Level of the destination cell must be higher

than that of the local cell by MaxLevDiff;
Available resource of destination cell must
be higher than transfer reserved resource
threshold HoForceResThs;
Path loss L must be less than MaxLossThs,
and TA must be less than MaxTAThs;
Destination cell is forced transfer cell.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 150
Unit
None
Default value
110
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
621
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(MaxTaThs)
Full name
Abbreviation
MaxTAThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
622

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
N value of force handover (HoForceN)

Full name
N value of force handover
Abbreviation
HoForceN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

623


Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
P value of force handover (HoForceP)
624
Full name
P value of force handover
Abbreviation
HoForceP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None


Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
625
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Subcell Parameters
The interface of subcell parameters is shown in Figure 69.
FIGURE 69 SUBCELL PARAMETERS
Dual band power offset (DuleBandOffset)
626
Full name
Power compensation between frequencies.
Abbreviation
DuleBandOffset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the value to compensate power in the

second cell in dual band cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 50
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
The MAX of path loss (PathLossMax)

Full name
The MAX of path loss
Abbreviation
PathLossMax
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is one of subcell handover parameters, indicating

threshold parameters while subcell 2 do path loss
handover decision for subcell 1.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 150
Unit
dB
Default value
126
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
The MIN of path loss (PathLossMin)

Full name
The MIN of path loss
Abbreviation
PathLossMin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
627
Description
One of the subcell handover parameters, the minimum path loss. If byPathLossPathLossMin and
TASubCellTAMin, the second subcell channel will
be selected first; if byPathLoss>PathLossMin or
TA>SubCellTAMin, only the channel of the first subcell is available.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 150
Unit
dB
Default value
120
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
The MAX of time advance (SubCellTAMax)
628
Full name
The MAX of time advance
Abbreviation
SubCellTAMax
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating

threshold parameters while subcell 2 does TA handover decision for subcell 1.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
The MIN of time advance (SubCellTAMin)

Full name
The MIN of time advance
Abbreviation
SubCellTAMin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating

threshold parameters while subcell 1 does TA handover decision for subcell 2.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
N value of subcell handover (SubCellN)

Full name
N value of subcell handover
Abbreviation
SubCellN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
629
Description
This parameter is one of the conditions used to decide

inter-subcell handover. The judgment process is as
follows: For the latest N value of subcell handover
sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell
handover parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfy
the condition, then perform handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
P value of subcell handover (SubcellP)
630
Full name
P value of subcell handover
Abbreviation
SubCellP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is one of the conditions used to decide

inter-subcell handover. The judgment process is as
follows: For the latest N value of subcell handover
sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell
handover parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfy
the condition, then perform handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl_17)

Full name
Subcell handover algorithm
Abbreviation
HoControl_17
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines two handover modes of

subcell handover algorithm: Concentric Handover;
Handover based on path loss and TA.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Concentric handover, Handover based on path loss

and TA
Unit
None
Default value
Concentric handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
631
UTRAN Handover Control

Parameters
UTRAN handover control has two tabs.
Basic Properties 1
The interface of basic property 1 parameters is as shown in Figure
70.
FIGURE 70 BASIC PROPERTIES 1 PARAMETERS
Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover

failure (HoFailPenalTm3G)
632
Full name
Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover failure
Abbreviation
HoFailPenalTm3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines a protection period to prevent

immediate handover after handover failure. Its unit
time is the period of measurement or pretreatment
measurement report.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Slippery window size for calculating Ec/No or

RSCP average value to be zero (HoWindow3G)
Full name
Slippery window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCP

average value to be zero
Abbreviation
HoWindow3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In GSM system, BSC uses the power level
measurement data to manage and control handover
decisions. BSC uses average values instead of
original values of measurement data for handover
decisions. It helps prevent negative impact on
network performance caused by abrupt changes in
measurement data. Average on measurement value
in UTRAN adjacent cell also shall be required.
Description
HoWindowUTRAN of Ec/No or RSCP average is the

window size to calculate Ec/No or RSCP average
in adjacent UTRAN cell, that is, sample count
used through average calculation.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
633
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Number that measurement value allowed to be

zero (ZeroAllowed3G)
Full name
Number that measurement value allowed to be zero
Abbreviation
ZeroAllowed3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
According to GSM specifications, MS can report to
BSS the measurement data of at most six adjacent
cells with strongest signal strength. Thus the
measurement results might not be consecutive. For
cells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm,
the measurement data are not reported.
This parameter gives flexibility in measurement
data averaging. However, excessive occurrences
of zero indicate that the adjacent cells are of poor
signal strength. If the number of zeroes in used for
average calculation exceeds Number of zero allowed
in AV, then measurement average equals to sum of
reported values divided by Neighboring cell .
Description
To be specific, during averaging, if the count of

0s in the sampling count exceeds ZeroAllowed,
these sampling values are hardly reliable, and
the measurement average will be the sum of
the reported values divided by NCellWindow. If
the count of 0s in the reported values does not
exceed ZeroAllowed, these sampling values
are much reliable and the measurement average
will be the sum of the reported values divided
by (NCellWindow the count of 0s).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
634
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)

Full name
UTRAN handover
Abbreviation
ServiceHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
Section 48.008
Description
This parameter indicates UTRAN handover priority

control.
MSC sends Service Handover parameter to BSC through ASSIGNMENT REQUEST and
HANDOVER REQUEST messages. Service Handover
parameter has three values, including prefer to
UTRAN handover, not prefer to UTRAN handover,
disallow to UTRAN handover, taking actions on
handover decision on subsequent BSC. ServiceHo
can be configured as the default value used while
MSC doesn't deliver Service Handover parameter,
or configured as BSC forcedly using the mode set
by ServiceHo, but do not use Service Handover
parameter delivered by MSC.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Handover to UTRAN first; Not Handover to UTRAN

first; Not allow to Handover to UTRAN; According to
MSC, default handover to UTRAN first; According to
MSC, default not handover to UTRAN first; According
to MSC, default not allowed to handover to UTRAN.
Unit
None
Default value
According to MSC, the default value is Handover to

UTRAN first.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
635
FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)

Full name
FDD/TDD handover
Abbreviation
FDDTDDPrio
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates the priority control of

FDD/TDD handover. When FDD adjacent cell and
TDD adjacent cell exist together, to control selection
sequence of target cell, we use FDDTDDPrio parameter to show if to prefer to FDD cell handover or TDD
cell handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Priority to FDD; Priority to TDD.
Unit
None
Default value
Priority to FDD
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Threshold for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsF

DD)
636
Full name
Threshold for load sharing
Abbreviation
LoadHoRSCPThsFDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to traffic handover. Firstly

you shall configure a traffic handover threshold
and inter-system handover switch.
This parameter is used to handover decision in 3G
cell after traffic is overloaded. BSC reserves at least
HoRSCP_N_FDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN
adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of
the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger
than or equal to the sum of LoadHoRSCPThsFDD
and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as
traffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.
Description
This parameter value shall be lower than

HoRSCPThsFDD.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G

for load sharing (LoadHoEcNoThsFDD)
Full name
Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G for

load sharing
Abbreviation
LoadHoEcNoThsFDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
637

HoEcNo_N_FDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN
adjacent cell. When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of
the latest HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger
than or equal to the sum of LoadHoEcNoThsFDD
and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as traffic
handover from GSM to UTRAN.
Description

HoEcNoThsFDD.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 49
Unit
None
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to

TDD for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsTDD)
638
Full name
RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to TDD for

load sharing
Abbreviation
LoadHoRSCPThsTDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None

HoRSCP_N_TDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN
adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out of
the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are larger
than or equal to the sum of LoadHoRSCPThsTDD
and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as
traffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.
Description

HoRSCPThsFDD.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Basic Properties 2
71.
639
Inter system handover supported (InterSysHoCtrl)
640
Full name
Inter system handover supported
Abbreviation
InterSysHoCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if intersystem handover

within BSC is allowed. This parameters determines
if BSC can issue handover of 3G system.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(InterSysHoCtrl)
Full name
Abbreviation
InterSysRdCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines if allow directed retry to

UTRAN cell. When no service channel is allocated in
this cell, you can try redirected to adjacent cell under
allowed case by corresponding function switch. If this
parameter is configured as Yes, it can be redirected
to 3G adjacent cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-03-01-002 Directed Retry
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP

Threshold (HoRSCPThsFDD)
Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Threshold
Abbreviation
HoRSCPThsFDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
641
Description
BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_FDD RSCP average

values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least
HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD
average values are larger than or equal to the
sume of HoRSCPThsFDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN,
handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the
adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell
for handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

N (HoRSCP_N_FDD)
642
Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value N
Abbreviation
HoRSCP_N_FDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest

HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or
equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes
place.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

P (HoRSCP_P_FDD)
Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value P
Abbreviation
HoRSCP_P_FDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest

HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or
equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes
place.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
643
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No

Threshold (HoEcNoThsFDD)
Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Threshold
Abbreviation
HoEcNoThsFDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
BSC reserves at least HoEcNo_N_FDD RSCP average

values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least
HoEcNo_P_FDD out of the latest HoEcNo_N_FDD
average values are larger than or equal to the
sume of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN,
handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the
adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell
for handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 49
Unit
None
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

N (HoEcNo_N_FDD)
644
Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value N
Abbreviation
HoEcNo_N_FDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDD

average values are larger than or equal to the sum of
HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover
from GSM to UTRAN takes place.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

P (HoEcNo_P_FDD)
Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value P
Abbreviation
HoEcNo_P_FDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDD

average values are larger than or equal to the sum of
HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover
from GSM to UTRAN takes place.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
645
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP

Threshold (HoRSCPThsTDD)
Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Threshold
Abbreviation
HoRSCPThsTDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines a threshold value for handover from GSM to UTRAN cell.
BSC at least
HoRSCP_N_TDD reserves RSCP average values for a
UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD
out of the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are
larger than or equal to the sume of HoRSCPThsTDD
and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to
UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as
candidate destination cell for handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

N (HoRSCP_N_TDD)
646
Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value N
Abbreviation
HoRSCP_N_TDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
BSC at least
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

P (HoRSCP_P_TDD)
Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value P
Abbreviation
HoRSCP_P_TDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
BSC at least
647
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
UTRAN Cell Control

Parameters
UTRAN cell control parameters have four sub-interfaces.
Basic Properties 1 Parameters

72.
648

(SI2QuaterPos)
Full name
Abbreviation
SI2QuaterPos
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates channel location of si2quater broadcast.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1
Value Range
0: Broadcast on normal BCCH block

1: Broadcast on extended BCCH block
(AGCH_BLOCK reservation value will be 1)
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
649
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(ReportTypeCS)
Full name
Abbreviation
ReportTypeCS
3GPP Name
REPORT_TYPE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
It indicates enhanced measurement report for UE or

measurement report message.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1
650
0: Adopts enhanced measurement report

message, if at least one BSIC is configured for
each frequency in BA list; otherwise, adopt
enhanced measurement report message,
otherwise using normal measurement report.
1: Adopts normal measurement report message
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN

cell reselection (Qsearch_I)
Full name
Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell

reselection
Abbreviation
Qsearch_I
3GPP reference
Qsearch_I
3GPP Name
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter indicates the measurement threshold

of UE performing UTRAN cell reselection. UE starts
UTRAN reselection cell measurement when average
receiving level RLA_C of this cell is lower than (parameter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (parameter
value: 8 ~ 15) the threshold.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 + n*4 dBm

7: Indicates always
8 ~ 14: Indicates field strength L =
-78 + 4*(n-8) dBm
15: Indicates never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Threshold when UE performs search under

specialized mode (Qsearch_C)
Full name
Threshold when UE performs search under specialized mode
Abbreviation
Qsearch_C
3GPP Name
Qsearch_C
651
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter defines a threshold. When average

receiving level RLA_C of the cell falls below (parameter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (parameter value:
8 ~ 15) this threshold, UE searches the UTRAN adjacent cell.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 + n*4 dBm

7: Indicates always
8 ~ 14: Indicates field strength L =
-78 + 4*(n-8) dBm
15: Indicates never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE

receiving qsearch_C (QsearchCInit)
Full name
Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE receiving qsearch_C
Abbreviation
QsearchCInit
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is used to search and measure the

cell data while MS does not receive Qsearch_C on
SACCH.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1
Value Range
652
0: Indicates using Qsearch_I parameter

1: Indicates always measuring
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

report (SvrBandRprtCS)
Full name
CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report
Abbreviation
SvrBandRprtCS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines the number of adjacent cells

with the same frequency band as in serving cell,
which are included in the measurement report or the
strongest cell list.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
653
Max number of GSM neighbor cells

(IndexStartEMR)
Full name
Max Number In Adjacent GSM cell
Abbreviation
IndexStartEMR
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the max number of adjacent GSM cells.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
32 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
32
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN

adjacent cells (FDDrepQntCS)
654
Full name
CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent

cells
Abbreviation
FDDrepQntCS
3GPP Name
FDD_REP_QUANT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
It indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to report

measurement.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1
Value Range
0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH scramble

of UTRAN cell at UE, the unit is dBm.
1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving power
to thermal noise of CPICH scramble of
UTRAN cell, the unit is dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Min Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_Qmin)

Full name
Min Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell
Abbreviation
FDD_Qmin
3GPP name
FDD_Qmin
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter indicates the minimum value of Ec/No

of the UTRAN cell when it reselects adjacent cell. The
value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell should be larger
than the value defined by this parameter in order to
reselect the adjacent cell.
Managed object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
-20 dB
-6 dB
-18 dB
-8 dB
-16 dB
-10 dB
-14 dB
-12 dB
655
Related
tures
feaNone
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
CS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in

measurement report (FDDMulRatrrptCS)
656
Full name
CS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in

measurement report
Abbreviation
FDDMulRatrrptCS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates the maximum number of

UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet measurement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDD
adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for
GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available,
the vacancies are used for TDD cells).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
FDD reselection offset (FDD_Qoffset)

Full name
FDD reselection offset
Abbreviation
FDD_Qoffset
3GPP Name
FDD_Qoffset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used to reselect the
UTRAN adjacent cell if the following
requirements are satisfied:
Received signal code power (RSCP) of this

adjacent cell is higher than average receiving
level RLA_C of this cell.
RSCP of the adjacent cell is higher than RLA_C
of all adjacent GSM cells by at least FDD_Qoffset
(FDD reselection offset) for more than 5
seconds. FDD_Qoffset of the cell increases by 5
dB if the cell is reselected 15 seconds earlier.
Ec/No (code-noise ratio) of this adjacent
cell is larger than or equal to designated
FDD_Qmin (minimum value of code-noise
ratio of UTRAN reselected cell).
Description
If more than one UTRAN cell meets above conditions,

then select the cell which has the largest RSCP.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
657
A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD

cell re-selection (FDD_RSCPmin)
Full name
A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD cell

re-selection
Abbreviation
FDD_RSCPmin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
3GPPTS44.018 V6.12.0
Description
When a GSM cell is reselected to an adjacent 3G cell,

its RSCP should be larger than or equal to that of the
GSM cell. If the adjacent 3G cell's measurement value is
RSCP, FDD_RSCPmin indicates the reselection threshold
FDD_RSCP_threshold for that 3G adjacent cell.
This paramter is broadcast to MS in SI2quater on BCCH,
and broadcast to MS in PSI3quater on PBCCH and
PACCH.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 15
(-114+2*n) dBm, that is,
Value
Range
0: -114 dB
1: -112 dB
......
658
15: -84 dB
Unit
None
Default
value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

(FDD_Qmin_Offset)
Full name
Abbreviation
FDD_Qmin_Offset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
3GPPTS44.018 V6.12.0
Description
This parameter must work with FDD_RSCPmin, and the

working principle is the same as that of FDD_RSCPmin.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 7
(2n)dB, that is,
Value
Range
0: 0dB
......
7: 14dB
Unit
None
Default
value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark change

message early (ECSC_3G)
Full name
Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark change message early
Abbreviation
ECSC_3G
659
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates whether UE is required to

send UTRAN classmark change message early.
Management
Object
Cell
Yes/No
Value Range
No: It is not allowed to send the UTRAN

classmark change message.
Yes: Whether UE sends the UTRAN class mark
change message is controlled by the system
parameter ECSC and UE. (Because UE might
not use the parameter ECSC, this property
is represented by the parameter ES IND in
CLASSMARK2 and CLASSMARK3.)
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Basic Properties 2 Parameters

73.
660

(ReportRateCS)
Full name
Abbreviation
ReportRateCS
3GPP Name
REPORTING_RATE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
It indicates frequency of measurement reports in adjacent cell, refer to "CS adjacent cell report priority".
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
0: normal
1: Low
Fea-
661
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtCS)

Full name
CS Multiband report indication
Abbreviation
MulBndRprtCS
3GPP Name
MULTIBAND_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter is to control the number of reports of

different adjacent cells except the serving cell.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3
Value Range
Unit
662
0: MS reports the survey results of six known

and allowed adjacent cells with the strongest
NCC according to the signal intensity, regardless
of which frequency band adjacent cells are in.
one adjacent cell with the strongest signal
in the frequency bands in adjacent cell list
(excluding frequency band of serving cell).
In the remaining locations, MS reports the
adjacent cells in the frequency band of local
cell. If there are still more locations remaining,
MS reports the second strongest adjacent cell,
regardless of their frequency bands.
two adjacent cells with the strongest signal
in the frequency bands in adjacent cell list
three adjacent cells with strongest signal
in the frequency bands in adjacent cells list
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV

value (ScaleOrdCS)
Full name
CS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value
Abbreviation
ScaleOrdCS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines the added offset when UE
reports signal field intensity. If the field intensity
of a certain GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then
when mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will map n+
ScaleOrdCS to the original value corresponding
to n. It applies only in the case that enhanced
measurement report message is used.
Description
If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48

dBm, the real value can be reported by setting
this parameter. UE includes the SCALE value
when it reports enhance measurement report
message. If SCALE_ORD = 2, UE uses the value
of cell that reports the best signal level.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2
Value Range
0: 0 dB
1: 10 dB
2: Automatic, determined by UE
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
663
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
TDD reselection offset (TDD_Qoffset)

Full name
TDD reselection offset
Abbreviation
TDD_Qoffset
3GPP Name
TDD_Qoffset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its

RSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_P
in all GSM adjacent cells.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in

measurement report (TDDMulRatRrptCS)
664
Full name
CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in

measurement report
Abbreviation
TDDMulRatRrptCS
3GPP Name
XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description

UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells included in measurement
report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent
cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM
adjacent cells (If FDD technology is supported, remained part is given to FDD cell).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(InvldBSICRprtCS)
Full name
Abbreviation
InvldBSICRprtCS
3GPP Name
INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for

BSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates if
the system allows UE to report field intensity of such
cells.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
665
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in BSIC

decoding frame indication (SearchPrioCS3G)
666
Full name
CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in BSIC decoding

frame indication
Abbreviation
SearchPrioCS3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if to allow UE to search

UTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where BSIC decoding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most
25 frames for search in 13 seconds.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Offset (RprtOffsetCS850)
Full name
GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetCS850
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
when reporting to GSM850M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to
RprtThoCS850, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and
RprtOffsetCS850 value is firstly reported.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
0 ~ 7: corresponding to 0 dB ~ 42 dB,
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Threshold (RprtThoCS850)
Full name
GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold
Abbreviation
RprtThoCS850
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
667
When reporting to GSM850M adjacent cells,

only when signal level in the cell is higher
than or equal to RprtThoCS850 (dimensionless,
corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement
report, different mapping relationship for different
RXLEV), it can be reported.
Description
As to if it can be reported in certain period,

it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,
MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS850.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
1 ~ 6: corresponding to 6 dB ~ 36
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

668
Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetCS900
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtThoCS900
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
only when signal level in the cell is higher
than or equal to RprtThoCS900 (dimensionless,
Description

Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
669
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetCS1800
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
670
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name

Threshold
Abbreviation
RprtThoCS1800
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cells, only

when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal
to RprtThoCS1800 (dimensionless, corresponding
to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different
mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can
be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain
period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetCS1900
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
671
Description
When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name

Threshold
Abbreviation
RprtThoCS1900
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
only when signal level in the cell is higher than
or equal to RprtThoCS1900 (dimensionless,
672
Description

Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Offset (FDDRprtOffsetCS)
Full name
UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation
FDDRprtOffsetCS
3GPP Name
XXX_REPORTING_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to
FDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
FDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
673
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Threshold (FDDRprtThoCS)
Full name

Threshold
Abbreviation
FDDRprtThoCS
3GPP Name
XXX_REPORTING_THRESHOLD
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only

to FDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding
FDDMulRatRrptCS and FDDRprtOffsetCS.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
674
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Offset (TDDRprtOffsetCS)
Full name
UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation
TDDRprtOffsetCS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to
TDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
TDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Threshold (TDDRprtThoCS)
Full name

Threshold
Abbreviation
TDDRprtThoCS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
675
Description
When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only

to TDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding
TDDMulRatRrptCS and TDDRprtOffsetCS.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS Parameters 1
The interface of GPRS parameters 1 is shown in Figure 74.
676
FIGURE 74 GPRS PARAMETERS 1
PS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV

value (ScaleOrdPS)
Full name
PS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value
Abbreviation
ScaleOrdPS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines the added offset when UE
reports signal field intensity. If the field intensity of
a GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then when mapping
to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will map n+ScaleOrdPS to
the original value corresponding to n. It applies
only in the case when the PACKET ENHANCED
MEASUREMENT REPORT message is used.
Description
If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48

dBm, the real value can be reported by setting this
parameter. If the field intensity of adjacent cell
exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be reported by
setting this parameter. If SCALE_ORD = 2, UE uses
the value of cell that reports the best signal level.
Management
Object
Cell
677
0, 1, 2
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
0: 0 dB
1: 10 dB
2: Automatic, determined by UE
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(ReportTypePS)
Full name
Abbreviation
ReportTypePS
3GPP Name
REPORT_TYPE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter indicates that UE uses PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT or PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT message.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1
When PBCCH is configured:

0: Use the PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT message to send the
measurement report.
1: Use the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT
message to send the measurement report.
Value Range
678
When PBCCH is not configured:

0: If each frequency in BA (GPRS) list is
configured with at least one BSIC, use the
PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT
message to send the measurement
report; otherwise, use the PACKET
MEASUREMENT REPORT message to send
the measurement report.
1: Use the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT

message to send the measurement report.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

report (SvrBandRprtPS)
Full name
PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report
Abbreviation
SvrBandRprtPS
3GPP Name
SERVING_BAND_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter defines the number of adjacent cells

with the same frequency band as in serving cell,
which are included in the PS measurement report or
the strongest cell list.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
679
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(ReportRatePS)
Full name
Abbreviation
ReportRatePS
3GPP Name
REPORTING_RATE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
It indicates frequency of measurement reports in adjacent cell, refer to "PS adjacent cell report priority".
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
0: normal
1: Low
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

UTRAN cell (Qsearch_P)
680
Full name

UTRAN cell
Abbreviation
Qsearch_P_0/Qsearch_P_1
3GPP Name
Qsearch_P
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Measurement threshold of UE performing
GPRS UTRAN cell.
Description
Searching 3G cell when signal level is lower than

threshold 0 ~ 7 (corresponding to -98, -94, ..., ,
-74dBm), threshold 7 indicates always searching; or
searching while above threshold 8~15 (-78, -74, ...,
-54 dBm), threshold 15 indicates never search.
Management
Object
Cell
Idle state and transmission state.
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Idle state and transmission state. The default value

is 15.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGO-02-03-004 Inter-system NCCR
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qo

ffset)
Full name
FDD GPRS reselection offset
Abbreviation
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0/FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1
3GPP Name
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
When cell is reselected to 3G FDD adjacent cell, its

Management
Object
Cell
681

0 indicates always selecting adjacent

cells of this 3G FDD;
1 = -28 dB;
2 = -24 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value

is 8.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
15 = 28 dB
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qo

ffset)
Full name
TDD GPRS reselection offset
Abbreviation
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0/TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1
3GPP Name
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its

Management
Object
Cell
0 indicates always selecting adjacent

cells of this 3G TDD;
1 = -28 dB;
2 = -24 dB
......
682
Value Range
Unit
None
15 = 28 dB
Default value

is 8.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(FDD_QminPS)
Full name
Abbreviation
FDD_QminPS_0/FDD_QminPS_1
3GPP Name
FDD_Qmin
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
When a cell reselects this 3G adjacent cell, the cell's

Ec/No value must be larger than or equal to that of
this 3G adjacent cell.
Management
Object
Cell
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
-20 dB;
-6 dB;
-18 dB;
-8 dB;
-16 dB;
-10 dB;
-14 dB;
-12 dB
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value

is 7.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
683
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)

Full name
Offset of FDD_QminPS
Abbreviation
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0/FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1
3GPP Name
FDD_Qmin_Offset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
Offset of FDD_QminPS
Management
Object
Cell
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0 dB;
2 dB;
4 dB;
6 dB;
8 dB;
10 dB;
12 dB;
14 dB
Value Range
684
Unit
None
Default value

is 0.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(FDD_RSCPminPS)
Full name
Abbreviation
FDD_RSCPminPS_0/FDD_RSCPminPS_1
3GPP Name
FDD_RSCPmin
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
When the cell is reselected to a 3G adjacent cell, its

RSCP shall be larger than or equal to this value.
Management
Object
Cell
0
1
2
3
=
=
=
=
-114
-112
-110
-108
dBm;
dBm;
dBm;
dBm
......
14 = -86 dBm
15 = -84 dBm
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value

is 6.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(FDDRprtTho2PS)
Full name
Abbreviation
FDDRprtTho2PS_0/FDDRprtTho2PS_1
3GPP Name
FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD_2
685
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description

(when not specified in "byFDDRepQuant")
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value

is 0.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN

adjacent cells (FDDRepQntPS)
Full name
PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent

cells
Abbreviation
FDDRepQntPS
3GPP Name
FDD_REP_QUANT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
It indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to report

measurement.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1
Value Range
686
0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH scramble

of UTRAN cell at UE, the unit is dBm.
1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving power
to thermal noise of CPICH scramble of
UTRAN cell, the unit is dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in

measurement report (FDDMulRatRrptPS)
Full name
PS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in

measurement report
Abbreviation
FDDMulRatRrptPS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet measurement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDD
adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for
GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available,
the vacancies are used for TDD cells).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
687
PS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtPS)

Full name
PS Multiband report indication
Abbreviation
MulBndRprtPS
3GPP Name
MULTIBAND_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

MS in single-frequency GSM system needs
only to report contents of six adjacent cells
with the strongest signals in a frequency
band, when reporting the survey result of
adjacent cells to the network.
In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority
into a specific frequency band during handover.
The MS reports the survey result according to the
signal intensity and the frequency band of the
signals, according to the actual situation.
MulBndRprtPS is used to notify MS to report contents
of adjacent cells in multiple frequency bands. It
is one of the system control parameters.
Description
The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic

in each frequency band. General principles to set
the parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic of
each frequency band is almost equivalent, and the
operator has no choice over the frequency band.
3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quite
different, and the operator hopes that MS enters
a specific frequency band with priority.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3
Value Range
688
0: MS reports the survey results of six known

and allowed adjacent cells with the strongest
NCC according to the signal intensity, regardless
of which frequency band adjacent cells are in.
1: MS reports the measurement result of one
adjacent cell with the strongest signal in the
frequency bands in adjacent cell list (excluding
frequency band of serving cell). In the remaining
space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell
frequency band. If still more space is available,
MS reports the remaining adjacent cells,
regardless of which frequency bands they are in.
2: MS reports the survey result of two adjacent
cells with the strongest signals in the frequency
bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent
cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports
adjacent cell in local cell frequency band.
If still more space is available, MS reports
the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of
which frequency bands they are in.
3: MS reports the survey result of three
adjacent cells with the strongest signals in
the frequency bands (excluding that of local
cell) in adjacent cell table. In the remaining
space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell
frequency band. If still more space is available,
MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, no

matter what frequency bands they are at.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
TDD multi report PS (TDDMulRatRrptPS)

Full name
TDD multi report PS
Abbreviation
TDDMulRatRrptPS
3GPP Name
XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter indicates the MAX number of

UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell included in measurement
report. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full, the
vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If FDD
technology is supported, remained part is given to
FDD cell).
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
689
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GPRS Parameters 2
The interface of GPRS parameters 2 is shown in Figure 75.
FIGURE 75 GPRS PARAMETERS 2

(InvldBSICRprtPS)
690
Full name
Abbreviation
InvldBSICRprtPS
3GPP Name
INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for

BSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates
whether the system allows UE to report the field intensity of such cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Yes/No
Value Range
YES: Allow UE to report the field intensity of

NCC permitted but BCC invalid cells
NO: Do not Allow UE to report the field intensity
of NCC permitted but BCC invalid cells
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic

decoding frame indication (SearchPrioPS3G)
Full name
PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding

frame indication
Abbreviation
SearchPrioPS3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if to allow UE to search

UTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where BSIC decoding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most
25 frames for search in 13 seconds.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
691
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Reselect priority control of 2G/3G (ServiceCC)

Full name
Reselection priority control of 2G/3G (ServiceCC)
Abbreviation
ServiceCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter specifies the reselecting priority

control mode of 2G/3G.
Management
Object
Value Range
Reselect 3G preferentially; Do not reselect 3G

preferentially; Do not allow to reselect 3G;
Determined by SGSN, prefer to reselect 3G
acquiescently; Determined by SGSN, do not prefer
to reselect 3G acquiescently; Determined by SGSN,
do not allow to reselect 3G acquiescently.
Unit
None
Default value
Reselect 3G preferentially
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
Impact on
service
692
Cell
None
None

Offset (RprtOffsetPS850)
Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetPS850
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
RprtThoPS850, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
RprtOffsetPS850 value is firstly reported.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Threshold (RprtThoPS850)
Full name
Abbreviation
RprtThoPS850
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
693
Description

to RprtThoPS850 (dimensionless, corresponding to
RXLEV portion in measurement report, different
mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be
reported. As to whether it can be reported within a
certain period, it also depends on the signal level,
RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS850.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

694
Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetPS900
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
GSM 900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtThoPS900
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description

RXLEV portion in measurement report, different
mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be
reported. As to whether it can be reported within a
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
695
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetPS1800
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
696
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name

Threshold
Abbreviation
RprtThoPS1800
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description

RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported within a
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetPS1900
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
697
Description
When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

698
Full name

Threshold
Abbreviation
RprtThoPS1900
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description

RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported within a
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Offset (FDDRprtOffsetPS)
Full name
UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation
FDDRprtOffsetPS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to
FDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
FDDRprtOffsetPS value is firstly reported.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
699
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

threshold (FDDRprtThoPS)
Full name

threshold
Abbreviation
FDDRprtThoPS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only

to FDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding to
RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain
period, it also depends on the signal level, RepPrioPS,
FDDMulRatRrptPS and FDDRprtOffsetPS.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
700
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Offset (TDDRprtOffsetPS)
Full name
UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation
TDDRprtOffsetPS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are higher than or equal to
TDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
TDDRprtOffsetPS value is firstly reported.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

threshold (TDDRprtThoPS)
Full name

threshold
Abbreviation
TDDRprtThoPS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
701
Description
When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only

to TDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding to
RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in certain
period, it also depends on the signal level, RepPrioPS,
TDDMulRatRrptPS and TDDRprtOffsetPS.
Management
Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
7: never
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Adjacent Cell Parameters

This section introduces adjacent cell parameters.
Adjacent Interference Cell

Parameters
The interface of adjacent interference cell parameters is shown in
Figure 76.
702
FIGURE 76 ADJACENT INTERFERENCE CELL PARAMETERS
Interference cell No. (IntfObjectId)

Full name
Interference cell No.
Abbreviation
IntfObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Interference cell No.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 6
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
703
Related cell DN (RelationDN)

Full name
Related cell DN
Abbreviation
RelationDN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter defines BSS external cell DN: EcId or

related BSS equipment DN: BscId-SiteId-BtsId.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaZGB-02-02-005 Double BCCH Allocation List
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Adjacent Cell Handover and

Reselection Parameters
The interface of adjacent cell handover and reselection parameters
is as shown in Figure 77.
704
FIGURE 77 ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER
AND
RESELECTION PARAMETERS

(HoResObjectId)
Full name
Abbreviation
HoResObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is a unique identification of adjacent

cell handover and reselection object.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
705
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Priority of handover (Hopriority)
706
Full name
Priority of handover
Abbreviation
Hopriority
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
According to GSM specifications, cell priority shall be

considered in sequencing candidate cells. Therefore,
there are three decisive factors to sequence the candidate cells: priority, traffic, and radio conditions.
Priority and traffic affect the cell sequencing most. If
they lead to the same result, sequence the cells according to the radio conditions. The larger the value,
the higher level of priority.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Max power level of MS
Abbreviation
MsTxPwrMax
3GPP Name
MS_TXPWR_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

maximum output power. When BSC controls the
power, the parameter is the maximum transmission
power that can be used by MS in the cell. MS
max power level is also a parameter used by
BSC to calculate PBGT value.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Min power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

Full name
Abbreviation
RxLevMin
3GPP Name
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
707
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter defines the minimum receiving
intensity level (on BCCH) required for MS to
handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to
decide preferred cells during handover control. MS
in the serving cell constantly monitors the signal
intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent
cells with the minimum receiving intensity level
higher than this parameter are potential candidates
for handover. MS with receiving level larger
than minimum receiving level indicates that MS
is at the edge of the serving cell.
Description

according to MS receiving sensitivity. When network
observes uneven traffic distribution in certain cells,
MIN access level increases the resulting C1 and
C2 to decrease the cell effective coverage range.
However, the value of this parameter cannot be too
large. Otherwise, large value change can bring void
area across cell boundaries to result in sudden call
drop problem. With this measure for traffic balance,
it is suggested that the level value shall not exceed
-90dB. At the preliminary running stage of the
network, this parameter can be usually set as 10
(that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is
higher than the MS receiving sensitivity 102 dBm.
However, when the network capacity is expanded or
the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this
parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm
......
708
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm

63: > -48 dBm

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

PBGT (HoMarginPbgt)
Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT
Abbreviation
HoMarginPbgt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

and downlink signal strength. The PBGT value
of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes for
handover. The decision process is as follows: If
the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is greater than
the relevant threshold of this cell, handover shall
be performed to find a more suitable cell.
Description
This parameter defines the threshold used

to determine PBGT handover from an
adjacent cell to local cell.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
100: 76 dB
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
709

power level (HoMarginRxLev)
Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on power

level
Abbreviation
HoMarginRxLev
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

downlink signal strength. In handover caused by
the level, adjacent cells shall be screened and sequenced. This parameter defines the signal strength
threshold to determine handover from adjacent cell
to local cell.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
100: 76 dB
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

quality (HoMarginRxQual)
710
Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on quality
Abbreviation
HoMarginRxQual
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

the quality, adjacent cells shall be screened and sequenced. This parameter defines the signal quality
to local cell.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
100: 76 dB
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(MaxForceHoDiff)
Full name
Abbreviation
MaxForceHoDiff
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a

tolerable level difference for forced handover is required, which shall be lower than PBGT handover
threshold in the reverse direction. This parameter
defines the maximum level difference value for forced
handover.
Management
Object
Cell
711
Value Range
0 ~ 48
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(HoForceResThs)
Full name
Abbreviation
HoForceResThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Directed handover should not cause congestion in the

destination cell. When resource of object cell is lower
than the congestion threshold, forced handover can
be implemented.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
712
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)

Full name
Neighboring cell layer
Abbreviation
NCellLayer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter provides the handover policies in
multi-layer network technology and dual-frequency
network technology. Multi-layer radio coverage
can be formed in the same physical area.
The handover policies will not be detailed in this
manual. In brief, limiting the PBGT handover
defined in the specifications at one layer can reduce
the number of handovers during the call, thus
improving the system reliability and communication
quality. The policy of handover between a macro
cell layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends on
the moving speed of MS. An MS at higher moving
speed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upper
layer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lower
moving speed will try to enter the micro cell layer
(lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in case
of PBGT handover and handover towards undefined
layer being allowed will the undefined cell of the
service area be considered as a candidate cell.
Description
"Same layer of the home cell": Adjacent cell and

local cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover
is possible). "Upper layer of the home cell":
Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (when
the local cell is a micro cell). "Lower layer of the
home cell": Adjacent cell is the lower layer of
local cell (when the local cell is a macro cell).
For details, refer to Appendix.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Undefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper layer

of the home cell, Lower layer of the home cell
Unit
None
Default value
Same layer of the home cell
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
ZGO-02-02-001 Handover between Macroand Micro-cells

713
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioCS)

Full name
CS adjacent cell report priority
Abbreviation
RepPrioCS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Adjacent cells are reported according to
the following priorities:
714
Adjacent cell with same frequency band.

have the following features: BSIC of color
code is valid; Its measured field intensity
ranks high among cells in the same frequency
band and is larger than or equal to the lower
limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX
represents frequency band of serving cell.
Adjacent cell in the frequency band different
from that of the serving cell must have the
following features: BSIC of color code is
valid. Its measured field intensity ranks
high among cells in the same frequency
band and is larger than or equal to the
lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX.
Here, XXX represents the frequency band
different from that of serving cell.
Other access technologies, such as UTRAN/FDD
adjacent cells. The cells scramble is correct.
Its measured field intensity ranks high among
cells with the same access technologies and is
larger than or equal to the lower limit specified
by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents
access technologies like UTRAN/FDD.
Description
For above priorities, if the prioritys location has

surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the
next priority. For access technology such as
UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900,
the cell with high RepPrioCS is preferred. For
cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with greater
sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) and
RprtOffsetCSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name
PS adjacent cell report priority
Abbreviation
RepPrioPS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter defines the priority of adjacent
cells to report the measurement report
during PS traffic operation.
Description

limit specified by RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXX
valid. Its measured field intensity ranks high
among cells in the same frequency band
and is larger than or equal to the lower
represents the frequency band different
from that of serving cell.
by XXXRprtThoPS. Here, XXX represents access
technologies like UTRAN/FDD.

the cell with high RepPrioPS is preferred. For
cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greater
715
sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or XXXRprtThoPS) and

RprtOffsetPSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Target cell traffic threshold (TargetCellTrafficThs)

Full name
Target cell traffic threshold
Abbreviation
TargetCellTrafficThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter specifies the threshold of the target cell's traffic. This value determines if it shall be
handed over to this cell. If the traffic in target cell
is more than this threshold, do not handover to this
cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
75
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Relationship
716
None
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm)
Full name
Abbreviation
MacroMicroHoThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter specifies the cell's signal strength

threshold for handover between macro-cell and
micro-cell.
Management
Object
Cell
> -48 dBm

-50 ~ -49 dBm
......
Value Range
-109 ~ -108 dBm

-110 ~ -109 dBm
< -110 dBm
Unit
dBm
Default value
-91 dBm ~ -90 dBm
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Counter of handover threshold from macro to

micro (MacroMicroHon)
Full name
Counter of handover threshold from macro to micro
Abbreviation
MacroMicroHon
717
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This counter counts the number of the signal

strength being higher than the macro-micro
handover threshold value.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir)

Full name
The direction of neighbour cell
Abbreviation
NCellDir
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
718
This parameter identifies the direction relation between

adjacent cell and local cell. You can set the direction
information for each adjacent cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Direction A, Direction B, No direction
Unit
None
Default value
No direction
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Related cell DN
Full name
Related cell DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
User can click Select to select cell or external cell.

User can also check Mutual to set mutually reselection and handover cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

Full name
Is related cell
Abbreviation
IsRelatedCell
719
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a candidate in rapid fading handover. This is a parameter
of adjacent cell and is used to indicate whether adjacent cell is related to the serving cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

Full name
Is handover forced neighbor cell
Abbreviation
IsHoForceNcell
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing
site, it is better to handover subscribers of 900M
network to 1800M network. At this time, you
can do directional handover traffic.
720
Description
Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic

adjustment. The forced handover direction is
definite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. To
avoid influence on other cells, the forced handover
is performed only for a specific object cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CCN supported (CCNSupport)

Full name
CCN Support
Abbreviation
CCNSupport
3GPP Name
CCN-ACTIVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
Description
CNN mode refers to cell alternating notificaiton.

When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does cell
reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET CELL
CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification shall
be delivered to network in normal case. After network receives this message, it can send specific
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
721
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

The interface of adjacent cell handover parameters is shown in
Figure 78.
FIGURE 78 ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER PARAMETERS
Adjacent cell handover object ID (HoObjectId)
722
Full name
Adjacent cell handover object ID
Abbreviation
HoObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

cell handover object.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Priority of handover (HoPriority)

Full name
Priority of handover
Abbreviation
HoPriority
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
According to GSM specifications, cell priority shall be

considered in sequencing candidate cells. Therefore,
there are three decisive factors to sequence the candidate cells: priority, traffic, and radio conditions.
Priority and traffic affect the cell sequencing most. If
they lead to the same result, sequence the cells according to the radio conditions. The larger the value,
the higher level of priority.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
723
Max power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

Full name
Max power level of MS
Abbreviation
MsTxPwrMax
3GPP Name
MS_TXPWR_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

maximum output power. When BSC controls the
power, the parameter is the maximum transmission
power that can be used by MS in the cell. MS
max power level is also a parameter used by
BSC to calculate PBGT value.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Min power level for handover access (RxLevMin)
724
Full name
Abbreviation
RxLevMin
3GPP Name
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter defines the minimum receiving
intensity level (on BCCH) required for MS to
handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to
decide preferred cells during handover control. MS
in the serving cell constantly monitors the signal
intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent
cells with the minimum receiving intensity level
higher than this parameter are potential candidates
for handover. MS with receiving level larger
than minimum receiving level indicates that MS
is at the edge of the serving cell.
Description

according to MS receiving sensitivity. When network
observes uneven traffic distribution in certain cells,
MIN access level increases the resulting C1 and
C2 to decrease the cell effective coverage range.
However, the value of this parameter cannot be too
large. Otherwise, large value change can bring void
area across cell boundaries to result in sudden call
drop problem. With this measure for traffic balance,
it is suggested that the level value shall not exceed
-90dB. At the preliminary running stage of the
network, this parameter can be usually set as 10
(that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is
higher than the MS receiving sensitivity 102 dBm.
However, when the network capacity is expanded or
the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this
parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

63: > -48 dBm

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
725

PBGT (HoMarginPbgt)
Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT
Abbreviation
HoMarginPbgt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

and downlink signal strength. The PBGT value
of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes for
handover. The decision process is as follows: If
the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is greater than
the relevant threshold of this cell, handover shall
be performed to find a more suitable cell.
Description
This parameter defines the threshold used

to determine PBGT handover from an
adjacent cell to local cell.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
726
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
100: 76 dB

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

power level (HoMarginRxLev)
Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on power

level
Abbreviation
HoMarginRxLev
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

the level, adjacent cells shall be screened and sequenced. This parameter defines the signal strength
to local cell.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
100: 76 dB
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

quality (HoMarginRxQual)
Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on quality
Abbreviation
HoMarginRxQual
3GPP Name
None
727
3GPP reference
None
Description

the quality, adjacent cells shall be screened and sequenced. This parameter defines the signal quality
to local cell.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
100: 76 dB

None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(MaxForceHoDiff)
728
Full name
Abbreviation
MaxForceHoDiff
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a

tolerable level difference for forced handover is required, which shall be lower than PBGT handover
threshold in the reverse direction. This parameter
defines the maximum level difference value for forced
handover.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 48
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(HoForceResThs)
Full name
Abbreviation
HoForceResThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Directed handover should not cause congestion in the

destination cell. When resource of object cell is lower
than the congestion threshold, forced handover can
be implemented.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
729
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Neighboring cell layer
Abbreviation
NCellLayer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter provides the handover policies in
multilayer network technology and dual-frequency
network technology. Multilayer radio coverage can
be formed in the same physical area.
The handover policies will not be detailed in this
manual. In brief, limiting the PBGT handover
defined in the specifications at one layer can reduce
the number of handovers during the call, thus
improving the system reliability and communication
quality. The policy of handover between a macro
cell layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends on
the moving speed of MS. An MS at higher moving
speed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upper
layer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lower
moving speed will try to enter the micro cell layer
(lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in case
of PBGT handover and handover towards undefined
layer being allowed will the undefined cell of the
service area be considered as a candidate cell.
Description
"Same layer of the home cell": Adjacent cell and

local cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover
is possible). "Upper layer of the home cell":
Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (when
the local cell is a micro cell). "Lower layer of the
home cell": Adjacent cell is the lower layer of
local cell (when the local cell is a macro cell).
For details, refer to Appendix.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Undefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper layer

of the home cell, Lower layer of the home cell
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
730
Fea-
ZGO-02-02-001 Handover between Macroand Micro-cells

Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RepPrioCS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Ajacent cells are reported according to the
following priorities:

Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
731
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
732
Full name
Abbreviation
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
75
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm)
Full name
Abbreviation
MacroMicroHoThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter specifies the cell's signal strength

threshold for handover between macro-cell and
micro-cell.
Management
Object
Cell
> -48 dBm

-50 ~ -49 dBm
......
Value Range
-109 ~ -108 dBm

-110 ~ -109 dBm
< -110 dBm
Unit
dBm
Default value
-91 dBm ~ -90 dBm
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Counter of Handover Threshold from Macro to

Micro (MacroMicroHoN)
Full name
Counter of handover threshold from macro to micro
Abbreviation
MacroMicroHoN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This counter counts the number of the signal

strength being higher than the macro-micro
handover threshold value.
733
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir)

Full name
The direction of neighbour cell
Abbreviation
NCellDir
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
734
This parameter identifies the direction relation between

adjacent cell and local cell. You can set the direction
information for each adjacent cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Direction A, Direction B, No direction
Unit
None
Default value
No direction
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

Full name
Is related cell
Abbreviation
IsRelatedCell
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a candidate in rapid fading handover. This is a parameter
of adjacent cell and is used to indicate whether adjacent cell is related to the serving cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

Full name
Is handover forced neighbor cell
Abbreviation
IsHoForceNcell
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
735
In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing

site, it is better to handover subscribers of 900M
network to 1800M network. At this time, you
can do directional handover traffic.
Description
Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic

adjustment. The forced handover direction is
definite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. To
avoid influence on other cells, the forced handover
is performed only for a specific object cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Related cell DN
736
Full name
Related cell DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Adjacent Cell Reselection

Parameters
The interface of adjacent cell reselection parameters is shown in
Figure 79.
FIGURE 79 ADJACENT CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS
Adjacent cell reselection object ID (ReSelObjectId)

Full name
Adjacent cell reselection object ID
Abbreviation
ReSelObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

cell reselection object.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
737
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)
738
Full name
Adjacent cell report priority
Abbreviation
RepPrioPS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
This parameter indicates adjacent cell report priority, broadcasted to MS in SI2quater, PSI3ter and
PSI3quater. It corresponds to adjacent cell list,
indicating the priority of measurement report in
adjacent cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
CCN supported
Abbreviation
CCNSupport
3GPP Name
CCN-ACTIVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Related cell DN
Full name
Related cell DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover
cell or DN (EcId) of the external cell.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
None
739
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and

The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover and reselection parameters is as shown in Figure 80.
FIGURE 80 UTRAN ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER
PARAMETERS
740
AND
RESELECTION
Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection

object ID (S3GHoRSObjectId)
Full name
Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection object

ID
Abbreviation
S3GHoRSObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN

adjacent cell handover and reselection object.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(HoRSCPOffset3G)
Full name
Abbreviation
HoRSCPOffset3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered
only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies
the minimum requirement for normal UE
communication within it.
Description
This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough

field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent
cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to
handover to different adjacent cells.
741
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(HoEcNoOffset3G)
Full name
Abbreviation
HoEcNoOffset3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered
only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies
the minimum requirement for normal UE
communication within it.
742
Description
This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough

field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent
cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 49
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
None
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RepPrioCS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0


Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
743
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name
PS adjacent cell report priority
Abbreviation
RepPrioPS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description
744



Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
CCN supported
Abbreviation
CCNSupport
3GPP Name
CCN-ACTIVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
745
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
75
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Relation DN
746
Full name
Relation DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to determine DN of

the UTRAN external cell.
Description
User can click Select to select the cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover

Parameters
The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover parameters is
shown in Figure 81.
FIGURE 81 UTRAN ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER PARAMETERS
747
UTRAN HO ID (S3GHoObjectId)
Full name
UTRAN HO ID
Abbreviation
S3GHoObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

adjacent cell handover object.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
RSCP offset handover (HoRSCPOffset3G)
748
Full name
RSCP offset handover
Abbreviation
HoRSCPOffset3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only

indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE communication
within it. This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure
enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN
adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Ec/No offset handover (HoEcNoOffset3G)

Full name
Ec/No offset handover
Abbreviation
HoEcNoOffset3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only

indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE communication
within it. This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure
enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN
adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 49
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
749
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RepPrioCS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates the priority of CS adjacent cell report.
Priorities of the adjacent cell are as follows:
1. Adjacent cell with same frequency band as the

serving cell. These cells must have the following
features:
BSIC of color code is valid.
Its measured field intensity ranks high

and is larger than or equal to the lower limit
specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents the frequency band different from
that of serving cell.
2. Adjacent cells at different frequency band from

the serving cell. These cells must have the following features:
BSIC of color code is valid.

and is larger than or equal to the lower limit
specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents the frequency band different from
that of serving cell.
3. Other access technologies, such as WCDMA/FDD

adjacent cells. These cells must have the following features:
The cell's scramble is correct.

among cells with the same access technologies, such as WCDMA/FDD, and is larger
than or equal to the lower limit specified by
XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents access
technologies like WCDMA/FDD.
4. The remaining GSM adjacent cells which have

Description
750
valid BSIC, or GSM adjacent cells with permitted NCC but invalid BCC, or adjacent cells with
other access technologies such as WCDMA/FDD.
if such a cells RepPrioCS and REPORTING_RATE

are low, then the reporting frequency is low too.
For the above priorities:
If the prioritys location has surplus, then leave

it to adjacent cell of the next priority.
For access technology such as WCDMA/FDD
or frequency band such as GSM900, the cell
with higher RepPrioCS is preferred.
For cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell
with the larger sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or
XXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX (or
XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
751
Default value
75
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Relation DN
Full name
Relation DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to determine DN of
the UTRAN external cell.
752
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection

Parameters
The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell reselection parameters is
shown in Figure 82.
FIGURE 82 UTRAN ADJACENT CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS

(S3GrsObjectId)
Full name
Abbreviation
S3GrsObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

adjacent cell reselection object.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
753
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name
Abbreviation
RepPrioPS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Ajacent cells are reported according to the
following priorities:
754

Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
CCN supported
Abbreviation
CCNSupport
3GPP Name
CCN-ACTIVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
Description

Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
755
Relation DN
Full name
Relation DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover
cell or DN (EcId) of the external cell.
Description
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
FeaNone
Relevant
rameters
paNone
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Frequency Hopping System

Parameters
The interface of frequency hopping system parameters is shown
in Figure 83.
756
FIGURE 83 FREQUENCY HOPPING SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)

Full name
Frequency hopping No.
Abbreviation
FhsId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is a unique identification of frequency

hopping system.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
Frequency No.
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

757
Hopping sequence No. (HSN)

Full name
Hopping sequence No.
Abbreviation
HSN
3GPP Name
Hopping sequence number
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

According to GSM 05.02 Frequency Hoping
Algorithm, MAI is a function of TDMA Frame
number (FN), Hoping Sequence Number (HSN)
and Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). HSN
determines the operation track of frequencies
during the frequency hopping process. Using
different HSN for cells having same MA can avoid
frequency utilization conflict between adjacent cells
during the frequency hopping process.
Different timeslots can share the same group of MA
and corresponding HSN. When HSN = 0, it is a special
frequency hopping (i.e. circular frequency hopping)
HSN can be derived from BCC of the cell, because
cells using the same MA also have the same BCCH.
758
Description
For example, if HSN [(BCC6)+1, (BCC6)+6],

then each cell may use any of the 6 HSNs. The
remaining 0 and 49 ~ 63 are used in other
special cases. For simple implementation,
directly use 0 by default.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

Frequency hopping mode

(FreqHopMode)
Full name
Frequency hopping mode
Abbreviation
FreqHopMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates the mode of frequency hopping.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
RFID freqhop; Base band freqhop
Unit
None
Default value
RFID freqhop
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

Hopping GROUP ID (BhGroupId)
MA frequency list No. (MaFreqNum)
When this parameter's value is Base band freqhop,
the BhGroupId parameter can be set.
Relationship
When this parameter is set as "RFID freqhop",

adding and deleting operation can be performed
for the "MA frequency list No. (MaFreqNum)"
parameter. When this parameter is set as "Base
band freqhop", the Add button and the Del button
disappear from the interface.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

Hopping group ID (BhGroupId)

Full name
Hopping group ID
Abbreviation
BhGroupId
3GPP Name
None
759
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the hopping group id.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
0, indicating that TRX is not involved in

baseband frequency hopping.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant
parameters
Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)
Relationship
When the "FreqHopMode" parameter's value is

Base band freqhop, this parameter can be set.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

modified, all current services of corresponding
frequency point will be interrupted immediately.
MA Frequency List Number

(MaFreqNum)
Full name
MA Frequency List Number
Abbreviation
MaFreqNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter provides a list of absolute RF
channel number in a frequency hopping group.
It is a CA sub-set of the home cell. The related
information will be notified to MS when MS is
notified of which channel should be used.
760
Description
User can click Add or Del to perform adding

or deleting operation.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Based on frequency setting
Unit
None
Default value
Based on frequency setting
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
tures
Fea-
Relevant
rameters
pa-

ZGO-04-03-002 Support of 64 Frequencies Hopping
Relationship
When the "FreqHopMode" parameter is set as

"RFID freqhop", adding and deleting operation
can be performed for this parameter. When the
"FreqHopMode" parameter is set as "Base band
freqhop", the Add button and the Del button
disappear from the interface.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

761
762
Chapter
System Control
Parameters
Table of Contents
Operation Control Parameters ........................................... 763
FUC Parameters .............................................................. 793
Handover Parameters of BCCH .......................................... 799
Handover Parameters of SD .............................................. 805
Other Parameters ............................................................ 810
IBS Parameters ............................................................... 824
Performance Management Parameters................................ 826
Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange Parameters ............................................................................... 832
GPRS Operation Control Parameters ................................... 836
Operation Control
Parameters
The interface of Operation Control Parameters for system control is shown in Figure 84.
763
FIGURE 84 OPERATION CONTROL PARAMETERS
Assign query enable (AssQueEnable)

Full name
Assign query enable
Abbreviation
AssQueEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
764
Whether queuing is allowed if it fails to obtain channel

in assignment.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
Yes
Default value
Allow
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Chapter 6 System Control Parameters
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Internal redirection enable

(InDrEnable)
Full name
Internal redirection enable
Abbreviation
InDrEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow channel request from other cells

in BSC if no any channel is requested.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
765
Outer redirection enable

(OutDrEnable)
Full name
Outer redirection enable
Abbreviation
OutDrEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow channel request from the cells

out of BSC if no any channel is requested.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Assign preemption enable

(AssPreEmpt)
766
Full name
Assign preemption enable
Abbreviation
AssPreEmpt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow preemption of the channel

occupied by the subscriber with lower priority if no
any channel is requested.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
BSC intracell handover enable

(HoIntraEnable)
Full name
BSC intracell handover enable
Abbreviation
HoIntraEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow intra-cell handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
767
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
BSC intercell handover enable

(HoInterEnable)
768
Full name
BSC cell handover enable
Abbreviation
HoInterEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow inter-cell handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
BSC outer handover enable

(HoOutEnable)
Full name
BSC outer handover enable
Abbreviation
HoOutEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable BSC outer handover
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
SDCCH handover enable

(ShoEnable)
Full name
SDCCH handover enable
Abbreviation
ShoEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable SDCCH handover
769
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
TCH/F handover enable

(TfHoEnable)
770
Full name
TCH/F handover enable
Abbreviation
TfHoEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable TCH/F handover
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
TCH/H handover enable

(ThHoEnable)
Full name
TCH/H handover enable
Abbreviation
ThHoEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable TCH/H handover
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover queue enable

(HoQueEnable)
Full name
Handover queue enable
Abbreviation
HoQueEnable
771
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable handover queue
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover preemption enable

(HoPreEmpt)
772
Full name
Handover preemption enable
Abbreviation
HoPreEmpt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow forced release.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover check arithmetic choose

(HoA)
Full name
Handover check arithmetic choose
Abbreviation
HoA
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
It is used to identify which kind of handover decision
algorithm is used.
0: DZD handover algorithm 1
Description

......
10: reserved
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 10]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
773
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover request response (HoAck)

Full name
Handover request response
Abbreviation
HoAck
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if MSC shall respond messages on BSC

outer handover
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
No Need, Need
Unit
None
Default value
No need
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Force FACCH (FacchOnly)
774
Full name
Force FACCH
Abbreviation
FacchOnly
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
First use TCH/F service channel on immediate

assignment of channel request.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Continuum handover trigger

(HoTrigger)
Full name
Continuum handover trigger
Abbreviation
HoTrigger
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the number of handover
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
775
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover reason tip (HoCauseInd)

Full name
Handover reason tip
Abbreviation
HoCauseInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the reason of handover
Management
Object
BSC
[0, 7]
Value Range
0: no handover
1 ~ 2: inra-cell handover
3 ~ 7: inter-cell handover or external handover
776
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Local cell position number (LAC)

Full name
Local cell position number
Abbreviation
LAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the position number at local

cell on handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Local cell identification (CI)

Full name
Local cell identification
Abbreviation
CI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the number of local cell on

handover.
Management
Object
BSC
777
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Outer cell target number

(OutCellNum)
778
Full name
Outer cell target number
Abbreviation
OutCellNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the number of external target

cell on handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 3]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Outer cell position number 1

(OutLAC1)
Full name
Abbreviation
OutLAC1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the position number 1 of

external target cell on handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

(OutLAC2)
Full name
Abbreviation
OutLAC2
779
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

(OutLAC3)
780
Full name
Abbreviation
OutLAC3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Outer cell number 1 (OutCI1)

Full name
Outer cell number 1
Abbreviation
OutCI1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the number 1 of external

target cell on handover.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
781

Full name
Outer cell number 2
Abbreviation
OutCI2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
782
Full name
Outer cell number 3
Abbreviation
OutCI3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Outer RNC 1 (OutRNC1)

Full name
Outer RNC 1
Abbreviation
OutRNC1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the RNC_ID 1 of external 3G

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
783
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

Full name
Outer RNC 2
Abbreviation
OutRNC2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
784
Full name
Outer RNC 3
Abbreviation
OutRNC3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Old BSS to new BSS information

(OldToneWctrl)
Full name
Old BSS to new BSS information
Abbreviation
OldToneWctrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It describes the content that shall be sent for

"Old BSS to New BSS information" information in
HANDOVER REQUIRED message.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 255]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
785
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Access Control (AccessCtrl)
786
Full name
Access Control
Abbreviation
AccessCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to do access control
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Resume set option (ResumeSetOpt)

Full name
Resume set option
Abbreviation
ResumeSetOpt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable RESUME switch.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Open, Close
Unit
None
Default value
Close
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handout queue sign (HandOutQue

Ind)
Full name
Handout queue sign
Abbreviation
HandOutQueInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Identify if to allow queue on inter-BSC handover.
Management
Object
BSC
787
Value Range
Handout queue disable, Handout queue enable
Unit
None
Default value
Handout queue disable
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Send cell prefer indication

(SendCellPreferInd)
788
Full name
Send cell prefer indication
Abbreviation
SendCellPreferInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to include Cell Prefer Ind in full layer

3 message
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
IPA AMR start mode

(IpaAMRStartMode)
Full name
IPA AMR start mode
Abbreviation
IpaAMRStartMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Start rate used by IPA AMR
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Default, Max speed
Unit
None
Default value
Default
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
TDD cell handover enable

(TdHoEnable)
Full name
TDD cell handover enable
Abbreviation
TdHoEnable
789
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow TDD cell handover
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Sending HO detect message to

MSC during intra-BSC HO with IPA
(InBscHoSendHoDet)
790
Full name
Sending HO detect message to MSC during intra-BSC

HO with IPA
Abbreviation
InBscHoSendHoDet
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
For intra-BSC handover with IPA, when the link

establishment indication is received, if the newly
requested voice version is different from the old voice
version, it is necessary to send the handover detect
message to MSC to reduce the no-voice duration in a
call. If the handover detect message has been sent
when IPA is sent to MSC, and if the handover failure
message is received (the intra-cell handover failure
is due to assignment failure), it is necessary to send
the handover failure message to MSC.
Management
Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
ICM optimize when intra BSC

handover (AmrHoOpt_0)
Full name
ICM optimize when intra BSC handover
Abbreviation
AmrHoOpt_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
791
Description
This parameter indicates whether ICM optimization

should be performed for intra-BSC handover. If this
parameter is set as 'Yes', when the response message
for pre-handover notification is returned from BTS,
BSC sends ICM and startmode, which are contained
in the handover command message, to MS, and the
two values are those in the response message for
pre-handover notification. Otherwise, the two values
are those set at background.
Management
Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
ICM optimize when inter BSC

handover (AmrHoOpt_1)
792
Full name
ICM optimize when inter BSC handover
Abbreviation
AmrHoOpt_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates whether ICM optimization

should be performed for inter-BSC handover. If this
parameter is set as 'Yes', when the response message
for pre-handover notification is returned from BTS,
BSC sends ICM and startmode, which are contained
in the handover command message, to MS, and the
two values are those in the response message for
pre-handover notification. Otherwise, the two values
are those set at background.
Management
Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
FUC Parameters
The interface of FUC Parameters for system control is shown in
Figure 85.
793
FIGURE 85 FUC PARAMETERS
Use system message method

when MSC overload or link block
(MSCSysInfoFlc)
Full name
Use system message method when MSC overload or

link block
Abbreviation
MSCSysInfoFlc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
FUC is done by system message method while all MSC
overloaded or SP congested (FUC shall be started for
this kind of overload).
Description
Management
Object
794
Use system message method, that is, disable some

MSs from accessing network according to the ACCN
parameter in system message. Use FUC method,
that is, disable some MSs from accessing network
according to the number of random access on RACH.
BSC
Value Range
System message method, FUC method
Unit
None
Default value
FUC method
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Start system message method

(CPUSysInfoFlc)
Full name
Start system message method
Abbreviation
CPUSysInfoFlc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Enable system message method if CPU utilization

of CMP increases up to the CPU threshold o system
message control method.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
795
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Start system message method, start

limit(%) (CPUSysInfoCTLCPU)
796
Full name
Start limit of system message method
Abbreviation
CPUSysInfoCTLCPU
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU

threshold of system message control method. It
means if CPU utilization exceeds this threshold and
"Start system message method" parameter is Yes,
FUC can be done by system message control method.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 100]
Unit
Default value
65
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Start FUC flow control (CPUFucFlc)

Full name
Start FUC flow control
Abbreviation
CPUFucFlc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Enable FUC flow control if CPU utilization of CMP

increases up to the CPU threshold of FUC flow control
method.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Start limit of FUC flow control

(CPUFucCtlCPU, %)
Full name
Start limit of FUC flow control
Abbreviation
CPUFucCtlCPU
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
797
Description
FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU

threshold of FUC control method. It means if CPU
utilization exceeds this threshold and Start FUC flow
control parameter is Yes, flow can be controlled by
FUC flow control.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 100]
Unit
Default value
75
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
The maximum control level for

MSC overload or link block
(MSCFlcMaxLevel)
798
Full name
The maximum control level for MSC overload or link

block (MSCFlcMaxLevel)
Abbreviation
MSCFlcMaxLevel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It indicates allowed maximum control level while MSC

is overloaded or link is blocked.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 10]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover Parameters of
BCCH
The interface of Handover Parameters of BCCH for system control is shown in Figure 86.
FIGURE 86 HANDOVER PARAMETERS
OF
BCCH
799
Handover BCCH (CanBCCHEx)

Full name
Handover BCCH
Abbreviation
CanBCCHEx
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter is used to indicate if dynamic configured

BCCH function is enabled by BSC. When this function
is enabled, network can enable dynamic configured
BCCH function. Specially, for which cell can enable this
function, it is based on if the cell can dynamically enable
dynamically configured BCCH function.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default
value
No
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
ZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Scan BCCH (ScanBCCH)
800
Full name
Scan BCCH
Abbreviation
ScanBCCH
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter is used to indicate the scanning duration

for idle BCCH channel by the network when dynamic
configured BCCH function is enabled in the cell. When
network enables dynamic configured BCCH function, the
network may periodically check idle BCCH carrier state in
the cell according to this parameter, to decide conversion
condition. This parameter can reflect response time for
this case due to network BCCH carrier failure.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
[600, 9000]
Unit
100 ms
Default
value
3000
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
BCCH starting delay (BCCHDelay)

Full name
BCCH starting delay
Abbreviation
BCCHDelay
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
801
Description
The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user shall

check the state of BCCH carrier after timer timeout.
Formally start switchover flow if switchover is required
indeed.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
[20, 1800]
Unit
100 ms
Default
value
1200
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
BCCH finishing delay (ReBCCHEx)

Full name
BCCH finishing delay
Abbreviation
ReBCCHEx
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
802
The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user shall

check the state of BCCH carrier after timer timeout.
Formally start switchover flow if switchover is required
indeed.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
[20, 1800]
Unit
100 ms
Default
value
1200
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Delay of TRX forcible release

(TrxRel)
Full name
Delay of TRX forcible release
Abbreviation
TrxRel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It indicates delay of TRX forcible release. During BCCH

handover, if you select the carrier with existing service
as BCCH carrier after handover, you can inform the
service and handover to other carrier. Release the
service on this carrier after timer is timeout.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
[20, 200]
Unit
100 ms
Default
value
60
Change
mode
Offline
803
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
The MAX cells' amount of

simultaneously handover
(MaxChangeProc)
Full name
The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover
Abbreviation
MaxChangeProc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
804
It controls the MAX number of cells that can be

handovered simultaneously in a module.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
[1, 8]
Unit
None
Default
value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover Parameters of SD
The interface of Handover Parameters of SD for system control
is shown in Figure 87.
FIGURE 87 HANDOVER PARAMETERS
OF
SD
Dynamic configuration SDCCH

(CanSDCCHDyn)
Full name
Dynamic configuration SDCCH
Abbreviation
CanSDCCHDyn
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
805
Description

SDCCH function is enabled by BSC. When this function
is enabled, network can enable dynamic configured
SDCCH function. Specially, for which cell can enable this
function, it is based on if the cell can dynamically enable
dynamic configured SDCCH function.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default
value
No
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
ZGB-03-02-003 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Scan SDCCH (ScanSDCCH)

Full name
Scan SDCCH
Abbreviation
ScanSDCCH
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
806
This parameter is used to indicate the scanning duration

for idle SDCCH channel by the network when dynamic
configured SDCCH function is enabled in the cell.
When network enables dynamic configured SDCCH
function, the network may periodically check idle SDCCH
channels in the cell according to this parameter, to
decide conversion condition. This parameter can reflect
response time for this case due to insufficient SDCCH
channel resource.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
[10, 1000]
Unit
100 ms
Default
value
100
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Delay of TS forcible release (TsRel)

Full name
Delay of TS forcible release
Abbreviation
TsRel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It indicates delay of TS forcible release. During dynamic

config SDCCH converted to TCH, first handover the
service on this timeslot to other timeslots, and release
the service on this timeslot after timer is timeout.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
[5, 200]
Unit
100 ms
Default
value
10
807
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Delay protection (MaxDelay)

Full name
Delay protection
Abbreviation
MaxDelay
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
808
This parameter is delay protection timer, which is used

to indicate response timeout timer after waiting for
BTS configuration finishing while dynamic config BCCH
or SDCCH function is enabled and dynamic conversion
condition is met. Restart flow after timer is timeout.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
[1200, 2400]
Unit
100 ms
Default
value
1800
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
ZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery,

Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
TCH->SDCCH limit (MinSDCCH)

Full name
TCH->SDCCH limit
Abbreviation
MinSDCCH
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

SDCCH function is enabled and conversion threshold
from TCH to SDCCH. Only when idle SDCCH is lower
than this threshold, the conversion from TCH to SDCCH
can be done.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
[2, 64]
Unit
None
Default
value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
809
SDCCH->TCH delay (TimeToTch)

Full name
SDCCH->TCH delay
Abbreviation
TimeToTch
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter is used to enable dynamic config SDCCH

function in the cell. After TCH is dynamically converted
to SDCCH channel and SDCCH channel is idle, to prevent
from frequent channel conversion, a time limit will be
added for the conversion from SDCCH channel to TCH
channel. During this limit, SDCCH channel can not be
converted to TCH channel.
Management Object
BSC
Value
Range
[0, 24]
Unit
None
Default
value
Change
mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Other Parameters
The interface of Other Parameters for system control is shown
in Figure 88.
810
B2 support AMR (V2TruSupportAMR)

Full name
B2 support AMR
Abbreviation
V2TruSupportAMR
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
if B2 carrier on BTSV2 site supports AMR voice

algorithm determines if service on B2 carrier can use
AMR voice version.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
811
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
CHR Enable (ChrEnable)
812
Full name
CHR Enable
Abbreviation
ChrEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It indicates if call history record function is enabled.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
NC2 support (NC2support)

Full name
NC2 support
Abbreviation
NC2support
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It indicates if to support NC2.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
MR server IP (MRSvrIP)
Full name
MR server IP
Abbreviation
MRSvrIP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
MR server IP
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Input IP with 4 bytes, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (xxx is 0~255)
813
Unit
None
Default value
0.0.0.0
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
MR server port (MRSvrPort)
814
Full name
MR server port
Abbreviation
MRSvrPort
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
MR server TCP port
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
BER weight (VoiceQualWeight_0)

Full name
BER Weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors.

This parameter indicates BER weight. The system
calculate the weight of voice quality level while adding
or reducing these influence factors.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
FER weight (VoiceQualWeight_1)

Full name
FER Weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

This parameter indicates FER weight. The system
calculates the weight of voice quality level while
adding or reducing these influence factors.
815
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Handover frequency weight

(VoiceQualWeight_2)
816
Full name
Handover frequence weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

This parameter indicates handover frequency weight.
The system calculate the weight of voice quality level
while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
DTX weight (VoiceQualWeight_3)

Full name
DTX weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

This parameter indicates DTX weight. The system
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
817
Coding decode weight

(VoiceQualWeight_4)
Full name
Coding decode weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_4
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

This parameter indicates coding decode weight. The
system calculate the weight of voice quality level
while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
ABIS transmission error code weight

(VoiceQualWeight_5)
818
Full name
ABIS transmission error code weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_5
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Voice quality inspects the weight of influence

factors. This parameter indicates the weight of Abis
transmission error code. The system calculate the
weight of voice quality level while adding or reducing
these influence factors.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Delay weight (VoiceQualWeight_6)

Full name
Delay weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_6
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

This parameter indicates delay weight. The system
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
819
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
A port resource block threshold

(Reslimit_0)
820
Full name
A port resource block threshold
Abbreviation
Reslimit_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It describes proportion threshold while alarm occurs

by PCM at A-interface.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 100]
Unit
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
NSVC resource block threshold

(Reslimit_1)
Full name
NSVC resource block threshold
Abbreviation
Reslimit_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description

by NSVC at Gb interface.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 100]
Unit
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Channel resource block threshold

(Reslimit_2)
Full name
Channel resource block threshold
Abbreviation
Reslimit_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
821
Description

in radio channel.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 100]
Unit
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Subcell busy threshold (Reslimit_3)
822
Full name
Subcell busy threshold
Abbreviation
Reslimit_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It is used as constraint condition for traffic shift and

frag concentration.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[40, 100]
Unit
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
ABIS alarm delay time

(AbisAlmDelayTime)
Full name
ABIS alarm delay time
Abbreviation
AbisAlmDelayTime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
On disconnection at Abis, if the time from

disconnection to recovery is shorter than the delay
time, do not send the disconnection alarm.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 60]
Unit
Second
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
823
DTX factor (Info_0_8)

Full name
DTX factor
Abbreviation
Info_0_8
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
If the cell is IP access, MS uses DTX mode, and

downlink discontinuous transmission is enabled,
the final allocated Abis bandwidth equals to normal
service bandwidth multiplied by this factor.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
[20, 100]
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
Uplink discontinuous transmission (DtxUplinkBcch),

Downlink discontinuous transmission (DtxDwlink)
Relationship
If MS shall use DTX mode and downlink discontinuous

transmission is enabled, this parameter is valid.
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
IBS Parameters
The interface of IBS Parameters for system control is shown in
Figure 89.
824
FIGURE 89 IBS PARAMETERS
The method of intelligent TRX power

off (Info_0_0)
Full name
The method of intelligent TRX power off
Abbreviation
Info_0_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Management
Object
When IBS shutdown function is enabled, this

parameter indicates the decision condition applied to
select shutdown TRX.
BSC
Value Range
The traffic of each line, peak value occupied by the

channel
Unit
None
825
Default value
The traffic of each line
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
ZGO-04-04-002 Intelligent TRX Shutdown
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Performance Management
Parameters
The interface of Performance Management Parameters for
system control is shown in Figure 90.
FIGURE 90 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT PARAMETERS
826
PingPong handover duration

(PingPongDura, s)
Full name
Pingpong handover duration
Abbreviation
PingPongDura
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
ping pong handover counter that measures the

number of handovers out and in the original cell
within this period.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 60]
Unit
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Number of measurement
reports for dropped connections
(LatestMeasureRptNum)
Full name
Number of measurement reports for dropped

connections
Abbreviation
LatestMeasureRptNum
3GPP Name
None
827
3GPP
reference
Description
None
On call drops, you shall determine which reason
causes the call drop based on average level and
quality. This parameter is used to control the average
number.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[1, 10]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Uplink quality threshold

(DropBadQualULThs, RQ)
Full name
Uplink quality threshold
Abbreviation
DropBadQualULThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
828
On call drops, if uplink quality is better than this

threshold, it measures as call drop due to poor uplink
quality.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 7]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Downlink quality threshold

(DropBadQualDLThs, RQ)
Full name
Downlink quality threshold
Abbreviation
DropBadQualDLThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
On call drops, if downlink quality is better than this

threshold, it measures as call drop due to poor
downlink quality.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 7]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
829

(DropLowSigStrULThs)
Full name
Abbreviation
DropLowSigStrULThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
On call drops, if uplink level is not more than this

threshold, it measures as call drop due to low uplink
level.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 63]
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

(DropLowSigStrDLThs)
830
Full name
Abbreviation
DropLowSigStrDLThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
On call drops, if downlink level is not more than

this threshold, it measures as call drop due to low
downlink level.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 63]
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Excessive TA threshold
(DropExcessiveTAThs)
Full name
Excessive TA threshold
Abbreviation
DropExcessiveTAThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
On call drops, if the distance (represented by TA

value) between MS and network is not less than this
threshold, it measures as call drop due to too distant
TA.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 63]
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
831
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Baseband Frequency
Hopping TRX Exchange
Parameters
The interface of Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange
Parameters for system control is shown in Figure 91.
FIGURE 91 BASEBAND FREQUENCY HOPPING TRX EXCHANGE PARAMETERS
832
Baseband frequency hopping TRX

exchange support (Info_0_1)
Full name
Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange support
Abbreviation
Info_0_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
It indicates whether baseband hopping TRX exchange

is supported. If a TRX fails in baseband hopping set,
the system automatically removes failed TRX from
hopping set. If the failed TRX restores, move it into
original hopping set.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Baseband Frequency hopping TRX

Exchange scan timer (Info_1_0)
Full name
Baseband Frequency hopping TRX Exchange scan

timer
Abbreviation
Info_1_0
3GPP Name
None
833
3GPP
reference
Description
None
It identifies the exchange period required by
periodically scanning the TRX of baseband frequency
hopping.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[600, 9000]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
3000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Baseband frequency hopping TRX

configuration timer (Info_1_16)
Full name
Baseband frequency hopping TRX configuration timer
Abbreviation
Info_1_16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
834
After baseband hopping exchange, you shall update

the configuration for the site. This parameter defines
the timer to wait for response from the site.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[100, 3000]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
1800
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Baseband frequency hopping

TRX exchange check delay timer
(Info_2_0)
Full name
Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange check

delay timer
Abbreviation
Info_2_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
When detecting the exchange is required for baseband

hopping TRX, the system may delay for a period
to check if the exchange is required again. This
parameter defines the delay period.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[100, 1800]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
600
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
835
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
GPRS Operation Control

Parameters
The interface of Operation Control Parameters for system control is shown in Figure 92.
FIGURE 92 GPRS OPERATION CONTROL PARAMETERS
Two phase access (TwoPhaseAcce

ss)
836
Full name
Two phase access
Abbreviation
TwoPhaseAccess
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates whether the two phase

access mode is used forcedly.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Send radio status to SGSN

(GBMsgSndInd_0)
Full name
Send radio status to SGSN
Abbreviation
GBMsgSndInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
This parameter indicates whether to send the radio
status message to SGSN. The message is sent in the
following cases:
1. MS is not in the coverage range, the message containing the cause "radio connection with MS is disconnected".
2. Radio quality is too poor, the message containing

Description
the cause "radio quality is not good".
3. The network side requires MS to perform cell reselection, the message containing the cause "cell
reselection command".
4. The network side can not require MS to perform

cell reselction or internal rerouting, the message
containing the cause "preparing for cell reselection".
837
5. PCCO fails, the message containing the cause "cell

reselection failure".
Management
Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Send LLC discard to SGSN

(GBMsgSndInd_1)
Full name
Send LLC discard to SGSN
Abbreviation
GBMsgSndInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates whether to send discarded

LLC frame to SGSN. When this parameter is set as
'Yes', the message is sent to notify SGSN of the
deleted LLC frame in the cell.
Management
Object
Value Range
Unit
838
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Threshold of quality in radio status

(RadStaQuaThs)
Full name
Threshold of quality in radio status
Abbreviation
RadStaQuaThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
After N3105 overflows, the radio status message is

sent to SGSN. The radio status message contains
two types of cause to SGSN: 0 and 1. 0 indicates
the radio connection with MS is disconnected, and 1
indicates the radio quality is poor. Whether the cause
value is 0 or 1 depends on the result of comparing
this parameter's value and the radio quality contained
in the downlink ack message.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 31]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
839
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Send packet TBF release to MS

when BSS abnormal (PacketTBFRel)
Full name
Send packet TBF release to MS when BSS abnormal
Abbreviation
PacketTBFRel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
When the network side becomes abnormal, this

parameter is used to decide whether the TBF release
message should be sent to MS.
Management
Object
Value Range
840
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
Appendix
Flow Control Policy

Values
Overload
Level
Barred
Class
Number
Rxlev_
Access_Min
-1
(255)
-2
(254)
-2
(254)
-3
(253)
-3
(253)
-3
(253)
-4
(252)
-3
(253)
-4
(252)
-3
(253)
11111
-3
(253)
-3
(253)
11111
-2
(254)
-3
(253)
11111
-1
(255)
-3
(253)
10
11111
-3
(253)
11
11111
-3
(253)
12
10
11111
-3
(253)
Penalty
Time
Cell
select
Offset
Tx-integer
MaxRetrans
841
842
Appendix
Power Values
GSM900
Value
GSM1800
MS Output
Power
(dBm)
Value
MS Output
Power
(dBm)
0~2
39
29
36
37
30
34
35
31
32
33
30
...
...
...
16
11
...
17
13
18
14
19~31
15 ~ 28
28
843
844
Appendix
Cell Layer Number

Values
Adjacent Cell
Current
Cell
Sectoral
Cell
GSM
900M
Macro
Cell
GSM
900M
Micro
Cell
GSM
1800M
Macro
Cell
GSM
1800M
Micro
Cell
Pico
Cell
Sectoral
Cell
GSM
900M
Macro
Cell
SAME
LOWER
LOWER
LOWER
GSM
900M
Micro
Cell
UPPER
SAME
UPPER
LOWER
GSM
1800M
Macro
Cell
LOWER
SAME
LOWER
LOWER
GSM
1800M
Micro
Cell
UPPER
UPPER
SAME
LOWER
Pico Cell
UPPER
UPPER
845
846
Appendix
Corresponding
Relationship between
Parameter Interface and
Database Values
The following introduces the corresponding relationship between
the parameter interface and parameter values in the database.
Table of Contents
BSC Function Parameters Interface .................................... 847
GERAN External Cell Parameters........................................ 855
UTRAN External Cell Parameters ........................................ 855
Cell Parameters ............................................................... 856
Cell Object Parameters ..................................................... 867
BSC Function Parameters

Interface
Basic Property Parameters
Support MNC 3 digits (MNC3Digits)

Interface Value
Database Value
2 digits
3 digits
Net Type (Net)

Interface Value
Database Value
CTCN
CMCN
847
Interface Value
Database Value
China Unicom Communication

Network (CUCN)
Railway Telecom Network (RLTN)
China Netcom (CNC)
National Farm Transition Network (NFTN)
Network 7
Network 8
SP Type (SpType)
Interface Value
Database Value
Signaling End Point (SEP)
Signaling Transfer Point (STP)
Signaling
(STEP)
terminal
end
point
Is TC Type (TCType)
Interface Value
Database Value
Inner TC
Outer TC
Global time zone (GlobalTimeZone)

Interface Value
848
Database Value
(GMT-12:00) Enewetak, Kwajalein Island
-720
(GMT-11:30) Midway Island, Samoan Islands
-690
(GMT-11:30) Midway Island, Samoan Islands
-660
(GMT-10:30) Hawaii
-630
(GMT-10:00) Hawaii
-600
(GMT-09:30) Alaska
-570
(GMT-09:00) Alaska
-540
(GMT-08:30) Western Standard

Time (USA and Canada)
-510
Appendix D Corresponding Relationship between Parameter

Interface and Database Values
Interface Value
Database Value
(GMT-08:00) Western Standard

Time (USA and Canada)
-480
(GMT-07:30) Arizona
-450
(GMT-07:00) Arizona
-420
(GMT-06:30) Mexico
-390
(GMT-06:00) Mexico, Saskatchewan
-360
(GMT-05:30) Bogota, Lima
-330
(GMT-05:00) Bogota,
Lima,
Eastern Standard Time (USA
and Canada)
-300
(GMT-04:30) San Diego
-270
(GMT-04:00) San Diego
-240
(GMT-03:30) Newfoundlander
-210
(GMT-03:00) Brasilia,
Aires
-180
Buenos
(GMT-02:30) Mid-Atlantic
-150
(GMT-02:00) Mid-Atlantic
-120
(GMT-01:30) Cape Verde Islands, Azores Islands
-90
(GMT-01:00) Cape Verde Islands, Azores Islands
-60
(GMT-0:30) Greenwich
Time, London
-30
Mean
(GMT) Greenwich Mean Time,

London
(GMT-0:30) Greenwich
Time, London
30
(GMT+01:00)
Paris
Berlin,
(GMT+01:30)
Paris
Berlin,
Mean
Roman,
60
Roman,
90
(GMT+02:00) Helsinki,
Athens
Cairo,
(GMT+02:30) Helsinki,
Athens
Cairo,
120
(GMT+03:00) Baghdad, Kuwait,

Riyadh, Moscow
150
180
849
Interface Value
Database Value
(GMT+03:30) Teheran
210
(GMT+04:00) Baku, Tbilisi
240
(GMT+04:30) Kabul
270
(GMT+05:00) Islamabad, Karachi
300
(GMT+05:30) Calcutta, Madras,

Bombay, New Delhi
330
(GMT+06:00) Alma-ata, Dacca
360
(GMT+06:30) Rangoon
390
(GMT+07:00)
karta
Bangkok,
(GMT+07:30)
karta
Bangkok,
Dja420
Dja450
(GMT+08:00) Beijing
480
(GMT+08:30) Beijing
510
(GMT+09:00) Seoul, Tokyo
540
(GMT+09:30) Adelaide, Darwin
570
(GMT+10:00) Canberra,
bourne, Sydney, Guam
Mel600
(GMT+10:30) Canberra,
bourne, Sydney, Guam
Mel630
(GMT+11:00) Magadan, The Solomon Islands
660
(GMT+11:30) Magadan, The Solomon Islands
690
(GMT+12:00) Wellington, Marshall Islands
720
(GMT+12:30) Wellington, Marshall Islands
750
(GMT+13:00) Nuku'alofa
780
Radio Basic Property Parameters
850

Interface Value
Database Value
DCS1800
PCS1900
MSC version ID (MSCVer)

Interface Value
Database Value
Release 98 or older
Release 99 or newer
Other Parameters
Preferred speech version (half) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a jointed field in the database, half-rate
is jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: adding by bit after
shifting
PreferSpeechVer
SpeechVer_1
(PreferSpeechVer_0<<2)
Prefer-
PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate

PreferSpeechVer _1: full-rate
Note:
In this manual, the shift jointing mode is expressed by a
formula. For instance, (PreferSpeechVer_0<<2) + PreferSpeechVer_1, meaning the value of PreferSpeechVer_0 is
shifted two bits to left and jointed with the value of PreferSpeechVer_1.
Interface Value
Database Value
Half-rate version 1
Half-rate version 3
Preferred speech version (full) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a jointed field in the database, half-rate
is jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: adding by bit after
shifting
PreferSpeechVer
SpeechVer_1
(PreferSpeechVer_0<<2)
Prefer-
PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate
851
PreferSpeechVer _1: full-rate

Interface Value
Database Value
Full-rate version 1
Full-rate version 2
Full-rate version 3
TFOControl
TFOControl is a jointed field in the database. Joining mode:
adding by bit after shifting
TFOControl = (TFOControl_3<<3) + (TFOControl_2<<2) +
(TFOControl_1<<1) + TFOControl _0.
TFOControl_0: TFO Enabled
TFOControl_1: coding/decoding type optimization enabled
TFOControl_2: coding/decoding type unmatched enabled
TFOControl_3: AMR optimization mode
AMR Half Method Parameters

IsAmrICM is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed
with AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrICM (full) + IsAmrICM (half), jointed by string.
Interface Value
Database Value
Initial codec mode
Startmode codec

AmrStartMode is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrStartMode (full)
+ AmrStartMode (half), jointed by string.

IsAmrNscb is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrNscb (full) + IsAmrNscb (half), jointed by string.

AmrThresholds is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrThresholds (full) +
AmrThresholds (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.
852

AmrHysteresis is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is

jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrHysteresis (full) +
AmrHysteresis (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.
AMR Full Method Parameters

IsAmrICM is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed
with AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrICM (full) + IsAmrICM (half), jointed by string.
Interface Value
Database Value
Initial codec mode
Startmode codec

AmrStartMode is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrStartMode (full)
+ AmrStartMode (half), jointed by string.

IsAmrNscb is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrNscb (full) + IsAmrNscb (half), jointed by string.

AmrThresholds is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrThresholds (full) +
AmrThresholds (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.

AmrHysteresis is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrHysteresis (full) +
AmrHysteresis (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.
Cn
Cn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by
string from top to bottom.
Nn
Nn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed
by string from top to bottom.
Xn
Xn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by
853
NACC supported (NACCSupport)

Interface Value
Database Value
Not support NACC
Support NACC, not support LLC

framework conversion
Support NACC, also support LLC

framework conversion.
BSC's net operation mode (NMO)

Interface Value
Database Value
Downlink TBF retry (DITBFRetry)

Interface Value
Database Value
Not retry
Retry 1 times
Retry 2 times
EDGE Parameters
SGSN version ID (SGSNVer)

Interface Value
Database Value
Release 98 or older
Release 99 or newer
R99 Ind (R99Ind)

Interface Value
854
Database Value
non-R99 version
R99 version

GERAN External Cell

Parameters

Interface Value
Database Value
Umbrella cell
Macro Cell
Micro cell
Pico Cell
Extended range cell

Interface Value
Database Value
GSM900
EXT900
DCS1800
PCS1900
GSM850
UTRAN External Cell

Parameters

Interface Value
Database Value
FDD
TDD
UTRAN cell Band width(BandWidth3G)

Interface Value
Database Value
0 (3.84Mcps)
1 (1.28Mcps)
855
Cell Parameters
Basic Parameters 1

Interface Value
Database Value
Umbrella cell
Macro Cell
Micro cell
Pico Cell
Extended range cell

Interface Value
Database Value
GSM900
EXT900
DCS1800
PCS1900
GSM850

Interface Value
856
Database Value
GSM900
EXT900
DCS1800
PCS1900
GSM850
GPRS service supported (PsSupport)

Interface Value
Database Value
No
Support EDGE
Common control channel configuration (CcchConf)

Interface Value
Database Value
CCCH uses one physical channel,

not combined with SDCCH
One basic physical channel used

by CCCH, use with SDCCH
Two basic physical channels

used by CCCH, do not use with
SDCCH
Three basic physical channels

SDCCH
Four basic physical channels

SDCCH
Basic Parameters 2
AMR codec adjust mode (AmrAdjMode)

Interface Value
Database Value
AMR rapid speed mode
Adjustment interval for configuration
Other Parameters
CipherMode
CipherMode is a jointed field in the database, consisted of CipherMode-0 ~ CipherMode-7. Jointing mode: jointed by string
from top to bottom.
857
System Parameters
InterfBoundary
It is a jointed field in database, consisting of InterfBoundary_0
~ InterfBoundary_5. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top
to bottom.
GPRS Other Params1 Parameters
SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)

Interface Value
Database Value
BCCH Norm
BCCH Ext
Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr)

Interface Value
Database Value
Disallow packet access
Allow packet access with the priority level 1
Allow priority
GPRS Cell Options Parameters
T3168
Interface Value
858
Database Value
0.5
1.5

Interface Value
Database Value
2.5
3.5
T3192
Interface Value
Database Value
500
1000
1500
80
120
160
200
DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s)

Interface Value
Database Value
16
32
64
Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType)

Interface Value
Database Value
4 access burst
RLC/MAC control block
859
Access burst type (AccessType)

Interface Value
Database Value
8 bits
11 bits
N3102 decrease step (PanDec)

Interface Value
Database Value
12
16
20
24
28
32
N3102 increase step (PanInc)

Interface Value
Database Value
12
16
20
24
28
32
N3102 MAX (PanMax)

Interface Value
860
Database Value
12

Interface Value
Database Value
16
20
24
28
32

GPRS Phone Init Coding is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: 1*16Kbps+2~4*16Kbps jointed by string.
GPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_0)

InitAttachExch is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
adding InitAttachExch_0 by bit after shifting bit, that is, (InitAttachExch_1<<1)+InitAttachExch_0).
InitAttachExch_0: GPRS phones init code can be changed dynamically.
InitAttachExch_1: EGPRS phones init code can be changed
GPRS NC Survey Parameters
Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)

Interface Value
Database Value
0.48
0.96
1.92
3.84
7.68
15.36
30.72
61.44
Packet transmission mode (NcRepPerT, s)

Interface Value
Database Value
0.48
0.96
861
Interface Value
Database Value
1.92
3.84
7.68
15.36
30.72
61.44
Network control order (CtrlOrder)

Interface Value
Database Value
NC0
NC1
NC2
NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)

Interface Value
Database Value
No non-DRX mode
0.24
0.48
0.72
0.96
1.2
1.44
1.92
Extended measurement report order (ExMeaOrder)

Interface Value
862
Database Value
EM0
EM1
Type of extended measurement report (ExtRepType)

Interface Value
Database Value
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer, s)

Interface Value
Database Value
60
120
240
480
960
1920
3840
7680
GPRS Power Control Parameters
Power control measurement channel (PcMeasChan)

Interface Value
Database Value
BCCH
PDCH
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters
Cell reselection offset(ReselOffset)

ReselOffset is a jointed field in database by ReselOff_0 and
ReselOff_1. Jointing mode: ReselOff_0 + ReselOff_1 jointed
by string.
Temporary offset of cell reselection(TempOffset)

TempOffset is a jointed field in database by TempOffset_0 and
TempOffset_1. Jointing mode: TempOffset_0 + TempOffset_1
jointed by string.
863
Interface Value
Database Value
10
20
30
40
50
60
Large infinite
Penalty time of cell reselection(PenalTime)

PenalTime is a jointed field in database by PenalTime_0 and
PenalTime_1. Jointing mode: PenalTime_0 + PenalTime_1
jointed by string.
Interval of reselecting the same cell(T_Resel)

T_Resel is a jointed field in database by T_Resel_0 and
T_Resel_1. Jointing mode: T_Resel_0 + T_Resel_1 jointed by
string.
Interface Value
Database Value
10
15
20
30
60
120
300
Threshold of HCS signal level(HCS_Thr)

HCS_Thr is a jointed field in database by HCS_Thr_0 and
HCS_Thr_1. Jointing mode: HCS_Thr_0+HCS_Thr_1 jointed
by string.
HCS priority(PrioClass)
PrioClass is a jointed field in database by PrioClass_0 and PrioClass_1. Jointing mode: PrioClass_0 + PrioClass_1 jointed by
string.
864
C31 hysteresis(C31_Hyst)

C31_Hyst is a jointed field in database by C31_Hyst_0 and

C31_Hyst_1. Jointing mode: C31_Hyst_0 + C31_Hyst_1
jointed by string.
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis(ReselHys)

ReselHys is a jointed field in database by ReselHys_0 and ReselHys_1. Jointing mode: ReselHys_0 + ReselHys_1 jointed
by string.
Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys)

RaReselHys is a jointed field in database by RaReselHys_0 and
RaReselHys_1. Jointing mode: RaReselHys_0 + RaReselHys_1
jointed by string.
Random access attempt permitted (RadAcRetry)

RadAcRetry is a jointed field in database by RadAcRetry_0 and
RadAcRetry_1. Jointing mode: RadAcRetry_0 + RadAcRetry_1
jointed by string.
Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_Qual)

C32_Qual is a jointed field in database by C32_Qual_0 and
C32_Qual_1.
Jointing mode: C32_Qual_0+C32_Qual_1
jointed by string.
GPRS access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin)

RxLevAsMin is a jointed field in database by RxLevAsMin_0
and RxLevAsMin_1. Jointing mode: RxLevAsMin_0 + RxLevAsMin_1 jointed by string.
HCS exist (HCS_Exist)

HCS_Exist is a jointed field in database by HCS_Exist_0 and
HCS_Exist_1.
Jointing mode: HCS_Exist_0+HCS_Exist_1
jointed by string.
GPRS MAX initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCch)

MsTxMaxCch is a jointed field in database by MsTxMaxCch_0
and MsTxMaxCch_1. Jointing mode: MsTxMaxCch_0 + MsTxMaxCch_1 jointed by string.
GPRS Channel Parameters
Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)

Interface Value
Database Value
865
Interface Value
Database Value
10
12
14
10
16
11
20
12
25
13
32
14
50
15
Interval period of packet access attempt (S)

Interface Value
Database Value
12
15
20
30
41
55
76
109
163
217
MAX Times of Attempt(MaxRetrans)

MaxRetrans is a jointed field in database.
jointed by string from top to bottom.
Interface Value
866
Database Value
Jointing mode:

Access Control Level(AccCtrlClass)

AccCtrlClass is a jointed field in database.
jointed by string from top to bottom.
Jointing mode:
Access Persist Level(PersistLev)

PersistLev is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed
EDGE Parameters
EGPRS Phone Init Coding (EGPRSInitAttSelt)

It is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by
Interface Value
Database Value
MCS1
MCS2
MCS3
MCS4
MCS5
MCS6
MCS7
MCS8
MCS9
Cell Object Parameters

TRX Information Parameters
TRX type (TrxType)

Interface Value
Database Value
Common TRX
Extended TRX
Static power level (PwRreduction)
867
Interface Value
Database Value
Max output power
Max output power -2dB
Max output power +1.5dB
253
Max output power +1dB
254
Max output power +0.5dB
255
Channel Information Parameters
Interface Value
868
Database Value
TCH/F
TCH/H(0,
1)+FACCH/H(0,
1)+SACCH/TH(0, 1)
TCH/H(0,
0)+FACCH/H(0,
1)+SACCH/TH(0, 1)+TCH/H(0,
1)
SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
BCCH+SDCCH/4
BCCH+CCCH
BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH
SDCCH+CBCH
PBCCH+PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH
12
PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH
13
PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH
14

Interface Value
Database Value
No preference
255
GPRS preference
EDGE preference
EDGE exclusion
EGPRS2A Preference
EGPRS2A dedicated
Power Control Level and PwrDecrLimit

They form a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed
Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevThsThs), Value P

(PcULInclLevThsP), and Value N (PcULInclLevThsN)
by string from top to bottom, according to the sequence: FR,
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevThsThs), Value P

(PcULRedLevThsP), and Value N (PcULRedLevThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Increase uplink quality Threshold (PcULInclQualThsThs), Value

P (PcULInclQualThsP), and Value N (PcULInclQualThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Decrease uplink quality Threshold (PcULRedQualThsThs),

Value P (PcULRedQualThsP), and Value N (PcULRedQualThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Increase downlink level Threshold (PcDLInclLevThsThs), Value

P (PcDLInclLevThsP), and Value N (PcDLInclLevThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Decrease downlink level Threshold (PcDLRedLevThsThs), Value

P (PcDLRedLevThsP), and Value N (PcDLRedLevThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
869
Increase downlink quality Threshold (PcDLInclQualThsThs),

Value P (PcDLInclQualThsP), and Value N (PcDLInclQualThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Decrease downlink quality Threshold (PcDLRedQualThsThs),

Value P (PcDLRedQualThsP), and Value N (PcDLRedQualThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Power increasing step (db) (PwrIncStep)

It is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by
string from top to bottom, according to the sequence: FR, HR,
AMR FR, AMR HR.
Power decreasing step (db) (PwrRedStep)

AMR FR, AMR HR.

AMR FR, AMR HR.
MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)

AMR FR, AMR HR.
MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin)

AMR FR, AMR HR.
MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnterval)

AMR FR, AMR HR.
Handover Control Parameters
Frequency control value for handover on traffic (TrafficHoFreqrCtl)

Interface Value
870
Database Value
GSM900
EXT900
DCS1800

Interface Value
Database Value
PCS1900
GSM850
HoPatternInd
HoPatternInd is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bit
after shift.
HoPatternInd=(HoPatternInd4<<3)+(HoPatternInd3<<2)+(
HoPatternInd2<<1)+ HoPatternInd1
HoPatternInd1: Synchronization handover
HoPatternInd2: Asynchronization handover
HoPatternInd3: Pseudo-synchronization handover
HoPatternInd4: Pre-synchronization handover
HoControl
HoControl is a jointed field. Jointing mode: adding by bit after
shifting:
HoControl=(HoControl18<<17)+(HoControl17<<16)+(HoControl16<<15)+(HoControl15<<14)+(HoControl14<<
13)+(HoControl13<<12)+(HoControl12<<11)+(HoControl11<<10)+(HoControl10<<9)+(HoControl9<<8)+(HoControl8<<7)+(HoControl7<<6)+(HoControl6<<5)+(HoControl5<<4)+(HoControl4<<3)+(HoControl3<<2)+(HoControl2<<1)+HoControl1
HoControl1: Allow SDCCH handover
HoControl2: Allow inter-cell handover due to uplink interference
HoControl3: Allow inter-cell handover due to downlink interference
HoControl4: Allow handover due to distance
HoControl5: Allow standard PBGT handover
HoControl6: Allow automatic handover based on traffic
HoControl7: Allow handover based on direction
HoControl8: Allow handover based on homocentric circularity
HoControl9: Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel
due to downlink interference
HoControl10: Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel
due to uplink interference
HoControl11: Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT
HoControl12: Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority
HoControl13: Allow rapid handover
HoControl14: Allow Macro-Micro delay handover
HoControl15: Allow Micro-Macro delay handover
HoControl16: Allow internal handover based on TA
871
HoControl17: Allow force transfer handover

HoControl18: Subcell handover algorithm
Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl18)

Interface Value
Database Value
Concentric handover
Path loss and TA handover
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters
Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell

(Qsearch_P)
Qsearch_P is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
Qsearch_P_0+Qsearch_P_1 jointed by string.
Qsearch_P_0: idle state
Qsearch_P_1: packet transmission state
FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

FDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database. Jointing
mode: FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointed
by string.
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: idle state
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission state
TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

TDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database. Jointing
mode: TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointed
by string.
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: idle state
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission state

FDD_QminPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
FDD_QminPS_0+FDD_QminPS_1 jointed by string.
FDD_QminPS_0: idle state
FDD_QminPS_1: packet transmission state
Offset of FDD_QminPS_0(FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0+FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1
jointed by string.
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0: idle state
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1: packet transmission state
PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_RSCPminPS)

FDD_RSCPminPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
FDD_RSCPminPS_0+FDD_RSCPminPS_1 jointed by string.
872

FDD_RSCPminPS_0: idle state

FDD_RSCPminPS_1: packet transmission state
Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP(FDDRprtTho2PS)

FDDRprtTho2PS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
FDDRprtTho2PS_0+FDDRprtTho2PS_1 jointed by string.
FDDRprtTho2PS_0: idle state
FDDRprtTho2PS_1: packet transmission state
UTRAN Handover Control

Parameters
UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)

Interface Value
Database Value
Handover to UTRAN first
Not handover to UTRAN first
Not allow to handover to UTRAN
According to MSC, default handover to UTRAN first
According to MSC, default not

handover to UTRAN first
According to MSC, default not allowed to handover to UTRAN
FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)

Interface Value
Database Value
Priority to FDD
Handover to TDD cell should be

performed
Adjacent Cell Handover and

873
Interface Value
Database Value
Undefined
Upper layer of the home cell
Lower layer of the home cell
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

Interface Value
Database Value
Undefined
Upper layer of the home cell
Lower layer of the home cell
Frequency Hopping System

Parameters

Interface Value
874
Database Value
Base band freqhop
RFID freqhop
Figures
Figure 1 Starting NE Agent .................................................. 3

Figure 2 Selecting NE Management > Configuration
Management.................................................... 3
Figure 3 Configuration Management Interface ........................ 4
Figure 4 Selecting Apply Mutex Right ................................. 5
Figure 5 Information Dialog Box ......................................... 5
Figure 6 Successfully Applying Mutex Right ............................ 5
Figure 7 Selecting Release Mutex Right .............................. 6
Figure 8 Selecting Export Network Plan Data...................... 6
Figure 9 Selecting MOC to Be Exported.................................. 7
Figure 10 Selecting Attributes to Be Exported for MOC............. 8
Figure 11 Selecting File Type to Be Exported .......................... 8
Figure 12 Setting Saving Path and File Name for Data ............. 9
Figure 13 Parameter Data .................................................... 9
Figure 14 Selecting Batch Apply Network Plan Data...........11
Figure 15 Selecting File Type to Be Imported .........................11
Figure 16 Applying Network Planning Data in Batch................12
Figure 17 Radio Basic Property Parameters ...........................16
Figure 18 Other Parameters ................................................27
Figure 19 Channel Allocation Control Parameters ...................44
Figure 20 Timer 1 Parameters .............................................56
Figure 21 Timer 2 Parameters .............................................73
Figure 22 GPRS Max Retrying Times Parameters ....................94
Figure 23 GPRS Timer Parameters ..................................... 105
Figure 24 AMR Half Method Parameters .............................. 122
Figure 25 AMR Full Method Parameters ............................... 128
Figure 26 GPRS Other Parameters 1 ................................... 134
Figure 28 BVC Flow Control Parameters .............................. 153
Figure 29 FUC Flow Control Map Parameters........................ 163
Figure 30 EDGE Parameters .............................................. 170
Figure 31 eMLPP Set ........................................................ 179
Figure 32 Ater Timer Parameters ....................................... 201
875
Figure 33 Basic Property Parameters for GERAN External

Cell................................................................ 212
Figure 34 GPRS Property Parameters for GERAN External
Cell................................................................ 221
Figure 35 UTRAN External Cell Parameters .......................... 240
Figure 36 Basic Parameters 1 ............................................ 252
Figure 39 Optional Parameters .......................................... 310
Figure 40 Cell Selection Parameters ................................... 323
Figure 41 Service Process Additional Parameters.................. 334
Figure 42 System Parameters............................................ 349
Figure 43 Other Parameters .............................................. 357
Figure 44 GPRS Basic Parameters ...................................... 365
Figure 48 GPRS Cell Options Parameters............................. 418
Figure 49 GPRS NC Survey Parameters............................... 430
Figure 50 GPRS Power Control Parameters .......................... 440
Figure 51 GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters........................ 446
Figure 52 GPRS Channel Parameters .................................. 475
Figure 53 EDGE Parameters .............................................. 487
Figure 54 TRX Information Parameters ............................... 496
Figure 55 Channel Information Parameters ......................... 505
Figure 56 IP Parameters ................................................... 515
Figure 57 Panel Parameters .............................................. 518
Figure 58 Power Control Parameters................................... 522
Figure 59 Power Survey Parameters ................................... 525
Figure 60 Power Adjustment Threshold Parameters .............. 534
Figure 62 GPRS Power Control Parameters .......................... 549
Figure 63 Handover Pretreatment Parameters ..................... 554
Figure 64 Handover Threshold Parameters .......................... 564
Figure 65 Handover Condition Parameters........................... 576
Figure 66 Handover Control Parameters.............................. 590
Figure 68 Handover Algorithm Parameters .......................... 613
Figure 69 Subcell Parameters ............................................ 626
Figure 70 Basic Properties 1 Parameters ............................. 632
876
Figures

Figure 74 GPRS Parameters 1............................................ 677
Figure 75 GPRS Parameters 2............................................ 690
Figure 76 Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters.................. 703
Figure 77 Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters ..................................................... 705
Figure 78 Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters...................... 722
Figure 79 Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ................... 737
Figure 80 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters ..................................................... 740
Figure 81 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ........... 747
Figure 82 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters......... 753
Figure 83 Frequency Hopping System Parameters ................ 757
Figure 84 Operation Control Parameters ............................. 764
Figure 85 FUC Parameters ................................................ 794
Figure 86 Handover Parameters of BCCH ............................ 799
Figure 87 Handover Parameters of SD ................................ 805
Figure 89 IBS Parameters ................................................. 825
Figure 90 Performance Management Parameters.................. 826
Figure 91 Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange
Parameters ..................................................... 832
Figure 92 GPRS Operation Control Parameters ..................... 836
877
878
Glossary
3GPP
- 3rd Generation Partnership Project
Abis
- Abis Interface between BSC and BTS
BSC
- Base Station Controller
BSS
- Base Station System
BTS
- Base Transceiver Station
DSP
- Digital Signal Processor
GERAN
- GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network
GSM
- Global System for Mobile Communication
MS
- Mobile Station
MSC
- Mobile Switching Center
NSS
- Network Subsystem
TDMA
- Time Division Multiple Access
879

ZXG10 iBSC (V6.20.20) Base Station Controller Radio Parameter - Anpam PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZXG10 iBSC (V6.20.20) Base Station Controller Radio Parameter - Anpam PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZXG10 iBSC

Base Station Controller

Radio Parameter Reference

Serial Number: SJ-20100203092418-017

About This Manual............................................. I

BSC Function Parameters ................................ 15

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Monitor physical context request (RmsT9108,

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Maximum PS uplink user per TS (MaxPsUserPerTs_0)...........................................................54

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Protective time for RF channel release (RmsT9,

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

MAX times of NS block retry (NSBlkMax) ......................97

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)........................... 123

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Maximal users of POC service on shared PS channel0

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Forced release allowed when handover (PreemptionIndHo) ...................................................... 194

External Cell Parameters ............................... 211

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

MCC (MCC) ............................................................. 213

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G) ................................ 243

Cell Parameters ............................................. 251

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Periodical location updating timer (T3212, 360s).......... 273

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

MAX number of re-transmitting events times

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Access Control (AccessControl).................................. 318

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Min number of idle CS channel (CsChansThs) .............. 374

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Polling retry times (PollingRetryTime) ......................... 396

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType) ............................................................. 424

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Temporary offset of cell reselection2 (TempOffset_1,

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

LSA ID (LSA_Id)...................................................... 473

Cell Object Parameters.................................. 495

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

TRX ID (TrxId)................................................ 496

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Power Survey Parameters ......................................... 525

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

(PcULRedQualThsP), and Value N